1. IntroductionWelcome| 00:00 |
Hi, I'm Jeff Van West and you're
looking at the Desktop for Microsoft Windows Vista,
| | 00:05 |
and this is Windows
Vista Essential Training.
| | 00:08 |
Windows Vista took years to create.
| | 00:11 |
It was a hugely ambitious project
for Microsoft, and if it had all come
| | 00:14 |
through as planned, it would have been
as big a change to an operating system
| | 00:18 |
as Macintosh moving from OS 9 to OS X.
And no, I don't just mean the fact that
| | 00:24 |
Windows Vista has gadgets -- there they are on
the side -- that look a lot like OS X widgets.
| | 00:29 |
No, it's underneath the hood.
| | 00:31 |
It's inside the operating system
where things would have changed.
| | 00:35 |
You see Vista was supposed to have
something called managed code, which
| | 00:39 |
would've been a really different way
that the applications for Windows Vista
| | 00:42 |
could have been put together.
| | 00:43 |
It would have had something
called an XML file system.
| | 00:46 |
How severe is that?
| | 00:47 |
That would have meant that say, some
of your documents, your Word documents,
| | 00:52 |
could've been read, oh, by a page-
layout program, or a Word document could've
| | 00:57 |
been read as a picture or it could've
been read by Excel, and the data would
| | 01:02 |
have just been reconfigured in a different way.
| | 01:05 |
There was supposed to be a new application
programming interface, new graphics systems.
| | 01:10 |
It goes on and on and on. Did it all happen?
| | 01:12 |
No. It really didn't.
| | 01:14 |
But a lot of changes underneath the
hood did happen and Windows Vista is
| | 01:17 |
significantly different both in what
you see and what you can't see than the
| | 01:22 |
Windows systems that came before it.
| | 01:24 |
In this training program we're
going to look at what we call the
| | 01:26 |
essential features.
| | 01:28 |
And that's why this is essential
training, not exhaustive training.
| | 01:31 |
We're going to try and bring you up
to speed as smoothly and thoroughly as
| | 01:34 |
possible on what you really need to
know to operate Vista well, where the
| | 01:39 |
pitfalls might be, and
what the workarounds might be.
| | 01:42 |
While we're looking at Windows Vista
here, let me just give you an example of
| | 01:45 |
something that's
happening underneath the scenes.
| | 01:47 |
It's kind of the groundwork for what may
change in Vista in the future and it'll
| | 01:52 |
give you a taste of how
significant the differences are.
| | 01:55 |
One of the things that Windows Vista
was supposed to have in it and it does
| | 02:00 |
support, is called WDF applications.
| | 02:02 |
And that's a different kind of graphics.
| | 02:04 |
Now what does that mean?
| | 02:05 |
Well let's take a look at
something like Windows Media Player here.
| | 02:08 |
We'll have a movie on Windows Media
Player 11 so you don't have to learn
| | 02:12 |
everything about it right now, but
what I want to show you is this looks like
| | 02:15 |
your average Windows program.
| | 02:17 |
I'm going to zoom in on it a little bit.
| | 02:19 |
Let me get my magnifier out.
| | 02:23 |
There we go.
| | 02:25 |
I'll put it up to the side.
| | 02:28 |
Now what you can see is as I'm rolling
around, look at the cursor, the small
| | 02:33 |
cursor down low over the word world.
| | 02:36 |
And then up high in the window that
says Magnifier at the top of the screen,
| | 02:40 |
what you're seeing is a direct
magnification of this window and you can see when
| | 02:44 |
you magnify it, it looks kind
of broken up. It's pixelated.
| | 02:50 |
That's because the window on the screen
that we see normal size is actually just
| | 02:55 |
a bunch of dots put together of when
you zoom in on it, you get the dots all
| | 02:59 |
pixelated, and it doesn't look quite so good.
| | 03:01 |
This is something that's inherent to
computers up until recent times when we
| | 03:05 |
have graphics software and graphics
hardware that's capable of doing much more,
| | 03:10 |
but the code driving it is this old system.
| | 03:14 |
Vista has the capability to go beyond this.
| | 03:16 |
I'm going to switch to
another program here called iBloks.
| | 03:19 |
I'm going to take my magnifier and
I'll look down at the bottom of the screen
| | 03:23 |
where the word Mobile is.
| | 03:25 |
Look up in the magnifier
and see how smooth it is.
| | 03:27 |
Here are the buttons.
| | 03:28 |
Ink, Text, Videos, Photos.
| | 03:32 |
Can you see the difference?
| | 03:33 |
I've zoomed in, but now I have
crystal clarity at any zoom setting.
| | 03:39 |
Why does this matter?
| | 03:40 |
Well in these days of larger and larger
LCD monitors and multiple monitors, you
| | 03:45 |
have this weird effect that happens
where objects on the screen look really
| | 03:51 |
small on one monitor, really large on
another, they look good on one monitor,
| | 03:55 |
they don't look good on another.
| | 03:56 |
WDF graphics is a way of getting past this.
| | 03:59 |
Again, this is just one example of the
kinds of things that are lurking, if you
| | 04:04 |
will, in Vista, and we're
going to show you along the way.
| | 04:06 |
Let me minimize these for
you and close my magnifier.
| | 04:11 |
If you want to find out a little bit
more about what's behind the scenes in
| | 04:15 |
Windows Vista, there's a great summary here:
| | 04:19 |
arstechnica.com/reviews/os/pretty-vista.ars.
| | 04:27 |
And it's a great summary of some of
the stuff that's really happening behind
| | 04:30 |
the scenes in Vista.
| | 04:32 |
Worth perusing if you're
interested in that sort of thing.
| | 04:34 |
Without further ado though, let's get
into Windows Vista itself and look at the
| | 04:38 |
top 10 features and the bottom 10 features.
| | 04:42 |
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Vista's top 10| 00:00 | And now, not in any particular order, what I
consider the top 10 features of Windows Vista.
| | 00:06 | After using for a while, what do I
think are the most useful things, the best
| | 00:10 | parts, the most
worthwhile parts of Windows Vista?
| | 00:13 | This may not be the same top 10 you
might find out there on the web because I'm
| | 00:17 | really trying to look at this
from the user's perspective.
| | 00:19 | Day in and day out what are you going
to like about this operating system.
| | 00:23 | Number one, above all, Search.
| | 00:25 | There is a built-in Search function
and it permeates the operating system,
| | 00:32 | allowing you to quickly search for
contact information inside files.
| | 00:37 | Here we have my name in file names,
but there's a deep search function that
| | 00:42 | allows me to actually look inside the files
themselves, inside e-mails, inside PDF's.
| | 00:48 | It goes on and on and on and on and on.
| | 00:52 | This is a great feature.
| | 00:53 | We will talk about it more in Chapter 4.
| | 00:57 | Also in Chapter 4, a new file explorer,
this is central to using Windows Vista.
| | 01:02 | We have a much better folder
structure that allows us to easily see inside
| | 01:07 | any of the folders and collapse and
expand in a more certain intuitive way
| | 01:12 | than we had before.
| | 01:14 | A better system for Favorites, options
across the top, but also a cool system
| | 01:20 | for navigation, all of it clickable.
| | 01:23 | We talk about Windows Explorer through all of
Chapter 4 because there's quite a bit to see here.
| | 01:29 | For any of these files there's also
something new called Previous Versions.
| | 01:35 | So cool feature number three Previous
Versions, When we right-click on a file,
| | 01:40 | we get an option for
previous versions of the file.
| | 01:43 | We can then go take a look at it.
| | 01:44 | The computer will search for pre-
saved, automatically backed up, earlier
| | 01:49 | versions of the file.
| | 01:50 | We'll talk about that more as well.
| | 01:53 | Speaking of backup, there's a whole new
backup system built right into Windows,
| | 01:59 | and for someone who does a lot of
computer support for people, I find that
| | 02:03 | backing up files is one of the things
that everyone knows they should do that
| | 02:07 | they easily overlook.
| | 02:08 | Its not the best backup system in the
world, but Vista gives you a backup system
| | 02:12 | automatically, and it's
integrated into the operating system.
| | 02:16 | It can be set up to run and you never
have to think about it again until your
| | 02:21 | whole computer goes south, and then,
ahhh, all your work was backed up.
| | 02:25 | Also in Vista, the gadgets.
| | 02:28 | All right, they look a lot like
Macintosh widgets, but still they are really
| | 02:32 | cool and I don't just mean these
default ones that show up like your RSS feeds
| | 02:37 | or slideshow or the clock.
| | 02:39 | I mean the really useful ones like the
ones that show you your e-mail, events
| | 02:43 | for the day, and tasks left to do.
| | 02:45 | We'll have a whole movie on gadgets
so you can see what's going on there.
| | 02:49 | Let's take a look at one
of the other cool features.
| | 02:51 | We'll have to roll over to
my laptop here for a second.
| | 02:53 | We're now looking at my laptop screen and
we're looking at Windows Mobility Center.
| | 02:58 | What they did was, they took all the
features that most laptop users needed and
| | 03:03 | they put them in one place,
easily organized, easily clicked.
| | 03:07 | We'll have a whole movie on using
Mobility Center and some of these other
| | 03:11 | features individually like power
schemes or synchronization, presentation mode,
| | 03:17 | wonderful new things.
| | 03:19 | My laptop's kind of old but you'd also
see in Mobility Center control of your
| | 03:22 | wireless to easily turn it on and off.
| | 03:25 | If you've got one of the really new
PC's that has something called Sideshow,
| | 03:29 | you'd see a tile for that too.
| | 03:31 | While we're talking about networking and
things, as well in Windows Vista, there
| | 03:39 | is a new wireless set up.
| | 03:41 | And for the most part, it is a
huge improvement, a lot more stable.
| | 03:45 | It works better after
going to sleep and waking up.
| | 03:48 | It allows you to easily connect
or disconnect to wireless networks.
| | 03:53 | It allows you to manage them more
easily and its integrated into a whole new
| | 03:58 | Networking and Sharing Center which
gives you individual control and lets you
| | 04:03 | see quite easily how far your
networking is working, whether it's just to your
| | 04:08 | local network, all the way
out to the Internet, and so on.
| | 04:11 | We'll take a close look at networking in
our whole chapter on, well, networking.
| | 04:20 | Windows Vista actually has a
whole new way of dealing with photos.
| | 04:25 | Far better than what was in there before.
| | 04:27 | Not only can we see our photos better
in Windows Explorer, when we actually go
| | 04:31 | and look at one, well, like this one,
we get to a new application called
| | 04:35 | Windows Photo Gallery which gives us all sorts
of great options for working with photographs.
| | 04:40 | We'll have at least two movies
on Windows Photo Gallery as well.
| | 04:46 | Hopping back over to the file
structure again for a moment, Windows Vista,
| | 04:51 | actually again, took a note from the
Macintosh here, and has a much more orderly
| | 04:56 | file structure for each of
its users, much more logical.
| | 05:00 | And although my things are gone,
remember My Documents, My Pictures, and
| | 05:04 | so forth, all gone.
| | 05:06 | We're now back to just Documents or Pictures.
| | 05:10 | A lot more logical, and furthermore,
everything on the computer is organized for
| | 05:14 | the users into actual Users directory.
| | 05:19 | So all of the users on the computer
and all their information are in a
| | 05:25 | particular Users folder.
| | 05:26 | Much more straightforward, there's
even a new Public section for sharing
| | 05:31 | information between users, really handy.
| | 05:33 | In the number 10, well, that's new
stuff under the hood, things you can't see
| | 05:37 | right off the bat such as a new system
called User Access control which is both,
| | 05:41 | one of the best and one of the
worst features of Windows Vista.
| | 05:44 | Service Hardening, which is a
feature that allows certain programs to be
| | 05:48 | protected, if you will,
against unwanted attacks.
| | 05:51 | There's something called Address
Space Randomization where the memory a
| | 05:55 | particular program takes up gets moved
around which makes it more difficult for
| | 05:59 | it to be attacked by a virus,
or used for nefarious purposes.
| | 06:03 | Internet Explorer has been hardened
up, so it runs in a protected mode.
| | 06:07 | There's a system called Ready
Boost and Super Fetch, fun names.
| | 06:11 | What they're really doing is giving us
new ways to handle memory and have the
| | 06:15 | computer adjust itself for better uses
and more efficient use of its resources.
| | 06:21 | And then finally, I just have to
throw this one in here, because it's a
| | 06:25 | personal favorite of mine.
| | 06:26 | Hopefully we'll have a little bit of
time to talk about the Tablet PC, because
| | 06:33 | handwriting recognition has now been
built into all versions of Windows Vista.
| | 06:38 | And if you have a walk-in tablet or one
of these Tablet PC's, you can actually
| | 06:42 | write right on the screen.
| | 06:43 | It's hard to write.
| | 06:44 | I'm actually doing this with a mouse
here because I don't have my tablet
| | 06:46 | right in front of me.
All right. There we go.
| | 06:50 | A really cool other feature, there
are some things that had been in certain
| | 06:54 | versions of Windows before.
| | 06:56 | They're now available to everybody.
| | 06:58 | So there's the top 10 for you.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Some Windows basics| 00:00 | This is a movie for people who are new
to Windows or maybe you're not all that
| | 00:05 | comfortable with Windows yet.
| | 00:06 | Maybe you're not all that
comfortable on a computer yet.
| | 00:08 | You wanted a quick review.
| | 00:09 | We assume a certain level of facility
with computers in Windows here in most of
| | 00:14 | these movies but wanted to give a baseline just
to get everybody up to speed, on the same page.
| | 00:18 | So here's the Windows Desktop.
| | 00:20 | A lot of people are familiar with
this Everything is done pretty much by
| | 00:24 | clicking, clicking with a mouse, and
clicking on keys with your keyboard.
| | 00:27 | So first Windows tip, in general, if
you're wondering what happens when you
| | 00:31 | click, bring your mouse over that item,
whatever it is, and you'll see a little
| | 00:36 | pop-up a tooltip over most
things. Click this button.
| | 00:40 | You'll show the whole Desktop. Click here.
| | 00:43 | Well, this is where we start.
| | 00:44 | Its called the Start menu, and
there's a movie on the Start menu.
| | 00:47 | A click on the menu and things pop up.
| | 00:50 | That's what happens when you click.
| | 00:52 | Right now my cursor is over Internet, and
it's kind of highlighted in the background.
| | 00:57 | That means this item is, for the moment,
selected, and selected is another thing
| | 01:02 | that happens with Windows
or with any computer program.
| | 01:05 | I click, I'll now get Internet Explorer,
and we have some movies on Internet
| | 01:09 | Explorer, in fact a whole chapter.
| | 01:11 | But again, if I want to enter
some information, I need to have
| | 01:14 | something selected.
| | 01:15 | I need to tell the computer when I
start typing where are these characters,
| | 01:18 | these letters going to go.
| | 01:20 | And right now, if I start typing,
they're going to go right over about:blank.
| | 01:25 | Because it's selected, if I click with
my mouse somewhere off on the side of the
| | 01:29 | screen, about:blank is not selected.
| | 01:31 | Now if I start typing www.lynda.com,
nothing happens. I go up and click.
| | 01:38 | I've now placed my cursor inside about:blank.
| | 01:41 | Now if I start typing www.lynda.com,
I'm going to have a problem because my
| | 01:46 | words are going right in
the middle of about:blank.
| | 01:49 | Another thing with the mouse and the cursor.
| | 01:52 | If I take my cursor, and that's that
little I-shaped item, and I'm holding down
| | 01:56 | the left-mouse button as I
drag across, I'm selecting things.
| | 02:01 | And now that all those words
are selected, if I go to www.
| | 02:05 | lynda.com, (typing) hey, there I am.
| | 02:12 | Guess I was able to type it in an click Return.
| | 02:15 | If I wanted to Google something, I would
have to click to place my cursor, and I
| | 02:20 | could Google my own name by typing it in there.
| | 02:24 | So I've got lots and lots of options,
but I need to understand this concept of
| | 02:29 | placing my cursor and selecting an item.
| | 02:31 | I'm going to come down to that Start menu again.
| | 02:34 | Click on the Start menu.
| | 02:35 | There are only two programs, e-mail
and Internet open for me, but a lot of
| | 02:39 | people want more than that.
| | 02:40 | So if you click on All Programs, there
are a lot more programs on the computer
| | 02:44 | all placed right here for you.
| | 02:45 | Like say, Windows Media Player.
| | 02:47 | You wanted to listen to some music.
| | 02:49 | We could have that running.
| | 02:50 | But a lot of times we don't want
to actually go open the program.
| | 02:53 | We're trying to work with files.
| | 02:54 | We want to figure out how to
get somewhere and do something.
| | 02:57 | So I'm going to go to my Home
directory here where my documents are.
| | 03:02 | We'll talk about this in chapter 4.
| | 03:06 | And I'm just going to go pick this.
| | 03:07 | This is a magazine I edit for pilots.
| | 03:09 | If I wanted to open a particular program,
what I would do -- you saw I did some
| | 03:14 | clicking real quick and you probably
heard the clicking in the background.
| | 03:17 | It's such second nature.
| | 03:18 | I hardly think about it anymore --
but I should say if you want to open a
| | 03:21 | folder, we would double-click or click twice,
one, two, and that folder would open up.
| | 03:27 | If I wanted to go back up to where I
was before, this little back button, and
| | 03:32 | here I've come back.
| | 03:33 | If I want to open a particular file,
like say my screen version here, if I
| | 03:38 | double-click something that's not a folder,
it's a file double-click, it opens up.
| | 03:42 | Ahhh, but there's more than one way to
do things in Windows, and in, well, just
| | 03:46 | about any operating system. Let me go back.
| | 03:49 | I'm back over at the folder again
and I want to open up a different file.
| | 03:53 | This is the same kind of file.
| | 03:54 | It's a PDF file but this is what
comes back from my proofreader.
| | 03:57 | I could double-click but I'm
just going to single-click once.
| | 03:59 | You see how it's highlighted in the background.
| | 04:02 | This is something that's selected.
| | 04:04 | When it's selected, this means whatever I
tell the computer to do, do it to that file.
| | 04:09 | And something we'll talk about
again are these options at the top.
| | 04:13 | Here's Open with Adobe Reader.
| | 04:15 | I click the program and hey,
I've got another one open.
| | 04:18 | I'm going to go back.
| | 04:22 | Let's suppose I want to
open it yet a different way.
| | 04:25 | Remember I said there's
multiple ways to do things.
| | 04:28 | Let's try a single-click again to select.
| | 04:30 | You see how it's highlighted in the background.
| | 04:32 | I'll do a right-click.
| | 04:33 | Yes, that's that other button on the mouse,
the one on the right side of the mouse.
| | 04:37 | You often click it with your middle
finger as opposed to your pointer finger.
| | 04:41 | And then I'll get a menu of items.
| | 04:44 | You'll see that one of them is in bold.
| | 04:46 | That's the default item.
| | 04:48 | What does that mean?
| | 04:49 | That's what the computer does if I double-click.
| | 04:52 | So if you're ever wondering what's
going to happen when you double-click,
| | 04:54 | well, you could just try it or you can do a
right-click and see what's bold on this list.
| | 05:00 | But then I have a whole bunch of other options.
| | 05:01 | Maybe I want to go directly to printing it.
| | 05:04 | Maybe I want to cut it out of this
folder and put it in another folder.
| | 05:08 | Maybe I want to rename it to something else.
| | 05:11 | I can click Rename and type a new name.
| | 05:13 | Again, see the logic here.
| | 05:15 | Soon as I said Rename, it was selected,
and I could go ahead and rename it.
| | 05:21 | Now this isn't going to work.
| | 05:22 | I'm just going to show you this for a second.
| | 05:24 | Suppose we call it "howdy."
| | 05:27 | And I'll get an error,
it says the file's in use.
| | 05:30 | Do I want to try again or
stop trying to do what I'm doing?
| | 05:34 | Again, as a general sort of Windows
thing, you will see errors come up at times
| | 05:40 | and you'll often get options.
| | 05:42 | I bring this up to show you another default.
| | 05:44 | You see how Try Again, it's kind of
highlighted and it's got this border, if I
| | 05:49 | were to hit the Enter key on my
keyboard, it would try to rename it again.
| | 05:53 | That's the default action.
| | 05:54 | If instead I want to cancel, I'm going
to have to click on Cancel or, again,
| | 06:00 | multiple ways of doing things, I
could use the arrow keys on my keyboard.
| | 06:03 | There's Right arrow, now
Cancel has been highlighted.
| | 06:06 | If I hit Enter on my keyboard,
it will cancel the action.
| | 06:10 | There's Left arrow, back to Try Again.
| | 06:12 | The Tab key will do the same thing.
| | 06:14 | So they are many, many options or,
of course, I could just click Cancel.
| | 06:17 | You saw me go down to this taskbar,
and we'll have a movie about the taskbar,
| | 06:22 | but these are all the programs that are
running on my computer and I can click
| | 06:25 | to any one of them that I
want to to go to that program.
| | 06:29 | Furthermore, if I want to make that
program go away and it's in front, I can
| | 06:33 | click on the taskbar again, and it
will be go right back down to the taskbar.
| | 06:38 | Be minimized, it's called.
| | 06:38 | This same action is done with this
small button at the top of the screen and
| | 06:45 | there is that tool tip I
mentioned. Click Minimize.
| | 06:48 | The opposite of minimize, maximize.
| | 06:51 | I'm going to take this and I
want it to fill up the whole screen.
| | 06:54 | And now it's filling up the whole screen.
| | 06:55 | I can't see anything else unless I
either use the taskbar, and that one's now
| | 07:00 | maximized, or click again Minimized.
| | 07:03 | Or if I go up and I can minimize the
program Or I could go back to where it says
| | 07:08 | Restore Down and go back to a window
that has other windows visible around it.
| | 07:15 | All of these windows can be
resized by dragging one of the corners.
| | 07:21 | And again, a little tip about Windows in
every operating system, watch that cursor.
| | 07:25 | You see how it's changing shape?
| | 07:27 | That's telling me what's going to
happen when I try to click or drag.
| | 07:31 | We'll talk about some of the fancy
things in Windows for changing around
| | 07:36 | programs, but you should know that besides
the taskbar, there are all kinds of fun keys.
| | 07:41 | One of the old Windows ones is called
Alt Tab and you can zip through in Alt Tab.
| | 07:47 | We can switch to another program.
| | 07:48 | There's also a fun new one in Windows
Vista where you can see all the programs.
| | 07:53 | We'll talk about that in chapter 3.
| | 07:55 | Also with Maximize and Minimize,
something I forgot, if you want to
| | 07:59 | minimize everything.
| | 08:00 | Remember back at the beginning we had
this Show Desktop button. Click that.
| | 08:05 | Everything goes away.
| | 08:07 | Another way to minimize everything,
I'm going to click a bunch to bring them
| | 08:10 | back up on the screen is on the keyboard.
| | 08:12 | There are a whole bunch of keyboard
shortcuts and I'll bring them up through
| | 08:15 | these movies as they come up.
| | 08:17 | The Windows key on the keyword.
| | 08:18 | Windows+D, D for Desktop, is a quick
way to quickly get everything out of view.
| | 08:25 | While we're talking about the keyboard
shortcuts let me maximize this window.
| | 08:29 | One of the great things about Windows
is that you can do almost everything
| | 08:34 | without taking your fingers off the keys.
| | 08:36 | Look at the Menu bar at the top of the page.
| | 08:38 | You know, where it says
File, Edit, Document, Tools.
| | 08:42 | Suppose we wanted to go View, Zoom and
zoom to a particular level, maybe 25%.
| | 08:48 | We're going to zoom way out.
| | 08:51 | I can do it all with the keys just by going Alt.
| | 08:54 | Now look how the V is underlined.
| | 08:55 | I'll hit V. Look how the Z is underlined,
Z. Now there's a Z underlined on the
| | 09:02 | Zoom To, Z. And there's Fit With.
| | 09:05 | Now with my arrow keys,
because this is a pulldown list.
| | 09:09 | I can set the magnification up and down.
| | 09:11 | I haven't touched the mouse at all.
| | 09:13 | I can also the use the Tab key to cycle
through the options of buttons I can click.
| | 09:19 | See, OK has a little ring
around it there. Cancel does.
| | 09:24 | Back to 10%.
| | 09:25 | So OK has that ring.
| | 09:27 | If I hit Enter, we just
zoomed to 10%. How about that?
| | 09:31 | All off the keyboard.
| | 09:33 | Some of the more modern programs take us a
little bit further and look a little weirder.
| | 09:37 | Let me double-click.
| | 09:41 | I'm using my scroll wheel on my mouse.
| | 09:43 | When your mouse is in a particular
window that has a scroll bar, you won't have
| | 09:49 | to scroll with the mouse.
| | 09:51 | You can just roll over and
scroll with the scroll wheel.
| | 09:55 | If I wanted to scroll in this window, I'd
click once in that window. Scroll here.
| | 10:00 | Again, to open a program, we double-click.
| | 10:06 | Now again, this is going to look kind of weird.
| | 10:08 | I'm going to be able to do
things with just the keyboard.
| | 10:10 | I'm hit Alt on my keyboard and now
you see a bunch of letters pop up here.
| | 10:15 | If I wanted to insert something, it
would be N. And now you can see we've got
| | 10:20 | all different things.
| | 10:21 | Bookmark would be a K, insert a
header would be H and so forth.
| | 10:26 | If I ever want to get out of that mode,
I just hit Escape, Escape until all
| | 10:31 | the letters go away.
| | 10:33 | Another kind of universal
one since we're here in Word.
| | 10:36 | People use it a lot.
| | 10:37 | I'm going to click in front of this word.
| | 10:39 | People know that you can use your
arrow keys to move side to side.
| | 10:43 | If you hold down the Shift key, you'll select
with your arrow keys as you move side to side.
| | 10:48 | If you hold your Control key, you'll jump
whole words with each click. And guess what?
| | 10:54 | If you hold your Shift and Control key
you'll jump whole words -- I'm going in
| | 10:58 | the opposite direction now --
jump whole words and select.
| | 11:02 | Guess what happens if I hold
Control, Shift, and go up and down.
| | 11:06 | I select whole paragraphs or just
select Shift and go up and down, I
| | 11:10 | select whole sentences.
| | 11:12 | So it goes on and on and on.
| | 11:14 | If I want to let go of that, I can
just click anywhere and I deselect.
| | 11:18 | So, a lot can be done in Windows with a
keyboard which is a really cool thing to know.
| | 11:24 | Let's minimize all again. Head back down.
| | 11:30 | Last but not least, if you're done
with a program, you can hit the little X
| | 11:34 | in the corner, Close.
| | 11:36 | And now that program has been closed.
| | 11:38 | If we had done some work on these
programs, we should get a warning that
| | 11:42 | says, "Hey, are you sure you really want to
close this because you have done some work.
| | 11:46 | You want to save it before you close it?"
| | 11:47 | And it'll give you an option to
save the program before you close.
| | 11:50 | So, Windows is helping you out.
| | 11:51 | It's keeping track of you here.
| | 11:52 | A couple other good Windows basics just
to understand what's going on, let's go
| | 11:59 | to some pictures here.
| | 12:01 | And these are just a bunch of pictures that I
loaded onto this computer to demo for folks.
| | 12:05 | Here are some pictures
recently from the house where I live.
| | 12:08 | I'm going to maximize now so
we can have the whole screen.
| | 12:12 | And we have a bunch of kids'
aikido class taken at the dojo.
| | 12:16 | If I want to see one of these
pictures, you remember for an item, I can
| | 12:19 | double-click and the program will open up.
| | 12:23 | That's the default program for watching.
| | 12:25 | If I wanted to see what that program was
or what the default was, I single-click
| | 12:30 | and here Preview at the top of the
screen, that is the default for that action.
| | 12:35 | But there are some other ways
to select that you need to know.
| | 12:37 | I'm going to hold down the Shift key on
my keyboard and I'm going to come down
| | 12:40 | to home023, and I'm going to click.
| | 12:42 | Now I clicked on home013, it was
selected held down Shift and clicked on
| | 12:47 | home023, and everything
between those two files was selected.
| | 12:53 | So I was able to get the whole list.
| | 12:55 | And now I go up and hit Preview.
| | 13:00 | Here are all of those pictures
and I can cycle through them.
| | 13:06 | And this is Windows Photo Gallery which
we'll have a movie on, and it will come
| | 13:10 | right back around to the beginning.
| | 13:11 | It's only the ones I selected.
| | 13:12 | Well, that's great Jeff, but what if I want 013
and I want 015 and I want 016? Well, that's okay.
| | 13:18 | If I try Shift, it's going to catch 014 in
there because it gets everything in the line.
| | 13:24 | If instead I take 013 -- now I'm going
to hold down Control and click again --
| | 13:30 | I've selected another item, Control,
selected another item, now I've only gotten
| | 13:35 | those three items on
there and not anything else.
| | 13:39 | This is kind of a generic Windows thing.
| | 13:40 | It works in all sorts of things.
| | 13:41 | You could be in a Word document and
select three discontinuous words by
| | 13:45 | double-clicking one word, holding
Control, double-clicking another word.
| | 13:48 | It works for files.
| | 13:49 | It works for folders.
| | 13:50 | It's a really handy thing to be
able to have and you can combine these.
| | 13:54 | There's home013, Shift
key, home022, Control key.
| | 13:59 | I'm going to deselect 020, 018, 017
and 014, and I've taken out those items.
| | 14:07 | So remember that Shift-click and Control-
click, gives you a whole bunch of cool options.
| | 14:13 | I'm going to try Restore Down again
just so I can see part of the Desktop.
| | 14:17 | I still have these items selected.
| | 14:18 | There's something about dragging in
Windows which a lot of people know.
| | 14:22 | I want to take these out to the Desktop, and
I just moved them to the Desktop by dragging.
| | 14:29 | When I did that, there are the items,
all six of them, but they are no longer
| | 14:36 | in my Pictures folder. Aaah!
| | 14:37 | Did I want to do that?
| | 14:39 | I'm not sure I did. Can I undo that?
| | 14:44 | Control Z on my keyboard, undo.
| | 14:48 | That's a very handy Windows thing and it
moved them right back to where they needed to go.
| | 14:52 | But what if I wanted to move
a copy of them to the desktop?
| | 14:55 | Let me just take home013 here for a second.
| | 14:57 | This is also a generic Windows thing.
| | 15:00 | When you want to copy something you've
selected, hold down the Control key and drag.
| | 15:05 | See the plus sign? This means I'm
not going to move it to my Desktop.
| | 15:09 | I'm going to copy it to my Desktop.
| | 15:10 | And the little pop-up in Vista here is
helping me know that that's what I'm doing.
| | 15:13 | I'm going to let go and now
I have two copies of home013.
| | 15:18 | Again, this works inside a Word document.
| | 15:20 | You want a copy of a whole paragraph?
| | 15:21 | Select it, drag holding the Control key.
| | 15:24 | These are generic items that
should work through most of your
| | 15:27 | Windows experience.
| | 15:28 | Last but not least, if I want to throw
something away, I'm done with it, I can
| | 15:33 | drag it to that Recycle Bin.
| | 15:35 | And we'll have a whole movie on the
Recycle Bin itself. So there you go.
| | 15:40 | We've got a bunch of the
very basics for Windows.
| | 15:43 | It's now time to delve into what's
really new about Windows Vista and hopefully
| | 15:48 | this will give you just the kind of
grounding you need so you can follow along.
| | Collapse this transcript |
|
|
2. Migration, Installation, and UpgradesHardware assessment| 00:00 | So these are movies about Windows Vista.
What are we doing in Windows XP, which
| | 00:05 | is where we are right now?
| | 00:06 | But we're staring at a Vista installer screen.
| | 00:09 | Before you go ahead and hit that
Install now button, there are two things
| | 00:12 | that you want to do;
and that will be this movie and the next movie.
| | 00:15 | The first is, you probably want to
check and make sure the computer you're
| | 00:18 | installing Vista on is compatible with Vista,
or at least compatible enough that it's worth it to you.
| | 00:23 | If you're getting a new computer that
already has Vista installed on it, you
| | 00:27 | can skip this movie and go right
onto the next one, and then skip the two
| | 00:30 | movies after that as well.
| | 00:32 | Before you decide to do the upgrade, you
want to check your compatibility with Vista.
| | 00:36 | And this is the computer's
compatibility really, not your
| | 00:39 | personal compatibility.
| | 00:41 | You're going to click Check
compatibility online and what we're going to end up
| | 00:47 | with is a site that takes us to the
Vista Upgrade Advisor, which is a program,
| | 00:51 | actually, that we're going to download.
| | 00:53 | It will install on the Windows XP
machine and it will check the machine's
| | 00:58 | compatibility, the computer, the physical
box, and the hardware and software on it.
| | 01:02 | It's going to check that
computer's compatibility with Vista.
| | 01:04 | So you don't have to sit through
the whole download and everything.
| | 01:07 | We've already downloaded and installed it.
| | 01:09 | There's a shortcut on the
Desktop and this is what it looks like.
| | 01:13 | By the way, this program
may not load right away.
| | 01:17 | If it doesn't, it's going to tell you,
you have to install the .Net framework,
| | 01:21 | the latest version of the .Net framework.
| | 01:23 | Go ahead and do so.
| | 01:24 | You'll have to restart your computer
and do this again but, once that's done,
| | 01:29 | you should be able to do the Upgrade Advisor.
| | 01:30 | Not too many options.
| | 01:31 | You pretty much hit Start Scan.
| | 01:33 | And then while it's scanning, you get
to read some propaganda about Vista.
| | 01:37 | I mean some useful information about
deciding which version of Vista you want to get.
| | 01:43 | There are four versions
available to the home user.
| | 01:46 | There's even a fifth version called
Enterprise, but you can only buy that as
| | 01:49 | part of a large business.
| | 01:51 | And you can scroll through and
see what the different versions are.
| | 01:55 | All the way from Home Basic, which is
really just kind of the Vista operating
| | 01:59 | system at its core without the fancy interface.
| | 02:03 | Business, generally geared towards
business folks -- what a surprise.
| | 02:07 | Home Premium, which is really the home version,
but with the fancy graphics and such. And Ultimate.
| | 02:14 | Now, the funny thing is when you
compare the editions of Vista -- while we're
| | 02:17 | here thinking about upgrading -- the
overlap here, Media Center, which we won't
| | 02:24 | be able to talk about in these movies
just because we can't capture it really
| | 02:28 | well under this system, but it's
basically a way of having your computer be your
| | 02:33 | TiVo and your source for movies
at home, your MP3 music library.
| | 02:39 | You can access online entertainment.
| | 02:41 | You know, all those kinds of cool
things that you could do with your TV, your
| | 02:45 | radio, and your computer
kind of all wrapped into one.
| | 02:48 | Wish we could show it to you, it's pretty neat.
| | 02:52 | So those are some things that you
can get in Home Premium and Ultimate.
| | 02:56 | And then Remote Desktop, which we do
talk about, and Business Networking.
| | 03:00 | Well, that only kind of happens in business.
| | 03:02 | You sort of fall into this weird zone
where, if you want both, the cool home
| | 03:06 | stuff and the cool business stuff, you
have to get Ultimate. So I don't know.
| | 03:12 | It's up to you to decide
what works best for you.
| | 03:14 | Do realize that any version of
Vista actually contains Ultimate.
| | 03:18 | If you buy Home Basic, you can buy a
different serial number from Microsoft for
| | 03:22 | an additional fee and upgrade
to any of the higher versions.
| | 03:26 | The scan's complete, so let's
see what we've got for details.
| | 03:31 | This computer can run Vista.
| | 03:33 | So, here are the different options and
they're just showing you some of the cool
| | 03:37 | things that this computer could run.
| | 03:39 | We don't have a Tablet on this one, but
this is an old media edition and looks
| | 03:44 | like it can handle the new Media Center.
| | 03:47 | What we really are looking for is this.
| | 03:50 | Before we upgrade, we have to look at some
issues, so let's see what came up. Hard disk space.
| | 03:58 | It looks like we don't
have a lot of hard disk space.
| | 04:02 | We're going to need 15 GB free to
install Windows Vista onto the drive and we
| | 04:09 | have, hmmm, about 177 MB free.
| | 04:13 | That's not a lot of space.
| | 04:15 | Optionally, we can put
Vista on another disk drive.
| | 04:19 | That would be something else we could do.
| | 04:21 | And it's actually telling us
we can go into drives D: or H:
| | 04:24 | on this machine.
| | 04:25 | So we'd end up with what's
called a dual-boot machine.
| | 04:28 | We could go into either Windows Vista or Windows
XP, which actually isn't such a bad thing to do.
| | 04:34 | Video card.
| | 04:36 | The current Video card will not
support the Aero user experience.
| | 04:40 | So, what does that mean?
| | 04:42 | Going back to our earlier option right
in here -- oh, here you go -- there's a
| | 04:48 | little link right here, but you can
just check out the movies later on Flip3D
| | 04:52 | and Aero, and you'll see
what we're talking about.
| | 04:55 | It's also got some cool things on the
taskbar such as a live preview up here.
| | 04:58 | On this computer, we'd need to upgrade our
Video card before we could have that happen.
| | 05:04 | And something about programs. All right.
| | 05:08 | These programs are going to be a problem.
| | 05:10 | Nero 6 has to be uninstalled.
| | 05:13 | Pay close attention to this.
| | 05:15 | Do not try and upgrade Vista if there
is a program that has to be uninstalled.
| | 05:21 | We know there's a compatibility
issue here and you're just going to
| | 05:24 | cause problems later.
| | 05:25 | Also, any kind of antivirus software
that you have on your computer, any kind,
| | 05:32 | even if it doesn't come up in the
list, I recommend you un- install it.
| | 05:36 | This is a very deep install if you
are upgrading a system and it's going to
| | 05:41 | require a lot of code changes.
| | 05:43 | We don't want anything in the way.
| | 05:44 | Looks like there are a couple other
items, minor compatibility issues.
| | 05:50 | My feeling is everything you can, that you
can reinstall later, go ahead and uninstall now.
| | 05:58 | These are the Graphics controllers.
| | 06:00 | You know that could be a real problem.
| | 06:02 | But see whether there is a driver
that works better with Windows Vista.
| | 06:06 | Sometimes after the install -- and
we'll talk about upgrading drivers -- you'll
| | 06:09 | be able to upgrade your driver as well.
| | 06:11 | So if you can't do it right away, if
can't do it right away, should be okay.
| | 06:15 | All right, so there's the report.
| | 06:18 | You can print it out for yourself.
| | 06:19 | It may even give you a little task
list of what you need to do before you
| | 06:25 | install Vista, et cetera, et cetera.
| | 06:26 | You will get a similar report, although
this is a better and more detailed one,
| | 06:32 | but you'll get a similar report if
you'll just go ahead and try and install
| | 06:36 | Windows Vista, and that'll do a
compatibility check beforehand.
| | 06:40 | The problem there is, you've gotten way
into the install process and now you're
| | 06:43 | going to have to go back and undo
things in order to be able to install Vista.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Easy Transfer and the File Transfer wizard| 00:00 |
So, here we are back at the installer
again, but it's still not time to click
| | 00:05 |
that magic Install button.
| | 00:06 |
We want to do one thing first and
that is to set up our files to transfer.
| | 00:11 |
And now this movie applies whether you
are upgrading to Vista or if you just
| | 00:15 |
bought a new Vista machine and you want
to transfer all of your files and all of
| | 00:18 |
your settings from the old
computer to the new computer.
| | 00:21 |
Same process either way.
| | 00:23 |
We're going to click the Transfer files
and settings from another computer, and
| | 00:26 |
it's going to run a new File transfer wizard.
| | 00:29 |
It's called Windows Easy Transfer by the way.
| | 00:32 |
If for some reason you've already
collected your files on the Windows XP machine
| | 00:38 |
using the old Windows system, that's okay.
| | 00:41 |
It's the same kind of file and it's the
same kind of stuff that gets transferred.
| | 00:45 |
But if you haven't, ideally
use the Easy Transfer wizard.
| | 00:48 |
Now, you need to figure out,
you know, which computer is which.
| | 00:53 |
Is this the old computer or the new computer?
| | 00:55 |
And right now we're on the old computer.
| | 00:56 |
It's going to ask us how we're going to do it.
| | 01:02 |
You have a cable directly between the two.
| | 01:05 |
They make this the recommended.
| | 01:07 |
Truth be told, they can take quite a
long time, but it is the easiest if you're
| | 01:11 |
at home to just physically put a USB
cable between the two machines and let
| | 01:14 |
them talk to each other.
| | 01:16 |
Transfer using a network connection so both
computers on the network at the same time.
| | 01:21 |
Again, this requires that you
have both computers running.
| | 01:24 |
It doesn't help you with a
clean install or an upgrade.
| | 01:26 |
Or, you can collect all the files
into a separate folder and then put that
| | 01:32 |
folder on another machine.
| | 01:34 |
Let's look at how this might work.
| | 01:35 |
I'll click the, uh, Collect right now.
| | 01:38 |
Now, why would I want to do
this if I was upgrading my machine?
| | 01:41 |
Well, if I'm upgrading my machine,
this is a big, serious upgrade.
| | 01:45 |
I need to backup my files.
| | 01:46 |
First, and what I recommend is the
easiest way to backup the files, or what I
| | 01:50 |
would consider the best way to back up
files, is to back them up onto one of
| | 01:54 |
these transfer files.
| | 01:56 |
And then if you do what's called a
clean install -- which we'll look at in the
| | 01:59 |
next chapter -- the clean install of Vista
will wipe out everything on your hard drive.
| | 02:04 |
But then, if you have these files on an
external drive, you can bring back all
| | 02:09 |
of your personal data and then
reinstall your software as needed.
| | 02:12 |
The other reason, even if you're doing
an upgrade, this is a very reasonable way
| | 02:16 |
to back up your data, all of it, if
you don't already have a good backup
| | 02:20 |
solution, because it puts it
all into one big aggregate file.
| | 02:22 |
No matter what you're doing, unless
you're moving Vista from one computer to
| | 02:26 |
another and you have two physical
computers, if you're doing an upgrade, then
| | 02:30 |
I'd recommend also just copying all
your files, all your critical files, onto
| | 02:35 |
some other format as well, so
you'll have multiple backups.
| | 02:37 |
I'm a little paranoid.
| | 02:38 |
But let's use an external hard drive.
| | 02:41 |
We'll browse for one.
| | 02:42 |
We're in Windows XP right now, so we're
going to go looking out on our local network.
| | 02:48 |
And we have a whole bunch around here.
| | 02:51 |
I'm going to go onto one of
our network computers here.
| | 02:56 |
If you had another computer at home -- you
could do it here -- we can give it a name.
| | 03:03 |
Call this, you know, Jeff's old machine.
| | 03:09 |
You don't have to give it a password.
| | 03:11 |
This is your personal data, but if
it's staying on, you know, your own home
| | 03:14 |
network, no big deal, just recommended.
| | 03:17 |
All user accounts, Just my user
accounts, or Advanced options.
| | 03:21 |
Let's just see what
Advanced options is so you can see.
| | 03:27 |
What you're seeing when it says All
accounts, Not all accounts, is what is going
| | 03:32 |
to be transferred from one file to another.
| | 03:35 |
So it's all of my application settings,
not Microsoft Office, but all of my
| | 03:40 |
personal settings for Microsoft Office.
| | 03:42 |
And it's going to be everything on my
Desktop, all of my Favorites, all the
| | 03:47 |
things in My Documents,
My Music, Pictures, Video.
| | 03:50 |
Those are all going to get transferred.
| | 03:51 |
And in fact, all of these people on the
computer are going to get transferred.
| | 03:54 |
If I want to see what's
deep inside these, I can.
| | 03:58 |
These are sort of miscellaneous
files and folders that might also get
| | 04:02 |
transferred as I go along.
| | 04:04 |
Now, so this doesn't take forever,
what I'm going to do is, I can selectively
| | 04:10 |
decide which files and folders
are going to get transferred.
| | 04:15 |
You can leave -- well, we'll take that out.
| | 04:19 |
I just want to show you what's here.
| | 04:21 |
Normally you would want to do all of it,
but this way, it won't take nearly so long.
| | 04:25 |
And if I were to do what I'm about to do,
the only things that are going to get
| | 04:30 |
transferred are say the stuff on my Desktop.
| | 04:34 |
So you get an idea of, you know, the
kinds of things that you have transferred.
| | 04:38 |
That's all I want, stuff on my Desktop.
| | 04:42 |
Normally again you would just use
the button to transfer all of your user
| | 04:47 |
settings or everybody on the computer.
| | 04:49 |
The cool thing is, if you have one
computer and you have several people in the
| | 04:53 |
house, everybody's files, everybody's
settings, everybody's passwords all get
| | 04:57 |
moved from one computer to the other one.
| | 04:59 |
And what would happen is we'd go to
the new computer or we'd take all those
| | 05:04 |
files onto the removable
drive, right, set them aside.
| | 05:07 |
We would rebuild our computer in Windows Vista.
| | 05:09 |
We'd plug in the separate drive that we
just copied these onto and run the Easy
| | 05:14 |
Transfer Wizard from the new computer
and get all of our files for reinstall.
| | 05:18 |
I'm going to do it once more just so you
can see really quickly, and we can sort
| | 05:22 |
of speed this up in time
'cause you've seen it once.
| | 05:25 |
I just want to show you
what it looks like on this end.
| | 05:30 |
Just so you know, if you were to go
through and do it with the connecting
| | 05:34 |
the cables or connecting the two
computers over a network, essentially
| | 05:38 |
you'll run the Transfer files and settings --
what you have right here -- on both computers.
| | 05:44 |
Let's go back and just look at what happens
if you do have two computers on the network.
| | 05:49 |
This is what it's going to be if you
bought a new computer with Windows Vista
| | 05:52 |
and you have on old computer on the
network as well and you want to actually
| | 05:57 |
communicate between the two machines.
| | 05:58 |
We'll Transfer files, we'll
click Next, Transfer directly.
| | 06:07 |
Now again, this effectively is the same
as we had before, but we're going to go
| | 06:12 |
right between the machines.
| | 06:14 |
This is the part I wanted to show you.
| | 06:15 |
You'll need a key to be able to transfer
files between the machines. No, I need a key.
| | 06:20 |
There you go. There's the key.
| | 06:22 |
Now, if you go over to the other
machine and you run the same Easy Transfer
| | 06:26 |
Wizard and go back, you would say Yes,
I have the key, and you put in the key,
| | 06:32 |
hit Next, they'll connect over the
network and they'll begin the transfer.
| | 06:36 |
And that's all there is to it. You're all set.
| | 06:39 |
Now, you may be wondering, wait a minute.
| | 06:41 |
I've got two computers, but I've got the
Vista installer disk in my old computer.
| | 06:45 |
How am I going to run Windows Easy
Transfer in my new computer? Well, that's okay.
| | 06:49 |
The new computer has Windows Vista on it, right?
| | 06:51 |
Which means it has the Easy
Transfer Wizard inistalled.
| | 06:54 |
Open your Start menu and you can just
type right in the Start menu Easy transfer.
| | 06:59 |
Or you can navigate to it by Start menu/
All programs/ Accessories/ System tools/
| | 07:05 |
Windows Easy Transfer.
| | 07:06 |
If you're having trouble using the
Start menu in the new Vista, well, check out
| | 07:10 |
our movie on the Start menu.
| | 07:13 |
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Installing Windows Vista| 00:00 |
All right. Time to install.
| | 00:03 |
Let's fire up the
installer and see what happens.
| | 00:07 |
We now have a choice whether we're
going to go online to get the latest updates
| | 00:11 |
or we're just going to use the CD as is.
| | 00:14 |
There's no question here.
| | 00:15 |
You want to go online and get the latest
updates even if it takes longer for the install.
| | 00:19 |
And this little check box
is actually a good idea.
| | 00:22 |
You're not sending any personal
information to Microsoft, but what's going to
| | 00:26 |
happen is the computer, information
about the computer, is going to get sent
| | 00:29 |
in, the kinds of people who are choosing to
upgrade and what kind of computer they have.
| | 00:33 |
That data is going back to Microsoft as
well as any failures that happen during
| | 00:37 |
the installation, which is
important. So we'll connect.
| | 00:43 |
You'll come to this screen here where
you need to enter the Product key from
| | 00:47 |
your Windows Vista Installer.
| | 00:48 |
It's on the back of the
plastic where you flip out the CD.
| | 00:52 |
You're actually going to flip it over
around to the back and you'll find it there.
| | 00:55 |
So you just enter that. (typing.)
| | 00:56 |
With the Product key -- the Product key
is actually determining which version of
| | 01:11 |
Vista you are installing so this key
is going to decide whether we have Home
| | 01:15 |
Basic or whether we have Ultimate.
| | 01:16 |
So there's a Product key.
| | 01:18 |
It's a little buzzed out because,
well, it's a real Product key.
| | 01:20 |
We don't want you to be
using our key. You hit Next.
| | 01:24 |
Okay, now we've come to the screen as
to how we're going to install Vista.
| | 01:28 |
You can see that Upgrade is grayed out for us.
| | 01:31 |
It's not even an option to
upgrade our Windows XP and here's why.
| | 01:36 |
Because there's not enough space on
the drive and that can be a real issue.
| | 01:40 |
We could free up some space on the
drive and it's telling us how much we need.
| | 01:44 |
Quite a bit, about 7 1/2 gigabytes more
space we would have to make on that drive.
| | 01:48 |
So we probably have to, well, we have to do
quite a bit and it's because it's partitioned.
| | 01:53 |
And a lot of people run into this.
| | 01:54 |
There is a way around that, that you
can remove the partition from the drive,
| | 01:58 |
but it's pretty advanced.
| | 02:00 |
So if you need to, you might
need to get somebody to help you.
| | 02:02 |
The other way is to
install a clean copy of Windows.
| | 02:05 |
If there's any way When you're
installing Windows to do a clean install,
| | 02:10 |
I highly, highly, highly recommend it.
| | 02:13 |
Upgrades, however good they are, there
are little bits about your old operating
| | 02:17 |
system that come through.
| | 02:19 |
I think I'll show you a little bit
later on my laptop, which has an upgrade for
| | 02:24 |
various reasons, how some of the file
structure is a little bit weird because of the upgrade.
| | 02:28 |
That said, Vista's upgrade is the
best upgrade yet in terms of getting a
| | 02:33 |
good solid installation.
| | 02:35 |
But if you're going through all this
trouble, the best way to do it is to
| | 02:37 |
find all your old installers, take
your data, and copy it as we showed you in
| | 02:42 |
the Easy Transfer Wizard, as well as a
second copy of your critical data that
| | 02:47 |
you would just be lost.
| | 02:48 |
You know all those home movies.
| | 02:50 |
If you just have to have that stuff,
make sure you have multiple copies on
| | 02:53 |
some separate drive, a removable drive, and
then go ahead and hit Custom for the clean install.
| | 02:59 |
If upgrade is what you
choose to do, you click Upgrade.
| | 03:05 |
You go through basically
similar options and off you go.
| | 03:08 |
Now, I will tell you that either way
you go, upgrade or a clean install, it's a
| | 03:13 |
long, long process and your computer
reboots several times. Bear with it.
| | 03:18 |
If you can, don't give up and
shut things down prematurely.
| | 03:23 |
You know, go through and go
through the whole process.
| | 03:26 |
Let the computer sit.
| | 03:27 |
If it looks like it
blocked, let it sit overnight.
| | 03:30 |
The other thing we can do here is, if
we install onto our partition D -- now
| | 03:35 |
we have Windows XP here on partition
C -- if we install onto partition D,
| | 03:41 |
we're going to end up with Windows
XP on C and another copy of Windows,
| | 03:47 |
Windows Vista on D. It'll be a dual-
boot system and when the system starts up,
| | 03:51 |
we'll get a choice.
| | 03:53 |
Do you want to boot into XP or
do you want to boot into Vista?
| | 03:56 |
And it's actually kind of a cool thing
because some of your old programs that
| | 03:59 |
don't work, you can go back and you can
reboot into XP, run those old programs,
| | 04:06 |
and then reboot into Vista and have
that as your general operating system.
| | 04:09 |
Windows Vista also has a new function
that allows you to change the partition on
| | 04:14 |
the disc so the amount of disk space
that goes to these different sections.
| | 04:19 |
Windows Vista lets you do that actually in
the operating system which is pretty slick.
| | 04:24 |
By the way, if you want a partition, an
idea of what a partition is, there's a
| | 04:27 |
great sort of example.
| | 04:28 |
See this gray bar across the top?
| | 04:32 |
See how Name is taking up part of the
gray bar, Total Space is taking up another
| | 04:36 |
part, Free Space is taking up another
part, Type is taking up another part?
| | 04:39 |
One long gray bar like one disk broken
into separate sections, those are partitions.
| | 04:44 |
So the way it was happening on this
computer, there wasn't much space in
| | 04:49 |
partition C but there was lots in
partition D. And so where do we want
| | 04:56 |
to install Windows? (clicking.)
| | 04:58 |
We're going to install it right there,
partition D. By the way, you can see to
| | 05:04 |
make changes in partitions, if you
start this process from the Windows CD
| | 05:10 |
instead of from XP like we did,
you'll actually be able to wipe out all the
| | 05:14 |
information on the computer and then you
can set the partitions however you want
| | 05:18 |
or just have one big one. We'll hit Next.
| | 05:23 |
Just a little warning, if they're files
from the old version of Windows they're
| | 05:26 |
going to be moved aside,
and that's where it begins.
| | 05:30 |
Windows will now go and install so
we would just go forward from here.
| | 05:34 |
I told you before about
waiting around to being patient.
| | 05:38 |
It's time to go make yourself a cup of
coffee including probably roasting the
| | 05:41 |
beans yourself, maybe
even growing them yourself.
| | 05:44 |
We'll come back in a couple days and
Vista will be installed and we'll talk
| | 05:47 |
about how to use it.
| | 05:50 |
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Dealing with drivers| 00:00 | Whenever you upgrade your operating
system, one of the issues you have to deal
| | 00:04 | with is dealing with drivers.
| | 00:07 | So what's a driver?
| | 00:08 | A driver is a tiny piece of software
but it makes all the difference in your
| | 00:12 | happiness because it's what allows the
operating system like Windows Vista to
| | 00:17 | communicate with your scanner, your
printer, your camera, even inside your
| | 00:22 | computer, the hard drives,
the DVD burner, and so forth.
| | 00:26 | When you've done the upgrade,
hopefully all of the major components of your
| | 00:29 | computer are working.
| | 00:31 | Those drivers are commonly stored with
Vista, but a lot of times it's your older
| | 00:35 | peripherals that are a problem.
| | 00:37 | Or when you've bought a new computer
with Windows Vista -- even more likely --
| | 00:41 | and you want to hook it up to
your old printer or your old scanner.
| | 00:44 | So how you deal with these drivers?
| | 00:46 | Well, the first thing is, you hope for the best.
| | 00:49 | I've got in my hands a little USB flash key.
| | 00:52 | What I'm going to do is I'm going to
plug it in into the computer and I'm going
| | 00:54 | to hope that the flash
key works with the computer.
| | 00:57 | Let's see what happens.
| | 00:58 | Okay, there was a little "bloop" sound
and if you look down on the lower right
| | 01:03 | over here, you'll see that item
with the green ball bouncing around.
| | 01:08 | That is the Found New Hardware Wizard,
and instead of just saying every single
| | 01:13 | time, "I found new hardware," Vista will
actually just try and make the hardware
| | 01:16 | work, which is really what
it should be doing anyway.
| | 01:19 | And if it does, hey, it will go and try and
open up your camera or scanner, or whatever it is.
| | 01:25 | In this case it's a flash
key with some files on it.
| | 01:28 | And I can just hit Open, and boom.
| | 01:31 | There are all the files that are on
the card which is now drive G. And I can
| | 01:36 | close that window out.
| | 01:37 | That worked without any
trouble whatsoever. Okay, cool.
| | 01:41 | What'll I do if something
doesn't quite work? Let's try that.
| | 01:44 | I'm going to plug in and old scanner.
| | 01:47 | See what happens now.
| | 01:49 | And right away, it says, "Windows needs to
install driver software for your CanoScan."
| | 01:54 | At this moment, I'm optimistic. Why?
| | 01:57 | I'm optimistic because it says "CanoScan."
| | 02:01 | That means at the very least, my
scanner and Windows are talking to each other
| | 02:05 | and it knows what kind of scanner this is
even if it doesn't know how to talk to it.
| | 02:09 | So let's locate and install the driver software.
| | 02:12 | Recommended, that's what we're going to do.
| | 02:14 | These other items, by the way -- Ask
me again later means I have the software
| | 02:19 | probably to make this device work,
but I haven't installed it yet.
| | 02:23 | And I want you to just forget
about the fact that I plugged it in.
| | 02:26 | I didn't mean to plug it in yet.
| | 02:27 | Let me go and install the software
and then we'll go through this again.
| | 02:30 | Hopefully when I plug it in, it'll be
plug-and-play, automatically detected
| | 02:34 | and work right away.
| | 02:36 | This third message down here, Don't
show me this again -- if you've got a
| | 02:39 | device that's built in or hooked into
your computer, and it's just not working
| | 02:43 | and you keep getting this Found new
hardware message, you can tell Windows to
| | 02:46 | Ignore this device.
| | 02:47 | I don't really use it anymore.
| | 02:49 | I can't uninstall it from my computer.
| | 02:51 | I don't want you to tell me
that I keep using it anymore.
| | 02:53 | We're going to try and have
Windows find the driver software.
| | 02:57 | This is the administrator action so
I'm going to go ahead and give the
| | 03:00 | administrative password.
| | 03:03 | You'll see in the stuff on User
access control when you're first setting up
| | 03:07 | your computer, I recommended that you
take user access control and at least
| | 03:10 | give yourself administrator
privileges so you don't have to type in that
| | 03:13 | password every time.
| | 03:14 | Okay, Insert the disk
that came with your CanoScan.
| | 03:17 | What does this mean?
| | 03:19 | This means that it found the hardware,
figured out what it is, and it's going to
| | 03:23 | look for the appropriate drivers on
the software that came with your scanner.
| | 03:29 | Now, you bought the scanner
five years ago, where is that CD?
| | 03:33 | I haven't the foggiest idea
where I put the disk for that.
| | 03:36 | Come on, you gotta be kidding me.
| | 03:38 | Well, you have some other options.
| | 03:39 | So let's let Windows
guide us to the other options.
| | 03:42 | If we did have the disk, we actually
were that organized, we could put it in now.
| | 03:45 | Go ahead and install the appropriate
software and Windows should actually search
| | 03:50 | through the disk while we're
doing that and find the driver.
| | 03:53 | Do you have to install the software?
| | 03:54 | No, not necessarily.
| | 03:56 | Windows can just search and try and find
just the driver, but, and this is a big
| | 04:01 | but, if you don't install all of the
software, you may not have all of the
| | 04:05 | features that you were used to with the scanner.
| | 04:09 | And then the buts to the but is that
if you install all the software, this
| | 04:13 | scanner, in this case, might work.
| | 04:15 | But some of the software
that used to drive it might not.
| | 04:18 | So be aware that there are
always trade-offs along the way.
| | 04:21 | But let's assume we don't even have the disk.
| | 04:23 | What are some other options?
| | 04:25 | Windows is going to check for a solution for me.
| | 04:28 | The other option is I can Browse my
computer if I happen to know where the
| | 04:31 | driver is physically located.
| | 04:33 | If you're geeky enough to do that, you're
probably geeky enough to skip this whole movie.
| | 04:37 | So let's check for a solution.
| | 04:38 | And we're going to check online.
| | 04:43 | What Windows is doing now is it is
going to Microsoft's website and looking for
| | 04:48 | all of the drivers that Microsoft logs for
all the different devices. Couldn't find it.
| | 04:52 | So we Close.
| | 04:54 | And where does that leave us?
| | 04:56 | It's a device that doesn't work and
if we go down to our Found New Hardware
| | 04:59 | Wizard, it tells us the device
software was not successfully installed.
| | 05:02 | I can click on that and you can
see here is my USB card device.
| | 05:08 | It actually did install something right there.
| | 05:11 | Never even told me it was
doing it. CanoScan, fail.
| | 05:13 | Oh, dear.
| | 05:17 | Well, don't give up hope yet.
| | 05:18 | We're going to go to Canon's website
and this happens to be usa.canon.com, but
| | 05:22 | you just have to hunt for your own device.
| | 05:24 | And now every website is different, but
here we're going to go and we'll go to
| | 05:29 | either Support or even better,
downloads, Consumer downloads.
| | 05:33 | Let's click on that.
How did I know to go here?
| | 05:37 | Lots of practice installing
drivers. Select a category.
| | 05:41 | Scanners. Product Type.
| | 05:43 | It's a CanoScan.
| | 05:45 | And you're going to have to, you know,
hunt on your own devices and try and
| | 05:48 | find the right name.
| | 05:49 | This one happens to be an N1240U.
| | 05:51 | And if you know anything about scanners,
you know, wow, that's an old scanner Jeff.
| | 05:55 | Get yourself some new stuff.
| | 05:57 | Just about every website will
have Manuals and drivers/software.
| | 06:02 | It might just say drivers.
| | 06:05 | Everything's a little different.
| | 06:07 | You're going to have to hunt.
| | 06:09 | Here's the driver and this
is what we wanted to see.
| | 06:14 | Make this window just a little bit bigger here.
| | 06:18 | Drivers for Windows Vista.
| | 06:21 | And we talked about Vista32 versus Vista64.
| | 06:25 | One of the big issues with Vista64, 64-
bit Vista, is that it requires something
| | 06:30 | called signed drivers.
| | 06:32 | Signed drivers are a little bit
different in the sense that they have been sort
| | 06:37 | of approved to a certain process by Microsoft.
| | 06:40 | I'm not going to get into all the details.
| | 06:42 | What it means is that the
driver's guaranteed to work.
| | 06:45 | 64-bit Vista will not allow
you to install unsigned drivers.
| | 06:51 | 32-bit Vista will allow you, and a
lot of the drivers that exist -- sort of
| | 06:56 | extant -- will only work with 32-bit Vista.
| | 07:00 | If you take a look here, the driver 7.0.3
.1 Windows Vista32, 7.0.3.1 Windows XP,
| | 07:06 | and in fact, 2000 and Windows 98,
they're all the same driver.
| | 07:12 | So it's the old driver from the
probably that old CD you had when you got
| | 07:17 | it with Windows XP.
| | 07:18 | Is just happens to work under Windows
Vista 32-bit, but it would work under 64-bit.
| | 07:24 | Nonetheless we're going to download the
Windows Vista driver and we're going to
| | 07:27 | agree to anything here.
| | 07:28 | Here's the license, scroll, scroll, scroll.
| | 07:32 | Ahhh, there's the download.
| | 07:33 | I'm going to click on the link.
| | 07:34 | And we can go ahead and Save it.
| | 07:37 | If we save it, it'll
saved to our Downloads file.
| | 07:39 | Or we can just go ahead and Run it.
| | 07:40 | This will save it to a Temporary folder.
| | 07:44 | And then it's going to run which is
what we want it to do because we want that
| | 07:49 | driver software installed on our computer.
| | 07:54 | And here, this file does not
have a valid digital signature.
| | 07:57 | This is not a signed program here.
| | 08:00 | You're going to need a password.
| | 08:04 | Here's User access control again.
| | 08:06 | We'll talk about that in a later movie.
| | 08:07 | Just going to put in the password.
| | 08:11 | And it looks like, if you look down
here on the taskbar, it's asking me to
| | 08:16 | bring that to the front.
| | 08:18 | Windows self extractor. There we go.
| | 08:25 | Now, this is something that
comes up a lot in Windows Vista.
| | 08:29 | Because this was an old executable, it
was an old program, it's not sure whether
| | 08:34 | it actually worked correctly.
| | 08:36 | How do we know if it worked correctly or not?
| | 08:38 | Well, we're going to have to try and find out.
| | 08:40 | You can reinstall it if you want to or
you can just bypass it. We hit Reinstall.
| | 08:45 | I'll show you what happens.
| | 08:46 | It's just going to go through the process again.
| | 08:48 | All right, it would go through Run.
| | 08:52 | It's going to do the exact same thing again.
| | 08:58 | Worked a little faster that
time so maybe that'll work better.
| | 09:02 | Nonetheless, we're going to give it a shot.
| | 09:03 | We're going to go ahead and close this window.
| | 09:06 | Minimize that window.
| | 09:07 | Now, how do I get the piece of
hardware I plugged in the scanner?
| | 09:12 | How do I get it to recognize the scanner again?
| | 09:14 | Windows Vista is a little
bit smarter than XP here.
| | 09:17 | Unplug the scanner.
| | 09:18 | I'm going to plug it back in.
| | 09:19 | When I say plug and unplug,
I'm just unplugging the USB port.
| | 09:24 | And if you could hear that, that was
my scanner in the background starting to
| | 09:27 | move, churn, and chime.
| | 09:29 | Oh, I'm feeling good about this.
| | 09:31 | Let's go over to our little
wizard here. It's finding it.
| | 09:34 | And I'll just double-click.
| | 09:38 | It says, "The software for this
device has been successfully installed."
| | 09:43 | Now later we'll have a movie on
scanning, and we'll actually use that scanner
| | 09:47 | that we just plugged in.
| | 09:48 | But how do I know it's
really installed and it's working?
| | 09:50 | Well, the best way is to try it out,
but I want to show you something called
| | 09:53 | the Device manager.
| | 09:54 | Click on the Start menu, go to Computer,
and right-click and you want Manage.
| | 10:00 | You can also get to this through
Control panels/ System and maintenance/
| | 10:09 | Additional options/
Hardware and sound. There it is.
| | 10:16 | Device manager.
| | 10:17 | And you can see down in Device manager
Hardware and devices or Update device drivers.
| | 10:23 | So, I'm going to go
ahead and click one of those.
| | 10:25 | It says, "I do not have sufficient
privileges because I need to be an
| | 10:29 | administrator to install and uninstall."
| | 10:33 | Here I go to Device manager, and if
you look on all of these devices, Imaging
| | 10:41 | devices/ CanoScan LiDE 30, that's my scanner.
| | 10:47 | And you'll see that I've
got a nice clean image here.
| | 10:50 | So that's a way to know
that it was in fact working.
| | 10:53 | I'm going to go plug in another device
before we leave this movie. All right.
| | 11:02 | And while I have the Device manager up,
you can see Unknown device has appeared.
| | 11:07 | Here's my Found New Hardware Wizard Now,
I'm clicking on the Found New Hardware
| | 11:12 | Wizard and now I'm not optimistic. Why?
| | 11:15 | Because it doesn't say what this device is.
| | 11:17 | It says, "Unknown device." This is not good.
| | 11:21 | This happens to be a Logitech
camera, a little webcam I have.
| | 11:24 | And the camera is not being recognized at all
by Windows, doesn't even know it's a camera.
| | 11:30 | That's bad.
| | 11:32 | I can click Ask me again later,
try and go find the software.
| | 11:35 | I could try and have Windows find it.
| | 11:37 | It's not going to be able to.
| | 11:39 | I'll guarantee it right now.
| | 11:40 | And one of the sad things here -- let me go to
my Internet Explorer again. Here's Logitech.
| | 11:48 | This is actually the camera.
| | 11:49 | It in fact says, hey, "Windows Vista."
| | 11:52 | There was a driver for it.
| | 11:54 | I downloaded this driver.
| | 11:56 | I installed this driver.
| | 11:57 | It still doesn't recognize the camera.
| | 11:59 | Just because it says that it has
something that works, it doesn't guarantee it's
| | 12:03 | going to work on every system.
| | 12:05 | And you just have to sort of take
that into consideration that it may not
| | 12:09 | work for your computer.
| | 12:11 | If you can get the program to work or if
you're having trouble with a particular
| | 12:16 | device, you can see what's
going on in that Device manager.
| | 12:20 | And I'm going to close this one out
again just for a second and go to my more
| | 12:24 | favorite way of getting there -- and
you'll see why in a second -- it's Start
| | 12:27 | menu/Computer, right-click Manage.
| | 12:31 | If I do it that way, I actually get an
opportunity for administrator privileges
| | 12:36 | which is what I want.
| | 12:38 | Here in the list of all
Computer Management is Device manager.
| | 12:41 | So here is all those items again.
| | 12:43 | There's Unknown device.
| | 12:45 | When I have that device and it
doesn't have the right driver, I do have the
| | 12:50 | option from right-clicking
to do Update Driver Software.
| | 12:54 | And here's the same kinds of deal that I
had with the Found New Hardware Wizard.
| | 13:00 | So even if I say, "Here, ask me again
later," at any time if I'm able to find a
| | 13:06 | driver that works, I can go to Computer
Management/ Device manager and try and
| | 13:13 | update the driver for that
particular piece of hardware.
| | 13:17 | And if I finally find one that works
through online bulletin boards or whatever
| | 13:20 | it is, the device will finally work.
| | 13:22 | There are still drivers that are
being released as updates for Vista, so
| | 13:26 | something that doesn't work
today might work next week.
| | 13:29 | You're just going to have to
keep checking around for that.
| | 13:31 | By the way, while we're here, just so
you now, sometimes there are updates like
| | 13:35 | automatic updates to drivers and you'll
end up with getting an update and your
| | 13:40 | piece of hardware ceases to function.
| | 13:43 | You can deal with that in the same place.
| | 13:45 | Find the piece of hardware
that's not working anymore.
| | 13:47 | Let's say it was my scanner.
| | 13:49 | Right-click and here we have, instead
of Update Driver Software, I can Disable
| | 13:55 | the device, Uninstall it,
Scan for hardware changes.
| | 13:58 | Scan for hardware changes would mean I
can look if it thinks it's one device and
| | 14:02 | I've actually replaced it with
something else, I can have it search again and
| | 14:07 | try and find new devices
I put on my system here.
| | 14:09 | But Properties is what I'm really shooting for.
| | 14:13 | There's a tab for Driver and see
this here, it says Roll Back Driver.
| | 14:19 | It's grayed out right now because
there's only one driver installed for this,
| | 14:23 | the one we just installed.
| | 14:25 | Some software automatically updates itself.
| | 14:28 | And like I said, if it does, and
there's a problem, Windows will save the old
| | 14:33 | version of the driver.
| | 14:34 | If something ceases to work,
this option may be available to you.
| | 14:38 | Click Roll Back Driver and it will
force Windows to go back one level in the
| | 14:43 | driver history and the
device might start working.
| | 14:45 | Just a little tidbit on drivers.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Running older software in Vista| 00:00 | We're over on my laptop now, which is an
older system that was upgraded to Windows Vista.
| | 00:04 | It's a great place to look at what
happens with old software, because I have
| | 00:08 | plenty of it running on my laptop.
| | 00:10 | Most of the time, your old software
when you start it up will work just fine.
| | 00:15 | It works just great under Windows Vista.
| | 00:17 | Sometimes, however, it won't.
| | 00:19 | And so let's take a look at that.
| | 00:22 | The simplest thing is
something like say, Quicken.
| | 00:25 | And I'm not going to open up my Quicken
here for a second -- you'll actually see
| | 00:29 | what my bank accounts are.
| | 00:29 | I don't really need to share that.
| | 00:31 | But when Quicken first opened
up, I had a panic attack. Why?
| | 00:35 | Because it couldn't find any of my
banking information and all that happened was
| | 00:39 | it lost its default
location for the Quicken data file.
| | 00:44 | And all I had to do to fix it was when
I opened up Quicken, I had to go to the
| | 00:48 | File menu and do Close and then Open.
| | 00:51 | And then I navigated into My Documents
folder where my Quicken data file was,
| | 00:56 | and Quicken opened up and everything
was there and from then on forward every
| | 00:59 | time I opened up Quicken, it was fine.
| | 01:01 | So don't panic if things don't work
out right away, even if it's something
| | 01:04 | important like all your bank statements.
| | 01:06 | The very first thing is just to go and
look and see whether the program has lost
| | 01:10 | its default settings.
| | 01:12 | And that happens a lot.
| | 01:13 | Now, some programs just won't work at all.
| | 01:17 | There's no way around it.
| | 01:18 | Let's go to All programs, we'll go to Adobe,
and I'm going to go to Acrobat 6. Bam!
| | 01:24 | Oh, this doesn't look good --
Program Compatibility Assistant.
| | 01:32 | This program has known compatibility issues.
| | 01:36 | Boy, some people have told me I had some
issues and they weren't being very nice.
| | 01:39 | And that's what's happening here.
| | 01:41 | Vista is saying, "Hey, I
can't deal with this program.
| | 01:43 | It won't run under Vista."
| | 01:45 | Now, you can look for solutions online,
you can try and run the program, or you
| | 01:51 | can just cancel and abandon the whole effort.
| | 01:53 | I'll tell you right now that running
the program is a risky business in terms
| | 01:57 | of potential crashes.
| | 01:58 | It's not the end of the world, but
certainly if I'm going to attempt to run a
| | 02:01 | program that has known compatibility
issues, I'm going to save all my work and
| | 02:04 | be prepared for Vista to the crash.
| | 02:06 | This Windows is not going to come up
unless people have actually documented that
| | 02:10 | there's a real problem here.
| | 02:12 | I could check for solutions online.
| | 02:13 | We can go ahead and click.
| | 02:15 | And it says, "No solutions found."
| | 02:17 | Well thanks, that was really helpful.
| | 02:20 | I'm just going to go ahead and cancel.
| | 02:22 | In this case -- you see it says, "For
more information, contact Adobe" -- if I
| | 02:26 | go and search on Adobe's website, I'll
find out that, in fact, none of the older
| | 02:31 | Adobe programs work with Vista.
| | 02:32 | And even the latest ones are having some issue.
| | 02:34 | So, just know that some software won't run.
| | 02:38 | Now I'm going to go to the Start
menu and I'm going to try Photoshop.
| | 02:42 | And this also is not going to work.
| | 02:44 | It's going to look good for a minute.
| | 02:47 | Scanning for plug-ins, presets, and you
may have seen this in the early movie.
| | 02:50 | Now I'm going to show you how to get around it.
| | 02:52 | Maybe even waiting in suspense.
| | 02:53 | I wanted my Photoshop to work, too.
| | 02:55 | Okay, it says, "Could not initialize
Photoshop," because the file is locked.
| | 02:59 | Properties commands? Unlock the file?
| | 03:01 | Gosh, what's that all about?
| | 03:03 | Well, we could try -- I could right-click.
| | 03:06 | I'm going to go to Photoshop/ Properties, right.
| | 03:10 | Here's the Photoshop CS properties/ General.
| | 03:14 | Oh, this is for the shortcut.
| | 03:16 | Oh gosh, now I'm going to have
to go Open the file location.
| | 03:20 | There's Photoshop.exe.
| | 03:23 | Let's right-click on Photoshop.exe/Properties.
| | 03:24 | This is real pain, isn't it?
| | 03:27 | What does it mean Locked? Read-only? Hidden?
| | 03:31 | Those aren't checked. Security.
| | 03:32 | I don't have any kind of crazy security on it.
| | 03:37 | There are no previous versions.
| | 03:40 | What's this about a file being locked?
| | 03:42 | Maybe if it was Read-only,
but that's not the issue here.
| | 03:45 | Maybe if I click Advanced,
right? No, nothing there.
| | 03:50 | So what's the deal?
| | 03:52 | It's not that the file is locked.
| | 03:54 | It's that by the way the program is set
to interact with the operating system, I
| | 03:59 | need to be an administrator and I'm not.
| | 04:02 | So, how am I going to deal with this?
| | 04:03 | I'm going to Cancel. I'm going to right-
click on the program. I have two ways.
| | 04:07 | Here's the quick and dirty way.
| | 04:09 | Right-click on Photoshop.
| | 04:12 | To double-click it -- or in this case
it's the Start menu, single-click is open.
| | 04:16 | I could open the file location.
| | 04:17 | That's kind of handy. We'll talk
about that in the Start menu movie.
| | 04:20 | But there's also Run as administrator.
| | 04:22 | Now, if I click Run as administrator, I'm
going to have to put in the password. (typing.)
| | 04:27 | Here comes Photoshop.
| | 04:35 | Boom! It works.
| | 04:37 | Are you saying I have to do that every single
time I want to use Photoshop? No, you don't.
| | 04:42 | And this, by the way, is something else.
| | 04:44 | I've used Photoshop, this
old version of CS for years.
| | 04:47 | Long, long ago I turned off this Welcome screen.
| | 04:50 | I don't want the Welcome screen.
| | 04:51 | Well, what happened?
| | 04:52 | Photoshop lost its settings.
| | 04:54 | When I upgraded, and now that I'm doing
this Run as administrator, it's actually
| | 04:59 | booting up and running as
if I am a different user.
| | 05:03 | So everything gets messed up when this happens.
| | 05:05 | Even if the settings were kept for my
old user profile, now I'm running as an
| | 05:08 | administrator and it's looking
at me as if I'm a different user.
| | 05:11 | I'm going to go ahead and
close out Photoshop again.
| | 05:16 | We'll go to the Start menu/ Photoshop CS.
| | 05:20 | We'll go to Properties.
| | 05:22 | Again, this is just the shortcut.
| | 05:25 | I'm going to go to Open file location.
| | 05:28 | Here's the actual Photoshop.exe.
| | 05:31 | This is the real application Photoshop.
| | 05:33 | I'm going to right-click on
this one and do Properties.
| | 05:38 | Now one of the tabs -- and I'm going to
go ahead and close out some Windows in
| | 05:43 | the background here just so you
can see this. This is important.
| | 05:48 | This Adobe Photoshop CS Properties, see
the little arrow, this is for the shortcut.
| | 05:53 | This was just a pointer on my Start
menu that actually launched the program.
| | 05:57 | I have to do this on the program. Security.
| | 06:02 | Compatibility. There it is.
| | 06:03 | I have a bunch of options.
| | 06:06 | I can run this program in Compatibility mode.
| | 06:09 | If it's having trouble, check this box
and say run it as if I'm Windows XP or
| | 06:16 | I'm Windows 2000, or Windows 95.
| | 06:18 | This can be really handy if you have
some really old software like we have some
| | 06:23 | old CD books, books on CD ROM for our kids.
| | 06:27 | They need to run as if they're
Windows 95 or they don't work.
| | 06:31 | But that's not going to
help Photoshop as it turns out.
| | 06:35 | The problem is administrator and I
need to check this box that's grayed out.
| | 06:39 | In order to do that,
Show settings for all users.
| | 06:43 | And again, I'm going to have
to type in my password here.
| | 06:48 | Run this program -- see Privilege level
-- and that was the issue with Photoshop.
| | 06:53 | It wasn't so much compatibility.
| | 06:54 | It runs under Windows Vista, but it
didn't have sufficient privileges to open up.
| | 06:58 | Run this program as an administrator.
| | 07:00 | And so we'll hit Okay.
| | 07:02 | Let's see if this works. Adobe Photoshop.
| | 07:05 | Oh, man.
| | 07:09 | Well, this time I didn't have
to type Run as administrator.
| | 07:12 | I still have to type my password.
| | 07:15 | Now I can go hit Okay. There we go.
| | 07:18 | And now Photoshop opens up and it works.
| | 07:24 | But I still had to put in my password.
| | 07:27 | So how am I going to deal with that?
| | 07:30 | How do I run something as an
administrator all the time?
| | 07:33 | There's actually a little
tweak you're going to have to do.
| | 07:37 | And that is, you're going to have to
change your user level from a standard user
| | 07:43 | to an administrator which we do
down in the movies on user management.
| | 07:48 | Then go to Photoshop.
| | 07:51 | So once you are an
administrator, go to Photoshop.
| | 07:56 | Do the same thing about right-click,
Properties/ Open file location, right-click
| | 08:03 | on Photoshop/ Properties.
| | 08:05 | And if you're logged in as the
administrator with compatibility, this box will
| | 08:10 | be available for you right
away and you can check the box.
| | 08:14 | Then every time you open Photoshop
under your user account, it will run as an
| | 08:17 | administrator and it will work.
| | 08:19 | We'll look at that again when
we get into the user profiles.
| | 08:22 | I'll bring it up as an example.
| | 08:24 | But know that, that exists.
| | 08:26 | There are some programs, by the way,
that no matter what you do, no matter who
| | 08:32 | you are they require access.
| | 08:36 | This is an old weather program I have.
| | 08:38 | I'm just going to click on it and it
said, "An unidentified program wants
| | 08:42 | access to your computer."
| | 08:43 | It does this to me every time.
| | 08:44 | It doesn't matter how I set things up.
| | 08:47 | This is what comes up, and
there's no way for me to get around it.
| | 08:50 | I put in my password and the program
launches, and it works great giving me
| | 08:55 | weather all over the country.
| | 08:56 | Handy when I'm flying places.
| | 08:58 | So just know that -- and you can see,
by the way, just by the way this program
| | 09:02 | looks -- you can see that it's calling
really old parts of the operating system.
| | 09:08 | It's actually running automatically
in a certain kind of compatibility mode
| | 09:11 | within Windows Vista.
| | 09:13 | Nonetheless, know that these options exist.
| | 09:16 | If you have a piece of old software
that's not working very well, first thing to
| | 09:19 | do is to check its old defaults.
| | 09:21 | The next thing to do is its
compatibility, and then the last thing to do is to
| | 09:25 | try and put it as an administrator.
| | 09:27 | And we'll touch on the
administrator again when we get down to the
| | 09:29 | administrator movies.
| | 09:30 | If you find these settings of bit
daunting, there is a Program Compatibility
| | 09:34 | Wizard that'll guide you through the process.
| | 09:37 | All you need to do there -- actually,
the easiest way is to click any Help
| | 09:40 | window, and any of those little help
question marks, doesn't matter where -- and
| | 09:44 | in Search, search for
Program Compatibility Wizard.
| | 09:46 | There'll be a live link in the Help
that will launch the wizard, and then you
| | 09:50 | can use it to find the program
that's a problem and get the Program
| | 09:54 | Compatibility Wizard to help
you through this same process.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Installing software in Vista| 00:00 | So this is a movie on just, quickly,
some best practices for installing
| | 00:04 | software, new or old software under Windows
Vista, or any operating system for that matter.
| | 00:09 | You're working away here, working in
Word and you say to yourself, "I feel like
| | 00:13 | listening to some tunes."
| | 00:15 | And you realize that on your old
system, you have it set up with an iTunes
| | 00:18 | library and you kind of
like the way that's set up.
| | 00:20 | Worked, because it works
great with your little iPod.
| | 00:22 | And even though you are working on
Windows, Windows works with iTunes, too.
| | 00:26 | And you say, "Oh, I need to go install iTunes."
| | 00:28 | So you go, and you go to Apple's
website, and you go to Install iTunes.
| | 00:32 | And this is what you see:
| | 00:33 | Download now Windows 2000 or XP.
| | 00:35 | Ah, where's Windows Vista? Come on.
| | 00:38 | You're Apple.
You're a major company.
| | 00:40 | You're not going to play with Windows Vista?
| | 00:41 | Well, as a matter fact, just because
it says XP, it doesn't say Vista, it
| | 00:46 | doesn't mean that it won't work.
| | 00:48 | It does, however, mean that you should
be a little bit careful and, in fact, you
| | 00:51 | should be careful whenever
you install new software.
| | 00:53 | A couple things to think about. Number one:
| | 00:55 | Before you go and install new
software -- people tell you to do this and
| | 00:59 | then people don't, and then they
run into trouble -- go to the other
| | 01:02 | programs that are open.
| | 01:03 | Like you got your Inbox here in Outlook.
| | 01:07 | Go ahead and close Outlook.
| | 01:08 | That program you're working on
in Word, go ahead and close Word.
| | 01:11 | You had some other programs open.
| | 01:13 | This is just a reader program.
| | 01:15 | If it were to crash, hey, it's not a big deal.
| | 01:17 | I won't lose any data.
| | 01:19 | So I'll just minimize that one.
| | 01:21 | That doesn't matter.
| | 01:22 | I've got all of my data programs closed.
| | 01:24 | Now, I can go ahead and click Download
if I want to, and go ahead and download
| | 01:29 | this program and install it.
| | 01:30 | That's if I don't think there's
going to be any kind of a problem.
| | 01:33 | If I think there might be some sort of
issue, I'm even more worried, I might
| | 01:37 | close out all of my files.
| | 01:39 | I'm might even restart my computer if
I'm really worried just to get everything
| | 01:44 | down and running in the
best chance on an install.
| | 01:47 | I've learned over the years that
getting a good install the first time is a lot
| | 01:50 | better than fixing an install later.
| | 01:52 | But the key things are close out the
programs that if the computer were to
| | 01:55 | lockup during the install or have some
kind of crash, those programs at least
| | 01:59 | are closed, saved, done.
| | 02:01 | If it is an installation that has to do
with the operating system itself, it's
| | 02:06 | good to run a backup first.
| | 02:08 | And go ahead and check out
our movies on backups for that.
| | 02:10 | Also if it's an installation it does
with the operating system itself, it's a
| | 02:14 | good idea to set up a system restore point.
| | 02:16 | System restore points are also
mentioned in the movie on backups.
| | 02:19 | So you'll find that in the same place.
| | 02:21 | And then finally, once you've done all
the things you want to do -- again, the
| | 02:24 | key things are close out your
vulnerable files if you were -- then you can go
| | 02:27 | ahead and try your install and click Download.
| | 02:31 | I'm going to go ahead and hit Run and
it will download, and then it's going to
| | 02:35 | try and install iTunes for me.
| | 02:37 | There may be restarts involved when you
have installs and part of the issue is
| | 02:46 | that some installers, particularly old
installers, aren't really polite about
| | 02:50 | letting you close out your old
applications, especially for a restart.
| | 02:53 | Sometimes restarting of your computer,
and you can't even get back to your Word
| | 02:58 | document, which is trying to tell you,
"Hey, do you want to save your work?" and
| | 03:01 | it ends up getting forced closed.
| | 03:03 | So be careful about that.
| | 03:05 | Anyway, that's all you really need to know.
| | 03:07 | Just something to keep in mind
when you're installing older software.
| | 03:10 | Oh, and one more thing.
| | 03:11 | Just sort of an aside here
while this is trying to run.
| | 03:16 | If you're using Windows Vista 64 bit,
as opposed to 32, when your programs are
| | 03:24 | installed -- I'm going to Start menu/ Computer.
| | 03:25 | I'm going to go to my C drive. Right.
| | 03:31 | I have Program files.
| | 03:33 | That's where a lot of my software
ends up going, into program files.
| | 03:37 | If I double-click on Program files,
you can see all of these items.
| | 03:40 | If I have a Vista 64 bit, I'll see Program
files and then I'll see Program files x86.
| | 03:49 | Program files x86 are all the
older 32 bit programs that I have.
| | 03:55 | Realize that if I have that 64 bit system,
some programs will be installed in Program files.
| | 04:00 | Some, the older ones will be installed
in program files x86, and if I upgraded,
| | 04:07 | a lot of my older programs will
get moved to Program files x86.
| | Collapse this transcript |
|
|
3. The Vista DesktopThe Welcome Center| 00:00 | Here's a quick movie to talk about what
to do with this Welcome center that pops
| | 00:04 | up when you first start running Windows.
| | 00:06 | This simple answer is, well, you can
just uncheck the box that says, "Run at
| | 00:10 | startup," down here in the lower left,
close Windows Welcome center with the X
| | 00:15 | on the right, and it's gone forever, and
you never have to worry about it again.
| | 00:18 | And frankly, that's probably okay
since you're watching all of these movies,
| | 00:22 | you're going to find your way around Windows.
| | 00:24 | But just to show you what's there, if
you ever want to get it back, as well, it
| | 00:28 | happens to be a Control panel.
| | 00:31 | Start menu/ Control panels.
| | 00:34 | And normally you come to the
Control panel home that looks like this.
| | 00:39 | If you want to find Welcome center,
you have to dig around in here.
| | 00:43 | So you can switch to the Classic
view if you like, just because it goes
| | 00:47 | in alphabetical order.
| | 00:49 | And here's Welcome Center, W.E.
Double-click and you'll go to the
| | 00:56 | Windows welcome center.
| | 00:58 | Now, what is this all about?
| | 01:00 | Well, it's partly to help find your way
around Windows and partly it's marketing
| | 01:04 | because each manufacturer gets its
own little section in Welcome center.
| | 01:09 | So Dell got to decide what to put in here, and
they got to put their own logo up in the corner.
| | 01:16 | The Welcome center though does give you
access to a few things you may very well
| | 01:19 | need when you first set up your computer.
| | 01:22 | And that's one of the
reasons they have it for you.
| | 01:24 | For starters -- something that's a
little confusing -- if you double click any
| | 01:28 | one of these items, you will go to that item.
| | 01:32 | So, if you wanted to, say, set up an
Internet connection and you weren't set up
| | 01:36 | already -- it's going to tell us we
are -- but I'll double-click and now it
| | 01:41 | says, "Connect to the Internet."
| | 01:43 | If you look in the background, the kind
of graphic up here in the other window
| | 01:48 | has changed, and I'll show you why in a second.
| | 01:50 | If I wasn't connected to the Internet,
this would take me through a wizard that
| | 01:55 | would take me step by step through
setting up an Internet connection, or I could
| | 01:58 | set up another connection if
I wanted to. I'll hit Cancel.
| | 02:01 | If you just single-click on each
one of these items, then you can see
| | 02:05 | everything changes.
| | 02:08 | And what it is, it's giving you a
little preview of what is in this section.
| | 02:14 | Now they all look like they're
kind of doing the same thing.
| | 02:16 | Like here's What's new in Windows Vista.
| | 02:19 | Well, let's See new features.
| | 02:21 | Well, what's this going to do?
| | 02:22 | It's going to take us to a wizard again?
| | 02:23 | No, this time it takes us to Help and support.
| | 02:28 | And here was Connect to the Internet.
| | 02:31 | When we tried to connect to the Internet, we
got this step-by-step wizard. Click Back again.
| | 02:37 | What happens when we View computer details,
which is the one that comes up by default?
| | 02:42 | Show me more details. What did that do?
| | 02:45 | That opened up a Control panel for the System,
which is something we showed a little earlier.
| | 02:50 | This is a serious Windows Vista-ism if
you will, in that, sometimes you open a
| | 02:55 | Control panel, sometimes you get Help
and support, sometimes you get a wizard.
| | 02:59 | It can be a little annoying in that
you're never quite sure what's going to open
| | 03:04 | up for you, but you are
being guided to the right area.
| | 03:07 | Now another weird little thing that
happened here -- this can be frustrating
| | 03:11 | to some -- because this was Help and
support, the Welcome center stayed as a window.
| | 03:17 | Same thing when we opened up a wizard.
| | 03:18 | The Welcome center stayed as a window.
| | 03:20 | I'm going to close the wizard.
| | 03:22 | Close Help and support.
| | 03:24 | And there's only one window open now.
| | 03:27 | That's because this window was a
Welcome center, and we would have to go back
| | 03:34 | with the Back button in the upper
left to go back to Welcome Center.
| | 03:37 | And that's because Welcome
center is, in fact, a Control panel.
| | 03:42 | So when we click to another Control
panel, it stayed in the same window, and
| | 03:47 | that can be confusing for folks.
| | 03:50 | Couple other things;
| | 03:51 | we had a movie on Transfer files and
settings, and I said we'd point out where
| | 03:55 | you could get to it as well. Well, here it is.
| | 03:57 | It's in Welcome Center.
| | 03:58 | You can click Transfer files and
settings, and that would start the Easy
| | 04:01 | Transfer Wizard, which we already talked about.
| | 04:03 | You also could Add new users here,
which is something you're going to want to
| | 04:08 | do when you set up your computer if you
have more than one person working on it
| | 04:12 | or, eventually, when you set up for yourself
an admin account and a standard user account.
| | 04:18 | Again, we talk about admin accounts and
standard user accounts down in Security.
| | 04:23 | One last thing before we go.
| | 04:25 | Here's Window Ultimate extras.
| | 04:26 | You know, this looks really good like,
"Hey, here's the -- I got Windows
| | 04:30 | ultimate and so I want to
find out what the extras are."
| | 04:32 | And it's going to show me Go to Windows
ultimate extras, and I go to Windows updates?
| | 04:39 | Well, the reason for this is that the
ultimate extras are actually down here
| | 04:44 | under Windows update available for download.
| | 04:48 | Looks like Hold Em Poker Game and
BitLocker enhancements are some of the extras
| | 04:53 | that we haven't downloaded yet.
| | 04:55 | Again, that was a Control panel, but
breaking with tradition, this one opened up
| | 05:00 | as its own Control panel window
rather than the replacing the pane.
| | 05:04 | So you're never quite sure
what you're going to get there.
| | 05:06 | Nonetheless, that's what welcome Center is.
| | 05:09 | If you ever need to get to it, you
can get to it from Control panels.
| | 05:12 | Other than that, we talk
about everything in other areas.
| | 05:15 | Oh, and by the way, I forgot to show you,
there are a whole 14 total items in here.
| | 05:20 | We're going to talk about a
lot of these in their own places:
| | 05:24 | Media center, Backup and
restore center, Control panels.
| | 05:27 | And the Vista demos are actually kind
of movies that are very similar to what
| | 05:31 | you're watching right now.
| | 05:32 | And since you're watching our movies, well,
we might as well keep going with those.
| | 05:35 | So there's Welcome center for you.
| | 05:37 | Again, we'll talk about the key
features you would find there in their own movies.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| The Aero desktop| 00:00 | The single most visible thing when you
first boot up Vista is the new look. It's Aero.
| | 00:07 | It's cool. Actually, it is pretty cool.
| | 00:10 | It's well thought out, put together,
and has a lot of nifty features.
| | 00:14 | Some of them are a little
over the top I might think.
| | 00:16 | But hey, a lot of them are really fun.
| | 00:19 | Let's take a look at what they changed.
| | 00:21 | There was a lot of thinking that
went into what the windows look like.
| | 00:26 | And the obvious stuff is stuff that you
notice right away like this Aero look.
| | 00:32 | We talked about that a little bit how
you can see through kind of a transparent
| | 00:36 | pane of glass on some things
as you move a window around.
| | 00:42 | And that's pretty, but what you might
not notice unless somebody pointed it out,
| | 00:46 | is that the border for each one of these
windows has been thickened quite a bit. Why?
| | 00:52 | Because they did real usability
studies, and it helps people identify the
| | 00:56 | corners of the window.
| | 00:57 | It makes it easier to click on for
resizing and that sort of thing if its thicker.
| | 01:02 | And so they thickened it.
| | 01:04 | Same thing with the new font.
| | 01:06 | You can see there's this new system font.
| | 01:11 | Sergo UI, I believe is how it's
pronounced, although I'm not so good
| | 01:14 | with pronunciations.
| | 01:16 | UI for user interface.
| | 01:18 | This typeface, this font was specifically
designed to be easy to read on a computer screen.
| | 01:26 | And in that sense, it is a great font to use.
| | 01:30 | That said, on some screens,
it looks really fuzzy.
| | 01:35 | It's unfortunate because it's a cool font.
| | 01:37 | But if you have an older LCD screen,
particularly, if you have a tablet PC and
| | 01:42 | you rotate the screen, the
font can be hard to read.
| | 01:46 | Its designed to work well with clear
type and sometimes with clear type on a
| | 01:51 | rotated screen, it gets all messed up.
| | 01:54 | IF you're having problems
with that, just hang in there.
| | 01:57 | In a few movies, we'll talk about
customization of this look and you'll be able
| | 02:01 | to change the font
specifically as works for you.
| | 02:04 | But don't change it right away.
| | 02:06 | Live with it for a little while,
because you might find that you really like it
| | 02:10 | and it's easier on the eyes.
| | 02:12 | There are a couple other things
which you might not notice unless you're
| | 02:15 | paying close attention.
| | 02:16 | I'm going to minimize this window here.
| | 02:18 | And you can see how it animated down.
| | 02:21 | I'm going to go back and maximize
the window again, and it animated up.
| | 02:25 | Those animations are part of the new look.
| | 02:28 | As I roll my cursor around, you can
see when I come over the minimize, or
| | 02:33 | maximize, or close window, they kind of
highlight so that you know where the cursor is.
| | 02:39 | Even the little Back button comes up
and kind of highlights in a glowing look.
| | 02:45 | It makes it easier to see what's going on.
| | 02:47 | Obviously there a lot of changes to how
the structure of this window, but even
| | 02:51 | just the look of it is what
we're really looking at now.
| | 02:55 | One of the issues with clarity on the
screen -- and I forgot to mention this, so
| | 02:59 | let me say it before I move on -- is
if you fire up Vista, and it all looks
| | 03:06 | fuzzy, don't despair right away.
| | 03:08 | There are two ways to hook up modern
monitors, and a lot of people go with what
| | 03:13 | they know on the back of their computer.
| | 03:16 | And they hook up their monitor with
something called VGA, which is the older
| | 03:20 | kind of cable, and it's an analog system.
| | 03:23 | And a lot of the modern digital
monitors, the LCD screens, are running with a
| | 03:30 | VGA cable and they don't look very good.
| | 03:34 | What's the difference?
| | 03:35 | Well, I just happened to find this image
online -- and credit where credit is due.
| | 03:39 | It's not mine.
| | 03:40 | There's the URL or who's ever using this.
| | 03:44 | But it just showing a VGA adapter
and what they call DVI adapter here.
| | 03:52 | And DVI is digital video.
| | 03:55 | So on the back of your computer -- this
happens to be a converter that they're showing.
| | 04:00 | So it's got the holes side of the VGA adapter.
| | 04:05 | There's also a pin side that
looks like the opposite of this.
| | 04:07 | This is the pin side of DVI and
there's a holes side that looks like it.
| | 04:12 | You can really tell the other side because
it's got this slot in it for matching up.
| | 04:17 | If your monitor has the ability to
do PGA and DVI, and your computer has
| | 04:24 | the ability, use DVI.
| | 04:26 | It'll look so much better.
| | 04:28 | There's a crispness and a lot of these
Aero effects will work much better if you
| | 04:33 | hook it up that way.
| | 04:34 | So asking you to branch out here.
| | 04:36 | You know, not a tech geek at heart.
| | 04:39 | Go with a different cable.
| | 04:40 | You may need to even buy a
new cable for the monitor.
| | 04:43 | But a lot of the nice LCD screens have
this DVI option and most new computers
| | 04:48 | have a video card in it that have both plugs.
| | 04:52 | And again, they might be holes on both sides,
but nonetheless, you can tell the difference.
| | 04:58 | And that's how it works.
| | 05:00 | Now there's some, just basic enhancements.
| | 05:03 | One of the ways to cycle
between programs is with Alt+Tab.
| | 05:07 | So I'm going to hold down
my Alt key and hit Tab here.
| | 05:10 | And now I can cycle between the
different windows that I have running.
| | 05:13 | And here's Outlook.
| | 05:15 | And I'll switch over to Outlook.
| | 05:17 | And I can cycle -- if I want,
I can go over to Jeff Van West.
| | 05:22 | Now, just as any easy way to move around,
this works for Vista or it works for
| | 05:27 | any of the Windows desktops.
| | 05:28 | Alt+Tab and then let go. Alt+Tab and back.
| | 05:32 | It's just cycling between
the last two programs you used.
| | 05:35 | A really handy way to move things around.
| | 05:37 | If you do Alt+Tab and you hold down
the Alt key -- I'm holding it down with
| | 05:40 | my thumb and I usually Tab with my fingers
-- I can now go to all the different images.
| | 05:46 | But what's new in Vista, is I have these live
previews of each one of the items right here.
| | 05:55 | And if I want, as I cycle around through
them, I can really see what's going on.
| | 06:00 | Oh, I wanted to check out
that graphic and there we go.
| | 06:03 | A couple of Buzz Lightyears for you.
| | 06:05 | I can still switch using the taskbar as well,
but there's something new in Vista there, too.
| | 06:10 | As I come to the the taskbar, and I
roll over, I'm now getting a preview of all
| | 06:15 | the items so I can see
what's going on, on the taskbar.
| | 06:19 | If I have a stack, a group of programs, it's
going to show one of the items in the stack.
| | 06:27 | If I click, I can see what the other
ones are and I can roll over and I'll get a
| | 06:32 | preview of any one of those items as well.
| | 06:36 | So if I want to go to my Home folder
here, Jeff Van West, I can click on that.
| | 06:43 | Just to show you that that's actually
live, let me go to my Pictures folder here.
| | 06:49 | And I'm just going to pick some pictures.
| | 06:51 | I'm going to right-click on these pictures.
| | 06:53 | We'll do a Send to.
| | 06:55 | This is discussed later in movies.
| | 06:58 | Send to is compressing.
| | 07:02 | Well, I guess that wasn't
very many folders there.
| | 07:04 | Compressed really fast.
| | 07:08 | Let's pick something really big.
| | 07:09 | How about this one?
| | 07:13 | We'll do a Send to/Compressed folder,
and now it's compressing. There we go.
| | 07:19 | If I go down here, here's
the live preview of that item.
| | 07:25 | You can see this isn't just a static image.
| | 07:28 | It is showing what's
really happening in that window.
| | 07:32 | And so I could be working -- maybe
over here in Outlook -- go back to that
| | 07:36 | window, and I can see how
much time there is left.
| | 07:40 | So if I had something downloading that
was very large, without even going back
| | 07:44 | to it, I can just roll my cursor down
to the taskbar, and I'd get an image of
| | 07:52 | what was going on in that folder.
| | 07:54 | There's even another way to look
at programs with the new Aero look.
| | 07:58 | And that's what they flip 3-D. Ready for this?
| | 08:02 | I'm going to hold down the
Windows key and the Tab key.
| | 08:05 | And now I'm still holding down the
Windows key with my thumb, and now I'll hit Tab.
| | 08:11 | And I can cycle through
all of my running Windows.
| | 08:15 | But the cool thing is I can all of my
Windows and I can see where things are.
| | 08:19 | I could even -- I'm
holding down the Windows key.
| | 08:22 | I could click on any one of the
windows there and jump right to it.
| | 08:26 | So I could cycle through with Tab.
| | 08:29 | Maybe I want to go to that Word document.
| | 08:31 | So I was holding down Windows+Tab.
| | 08:33 | Now I'm going to let go of
the Windows key, and there I am.
| | 08:36 | I can see Airborne Radar 101.
| | 08:39 | If I do Control+Windows+ Tab,
now my hands are off the keyboard.
| | 08:44 | There are all my programs running.
| | 08:46 | Tab will cycle me through all the
Windows I have up and running including, by
| | 08:51 | the way, and this is something new, and
it's true in Alt+Tab too, the Desktop.
| | 08:57 | I'm tabbing through all the Windows.
| | 08:58 | I used Control+ Windows key+Tab to get here.
| | 09:02 | If I want to actually go to one of
these windows, I'd have to hit the Enter
| | 09:06 | key on the keyboard.
| | 09:07 | I'm going to do that Control+Windows+Tab again.
| | 09:13 | Now, if I hit Shift+ Tab, I'll
cycle backwards through the windows.
| | 09:19 | So it allows me to kind of move
forward and back, see the different
| | 09:23 | programs that I want.
| | 09:25 | I want those Buzz Lightyear guys.
| | 09:28 | If I was holding down the Windows
key, I could just let go right now.
| | 09:30 | If I press the Control key plus Windows
and then Tab, I'd have to hit Enter, or
| | 09:35 | I can always click with a mouse.
| | 09:37 | And there I end up on that window.
| | 09:41 | By the way, that Shift works with
-- we'll go back to our Alt+Tab.
| | 09:45 | This is Alt+Tab cycling through.
| | 09:47 | This is Alt+Shift+Tab.
| | 09:50 | I'm cycling backwards.
| | 09:55 | And if you want to be really geeky,
here's Alt+Escape. What does that do?
| | 10:00 | Alt+Escape takes the current window
and sends it to the back of the stack.
| | 10:04 | So there are all sorts of
fun keys to zip around there.
| | 10:07 | By the way, when you are in that, what
they call flip 3-D -- Windows key+Tab.
| | 10:14 | And now I can -- holding
down Windows, I can tab through.
| | 10:17 | These are also all live windows.
| | 10:19 | So if I wanted to, if there was a file
download happening or something happening
| | 10:23 | here, I would see it changing in real time.
| | 10:26 | They're being generated in real time.
| | 10:28 | Does that take a lot of processing power?
| | 10:30 | Does it takes a lot of
video power? You bet it does.
| | 10:33 | The cool thing is here though, usually
when you are moving between programs,
| | 10:39 | you're not worried about how much
processor power you have because you're
| | 10:42 | not doing anything.
| | 10:44 | And so you don't really
notice the drag from this too much.
| | 10:47 | In practice, how important is this
being able to do flip 3-D to see things
| | 10:55 | versus Alt+Tab just kind of scooting around
at the window previews or using the taskbar?
| | 11:01 | Frankly, I use probably Alt+Tab, this
version, more than anything else and
| | 11:07 | the taskbar second.
| | 11:08 | And flip 3-D, well, it looks really cool,
but I doubt actually use it all that often.
| | 11:14 | The same effects, by the
way, can be had over here.
| | 11:18 | Show Desktop as a button.
| | 11:20 | We showed this before.
| | 11:21 | Minimize everything.
| | 11:23 | But switch between windows, if you
click on that, basically that's the same as
| | 11:27 | Control+ Windows+Tab.
| | 11:29 | It gives you the flip 3-D to scroll
through things and then you could pick a
| | 11:33 | particular item and go there.
| | 11:35 | I'm going to Tab -- I'll do it
forward so you can watch the cool effects.
| | 11:39 | I'm going to go over to my laptop for a second.
| | 11:41 | Here we are on my laptop.
| | 11:43 | And if I bring my cursor over any
of the items on my laptop, well, hey,
| | 11:49 | where's the cool effect? Where did it go?
| | 11:52 | It's not there.
| | 11:54 | If I open up a regular window on my
laptop, say my Home directory here, Jeff
| | 12:00 | Van West, this one's got a couple extra
things in it which we mentioned to you on Upgrades.
| | 12:06 | In this case, I still have
the Vista look, the thick bars.
| | 12:10 | I've got the fonts and everything,
but I don't have these previews.
| | 12:15 | If I'd try to do a Windows+Tab, nothing happens.
| | 12:21 | And that's because this
computer's running Vista in the basic mode.
| | 12:25 | It doesn't have the processing
power, the video power, really, to run
| | 12:30 | the full-on Aero look.
| | 12:33 | I still get a lot of the cool effects,
and if I do Alt+Tab now -- here we are.
| | 12:39 | This looks like the old fashioned Alt+ Tab.
| | 12:42 | I can cruise around through the
different items, but there's no live
| | 12:46 | preview happening here.
| | 12:48 | It's just the different
items as I go through them.
| | 12:51 | And here I can go to Vista Adobe PDF file.
| | 12:55 | I'll minimize all of those.
| | 12:56 | How do you know if your computer has enough
power to run the Aero look or the not Aero look?
| | 13:05 | Well, you can go to Start menu.
| | 13:07 | I'm going to go to Computer and
just right-click and do Properties.
| | 13:13 | Here is my system information and here is
what they call the Windows Experience Index.
| | 13:23 | I'm going to go ahead and click on
Windows Experience Index and what this is
| | 13:30 | telling me -- this is my laptop now.
| | 13:34 | It's showing all of the items on my laptop
and how powerful they are in terms of Vista.
| | 13:41 | And it's coming up with a score, but
you can see it says, "Determined by the
| | 13:44 | lowest subscore," is what my score is.
| | 13:47 | And where are my lowest?
| | 13:49 | Gaming graphics and Graphics.
| | 13:52 | For 3-D business and gaming graphics
performance, I'm getting a 1 on a scale of
| | 13:56 | one to five because, hey, it's an old laptop.
| | 13:59 | It just doesn't have a very good card
Here's the performance for Windows Aero, 1.9.
| | 14:05 | I have to have at least a 3 in
order to be able to really use Aero.
| | 14:10 | Now, my laptop actually
isn't doing all that bad.
| | 14:13 | It's got a really screaming
hard drive in it for an old laptop.
| | 14:16 | 4.1 on a scale of one to five, and it's
doing pretty well on Processor and Memory, too.
| | 14:21 | It's in the mid-2's to almost 3.0.
| | 14:23 | Well, that's because it's got
better than a gigabyte of RAM in it.
| | 14:27 | Let's go back to our main
computer and see what's happening there.
| | 14:33 | We'll do a Show Desktop.
| | 14:34 | I'll do it with the button here, same
as Windows D. And I'll show you another
| | 14:38 | way to get to the same information.
| | 14:40 | We'll go to -- instead of right-click on
Computer, we'll go down to Control panels.
| | 14:46 | And normally you're in this view,
which is the Control panel home.
| | 14:51 | If you take a look at System and
maintenance -- there it is -- and you go to
| | 14:57 | System, here is the computer that
we're during most of the recording on.
| | 15:02 | It's got a Windows Experience
of 4.2 on a scale of one to five.
| | 15:08 | And what does that really boil down to?
| | 15:10 | It's got a screaming amount of memory.
| | 15:11 | It's off this chart.
| | 15:13 | Aero, 4.7, almost 5.0.
| | 15:15 | Calculation 4.7, almost 5.0.
| | 15:18 | Its lowest score was for Business and
gaming graphics performance, and it's
| | 15:23 | still doing really well.
| | 15:24 | So it has the option for the Aero Desktop.
| | 15:29 | Now, if you have that older computer,
you don't have the option for Aero.
| | 15:33 | Or, if you have the newer one, but you
want to turn off some of those functions
| | 15:37 | because you feel like they don't need
them or maybe your computer is marginal,
| | 15:40 | it's slowing you down, we'll look at
that in the movies on tweaking the look a
| | 15:45 | little bit later in this chapter.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| The new Start menu| 00:01 | The Windows Start menu, it's been
around in several generations of Windows now,
| | 00:05 | but it really rocks in Vista.
| | 00:08 | The Start menu is cool, and it's cool
mostly because of Start menu Search, but
| | 00:12 | we're going to save that to the end.
| | 00:14 | Let's start by clicking on ball.
| | 00:16 | Notice it doesn't say start anymore by the way.
| | 00:19 | You can use it the way you have always
used the Start menu, and that's to click,
| | 00:23 | bring your mouse up and
select anyone of the options.
| | 00:27 | Now one of the cool things that's
going on here is there has been a little
| | 00:30 | bit of reorganization.
| | 00:31 | There is a user folder and we've talked
about that little bit that all of your
| | 00:35 | files are organized by user into a more
logical structure, a user folder, and we
| | 00:40 | talk about that more in the chapters on
users, but since you are a user, logged
| | 00:44 | into the computer, clicking on this
top level, will open up your user folder
| | 00:51 | right away and you can see
everything that are your documents.
| | 00:53 | I am going to close that
backout click back on the Start menu.
| | 00:57 | The other items underneath your name
are specific parts of your user folder.
| | 01:01 | So if I were to go to the Music say,
this is my User folder, Jeff Van West, the
| | 01:07 | Music section of it.
| | 01:08 | So I can go back to Jeff Van West,
and there is everything I had before.
| | 01:13 | I'll close that one out.
| | 01:15 | Underneath this bar here is Search, which
we'll talk about a little bit later. Computer.
| | 01:21 | This is just like the
computer in the old section.
| | 01:24 | It shows me the very top level, all of
the drives on my computer, all of the
| | 01:30 | devices attached to it and so forth and so
on, that I can copy data onto and off of.
| | 01:36 | Now I'll go ahead and close that out.
| | 01:39 | Back to the Window again.
| | 01:41 | Search Computer Network is
the new way to get to network.
| | 01:45 | It's sort of like My
Network Neighborhood in the past.
| | 01:47 | We have a whole chapter on that.
| | 01:49 | Connect to is familiar from the old
Windows of connecting to a particular
| | 01:53 | network, not used that often
these days in the way people work.
| | 01:57 | Control panel is, yes
Control panels. Default Programs.
| | 02:01 | This is something that they put right
on the Start menu, because so many people
| | 02:05 | got so frustrated in the past by having,
if you install a piece of software, you
| | 02:09 | ever had this happen and suddenly you
double-click a picture and it use to open
| | 02:14 | in your favorite image editor and how
it opens in this new piece of software,
| | 02:18 | well you can easily change that now,
with Default Programs, but it's also a
| | 02:22 | Control panel you can get to.
| | 02:24 | And then there's Help and Support,
which is always been there before.
| | 02:27 | While we were dwelling over here, one
of the most common questions on Windows
| | 02:31 | Vista when people start using it is
how the heck do I turn my computer off?
| | 02:36 | I can't turn it off, because you go to this
power button which in the past you used
| | 02:42 | to, it gave you options Turn
off, Sleep, Restart, right?
| | 02:47 | Well, if you click this now and I
can't do it, so end our movie here, the
| | 02:51 | computer is going to go sleep. Period.
| | 02:53 | It just goes to sleep and you
press the Spacebar or something.
| | 02:56 | It wakes backup, but you can't turn off.
| | 02:58 | Turning on and off your computer is one
of those things that some people don't
| | 03:02 | do enough, and others do way too often.
| | 03:05 | You usually only have to turn your
computer on or off maybe every couple days,
| | 03:11 | depending on what you doing.
| | 03:13 | And it used to be true in Windows XP,
if you put the computer to sleep a bunch
| | 03:17 | and then you woke it up after maybe 5,
6, 7 cycles of that, it started to
| | 03:22 | behave kind of wonky.
| | 03:24 | It didn't work very well.
| | 03:25 | Under Vista that actually works a lot
better, and so they are really promoting
| | 03:30 | this sleep mode, but sleep does consume
a small amount of energy, and every once
| | 03:34 | in a while you do need to restart the
computer, or you do want to shut it down.
| | 03:39 | It's not the lock, that'll just lock the
computer so that no one can get back in
| | 03:44 | without your password.
| | 03:46 | It's a little triangle.
| | 03:48 | If you click on the triangle, you'll
get a pop-up menu of all the items the
| | 03:53 | computer can do and here you'll find Switch
Users, if you want multiple users on the computer.
| | 03:58 | Log off This User, Lock This
User, restart the computer.
| | 04:03 | There is Sleep, which is functionally
the same as the button over here and Shut
| | 04:08 | Down, which will
completely shut down the computer.
| | 04:11 | So that's where you'll find those items.
| | 04:13 | You can adjust the default behavior
of any of the power buttons on your
| | 04:16 | computer in Power options.
| | 04:18 | We actually talk about that in the
mobility section, because it's much more
| | 04:23 | an issue for laptops, then it is for a
desktop machine, but it works the same on desktops.
| | 04:28 | So if you want to find out how to
customize these buttons check out those
| | 04:31 | movies on mobility.
| | 04:33 | On the other side in the Start menu, we
have the familiar All Programs, but it
| | 04:37 | doesn't do what it did before.
| | 04:39 | It used to be you click All Programs
and you got a pop-up of another kind
| | 04:43 | of menu, and then you could go in
that menu and go to another menu and sort
| | 04:47 | of cascaded all the way across the
screen, and it was really ugly, but it
| | 04:52 | was really efficient.
| | 04:53 | You can very quickly get to what
you wanted if you knew where it was.
| | 04:57 | The new system is a lot more
logical, but it can take a little longer
| | 05:01 | because you have to scroll.
| | 05:02 | Here are all the items on the computer,
and you can see some recently installed
| | 05:07 | items are showing up in a highlight.
| | 05:09 | That's a feature we
could turn off if we need to.
| | 05:11 | If we want to say, open up a
Microsoft Office program, we'll have to go to
| | 05:16 | Start, All Programs and I'll do it again here.
| | 05:18 | Start All Programs, find Microsoft
Office, which might involve scrolling down,
| | 05:25 | Microsoft Office, and then that
folder will expand and show you all of the
| | 05:32 | Microsoft Office programs, ah!
| | 05:34 | There is Word I can click on it.
| | 05:35 | Word opens and there I am.
| | 05:38 | Not the most efficient way to
get to it, but it is there for you.
| | 05:42 | If you want to find it in a little
bit more efficient way, you can use the
| | 05:47 | coolest new feature, which is this
Search window and when you first open up the
| | 05:53 | Start menu your cursor is just
where you want to be in order to type.
| | 05:58 | So a great shortcut here is that if
you want to open the Start menu, you just
| | 06:04 | hit the Window key on your keyboard
and let go, and the Start menu pops up.
| | 06:08 | Now, the cursor is right where you want.
| | 06:09 | You're using the keyboard anyway so you
can type 'Word', and look what's happened.
| | 06:15 | It is now done a search for
the word, Word and it found it.
| | 06:20 | It found it in Programs as
well as several other things.
| | 06:24 | We'll get to that in just a second.
| | 06:25 | Programs are the software on the
computer whose names contain Word, and it's
| | 06:32 | probably the fastest way now to launch
a program on your computer especially if
| | 06:35 | your hands are already on the keyboard.
| | 06:37 | Windows key, type the name of the
program really quick and you'll know that one
| | 06:41 | of them is highlighted,
when I started typing Word.
| | 06:44 | If I want Microsoft Office Word 2000, all I
have to do is hit Enter, and Word opens up.
| | 06:50 | Now I am going to do Alt+F4 just
to close that, Windows key again.
| | 06:55 | Now watch as I type, Word, but I
didn't want word I wanted WordPad.
| | 07:00 | I could use my down arrow key and you can see
the selection is moving from Word to WordPad.
| | 07:07 | That's selected now, I hit
Enter, and WordPad opens up.
| | 07:11 | I am going to close it with Alt+F4+Windows key on my keyboard again.
| | 07:15 | Now, I am going to type 'Word' and then I
keep typing 'pa' I haven't even finished
| | 07:21 | pad, but the only thing on my
computer that matches WordPa is WordPad.
| | 07:27 | And so as I type, this becomes more and
more selective as soon as what I want is
| | 07:33 | highlighted or I can get to it with my
arrow key is hit the Enter key, and it's
| | 07:37 | opened up and ready for me to go, really slick.
| | 07:41 | While we there, I got to show you
a couple other things about that.
| | 07:44 | You notice and I am not
going to keep you in suspense.
| | 07:47 | When I started typing Word, Microsoft
Office Word was available as a program and
| | 07:53 | it was selected, but here are files on
my computer and some of them don't have
| | 07:59 | the word Word in them.
| | 08:02 | That's because they have the
word, Word in the file somewhere.
| | 08:09 | This is indexed searched files, and
it's something we'll discuss in more detail
| | 08:14 | in Search, but that's where you
have sort of the Find control.
| | 08:18 | I am going to type 'radar'. Now, look here.
| | 08:23 | Files are available to me as well as
some other options, but the program is not
| | 08:31 | available, Word is not
available and no programs are available.
| | 08:35 | So what's going to happen when I hit Enter here?
| | 08:39 | As it turns out, it's not going to
be up at the very top, radar panorama.
| | 08:45 | That's not what's going to open.
| | 08:46 | Let me do it again so
you can see it here, radar.
| | 08:50 | No, what's highlighted is See All results.
| | 08:53 | Now I hit Return and I get all the
items on my computer, this is what we are
| | 08:57 | going to go to in detail on Searches,
but you can see I can get just the
| | 09:02 | documents I want that maybe contained radar.
| | 09:05 | Maybe I need somebody's phone number,
someone in the area code 207, right?
| | 09:11 | I am going to see all the results and I
am just going to quickly click Other and
| | 09:16 | here are a bunch of names, or
maybe it's just a person's name.
| | 09:23 | Maybe I know their last name, like
good old Garrick here, Garrick Chow.
| | 09:27 | There is his contact information.
| | 09:29 | I can quickly go up and if I were to
hit Enter, I would actually see all of
| | 09:33 | Garrick's information.
| | 09:35 | Now, I don't give want to give you
Garrick's personal information so that's all
| | 09:38 | fuzzed out for you, but nonetheless
if this was your computer and it was
| | 09:42 | somebody you knew, you could
see the phone number right now.
| | 09:44 | You could just call them up, there you go, or
you could hit Return and open up that vCard.
| | 09:49 | I am going to go back with my Backspace key.
| | 09:53 | What else can you do here?
| | 09:54 | Hey, check this out.
| | 09:55 | Now for those of you who know how to
spell, yes this is misspelled for the
| | 09:59 | most part, Antilles.
| | 10:01 | Now, there's nothing in the
computer that it found that matched this.
| | 10:05 | If I hit Return, it's going to
search everywhere on my computer.
| | 10:08 | That's not really what I want to do.
| | 10:10 | I wanted to do a quick search of the
Internet. Through my Start menu? Yeah sure.
| | 10:14 | Search the Internet, I use my arrow
keys to go down, I hit Enter and it went
| | 10:19 | to my favorite search engine, which happens
to be Google and did you mean Antilles oh!
| | 10:23 | Yeah, it's good for people like me who
can't spell, and now I can go look it up.
| | 10:27 | So I was able to launch a web browser,
a Google search from my Start menu.
| | 10:33 | So the Start menu has really become
a hub, what it really needed to be a
| | 10:38 | starting place for you to be able
to search any of the information on
| | 10:41 | your computer quickly.
| | 10:42 | When we get into super search a little
bit further in Chapter 4, we'll actually
| | 10:46 | look at how to do that even further.
| | 10:49 | Before we leave the Start menu, however,
I'll do an Alt+F4 to close that window,
| | 10:54 | I need to show you how to do
some customizations on Start.
| | 10:59 | So for starters, pardon the pun,
instead of typing Word, maybe sometimes I
| | 11:03 | am clicking, my hands are busy or
they are holding something, and I really
| | 11:07 | don't want to have to go All Programs,
Microsoft Office, right and then go down to Word here.
| | 11:13 | So instead of clicking on Word this time,
I am going to do a right-click and one
| | 11:18 | of the options is Pin to Start menu.
| | 11:21 | I'll click Pin to Start menu and it
doesn't look like anything happened, right?
| | 11:25 | Click the Start balloon again, click
here to get it back and look, there is
| | 11:31 | Microsoft Office Word on my Start menu
and it's always there and I can pin as
| | 11:36 | many items as I want as long as they'll fit.
| | 11:39 | The other thing I can do is I can
have Windows remember the programs that I
| | 11:44 | often use, and offer them to
me as Options on my Start menu.
| | 11:48 | The things that I used a lot
will just be there available for me.
| | 11:52 | To do that, we're going to have to
customize, and so I'm just going to
| | 11:55 | right-click somewhere in the
Start menu and do Properties.
| | 11:59 | That brings up my Start menu Properties,
this goes back to the Classic Start menu.
| | 12:04 | If I were to change the
setting here, just don't go there.
| | 12:07 | The new Start menu is
just way too cool to give up.
| | 12:09 | It's one of the reasons to have Vista.
| | 12:11 | By the way, on the Start menu I have an
Option for recently opened files and here
| | 12:16 | is recently opened programs.
| | 12:17 | I am just going to go and hit OK, go
back to my Start menu for a second and it
| | 12:21 | looks like nothing is really happened.
| | 12:23 | Well, that's because I got to
open a few things to notice.
| | 12:25 | Here is Recent Items empty, but let
me go ahead, I am just going to go to
| | 12:29 | documents for a second here, I'll go
to my Magazine and I am going to, this
| | 12:35 | was that last issue, and I'll quickly
open up a nice word doc here, close it
| | 12:41 | out, and maybe I'll open up a quiz we did,
and we'll close that out, minimize for a moment.
| | 12:48 | If I go to Recent Items, here are
the items that I've been working on.
| | 12:53 | So if I am working on a document all
the time, it will be there for me and
| | 12:56 | because of the little triangle, you
can see that it's a pullout menu, much
| | 13:00 | easier for me to work with.
| | 13:01 | Let me open up a program here
that I don't open up very often, like
| | 13:04 | Windows Photo Gallery.
| | 13:05 | There is Windows Photo Gallery and I
can go look at photos if I want there.
| | 13:10 | When I go to my Start menu,
here is Windows Photo Gallery.
| | 13:13 | It looks like it's pinned, but it's not.
| | 13:15 | It's not bold and it's below this little line.
| | 13:19 | These items will appear and change and
evolve over time, so that my most common
| | 13:26 | programs are there for me.
| | 13:27 | So how do you use this?
| | 13:28 | If I use Office Word all the time, I
don't bother pinning it to my menu because
| | 13:33 | it's always in this list, if I
want it, of available programs.
| | 13:38 | Now, Microsoft is a little bit smart about this.
| | 13:41 | If you have a program pinned, it won't
appear in the available list, but if you
| | 13:46 | don't have it pinned and you use it lot,
it'll always be in the available list.
| | 13:51 | You don't have to worry about it.
| | 13:52 | The best programs to pin are the ones
that you use kind of semi frequently, and
| | 13:57 | you want to be able to get to quickly.
| | 14:00 | Like I have certain weather planning
programs, I use for flight training
| | 14:04 | with students of mine.
| | 14:05 | I have those pinned to my Start menu
because I use them maybe once or twice a
| | 14:11 | month, but then I'll use them like
three or four times in that week, and so I
| | 14:15 | kind of want to get to them
quickly, things like that.
| | 14:17 | We're going to do a right-click and
go Properties again one more time.
| | 14:21 | Now, we're going to go Customize, and
this is Customize the Start menu, I'll
| | 14:25 | move these windows up a little so you can see.
| | 14:27 | Now, I have a couple options.
| | 14:30 | For all the items on my Start
menu, I can turn things on or off.
| | 14:34 | If I want computer to be there as a
link that's what it comes as default, but I
| | 14:39 | can also make it appear as a menu, or I
could have my Control panel up here as a
| | 14:43 | menu, documents as a menu.
| | 14:45 | Do I want that default programs on there or
not, I can uncheck it if I want to, all right?
| | 14:51 | Maybe I don't play a lot games, so I
don't want that item displayed and maybe
| | 14:56 | music I want that one as a menu, or I
want just that one as a link, so I can
| | 15:01 | browse, whatever I like, these are all
the different items that I can have on my
| | 15:07 | Start menu, and how I want them to a appear.
| | 15:11 | I also have an option in Search,
we'll talk about this in Search a little
| | 15:14 | later, as to how broad the search is,
whether it's just my user files or the
| | 15:19 | entire, what they call index, on the
computer, all of the things that the
| | 15:23 | computer has gone through.
| | 15:25 | And then this last this last one I
really want to show you, Use Large Icons.
| | 15:29 | I am going to uncheck that.
| | 15:30 | If you like a lot of things on your
Start menu then turning off large icons,
| | 15:35 | you get small ones,
| | 15:36 | you can fit a lot more recent
items, than a lot more pinned items.
| | 15:41 | By the way, here's the limit for how
many recent programs that are displayed.
| | 15:44 | It'll show up to nine, and if you're
curious those two top links that were
| | 15:49 | automatically pinned to your menu,
if you don't want them, uncheck.
| | 15:52 | That will unpin them, but it assumes
you probably want your e-mail and your
| | 15:56 | favorite web browser available on that link.
| | 16:00 | If you want to change what that is,
here's where you'd have to change it.
| | 16:03 | So if I wanted Firefox as my default
browser, I am going to go and hit OK here,
| | 16:08 | yeah this is going to look
better, we'll hit OK now.
| | 16:11 | All right that's much better.
| | 16:13 | Here is Mozilla Firefox.
| | 16:15 | Outlook, you can see these are much smaller.
| | 16:17 | Here is Documents and all I have to
do, I am going to have to click, just
| | 16:20 | bring my cursor over, and now I
can quickly navigate, if I want to, to a
| | 16:24 | particular document.
| | 16:26 | Same thing with My Computer.
| | 16:28 | If I want, here's My Computer.
| | 16:30 | There's my C drive, my D
drive and my E drive and so forth.
| | 16:33 | Control panels, here all my Control
panels available for me, here we go, click
| | 16:38 | if it doesn't work right away, and I
have them in a nice list, so they're
| | 16:42 | sort of easy to get to, and
of course the Recent Items.
| | 16:45 | And you'll notice that some things
we've unchecked, they have disappeared
| | 16:49 | now, like my default programs has come off
the menu, so that it's not there any longer.
| | 16:55 | You do have the ability to
move things around in the menu.
| | 16:59 | See how I can drag and drop my pinned
items if I like, and then last, but not
| | 17:05 | least, if you want to fully customize
your menu, you do a right-click on All
| | 17:09 | Programs and you have Open
as well as Open All Users.
| | 17:16 | What's this all about?
| | 17:16 | Let's go to Open. What is this?
| | 17:19 | It's a list of programs? Yes, this is a
list of programs, but they're all shortcuts.
| | 17:25 | This is my personal Start menu, and if
I reorganize some of these or put a new
| | 17:32 | folder in here then I will
see that on my Start menu.
| | 17:37 | So I'm going to do a right-click, New
Folder and let's suppose I'll call this my
| | 17:44 | Sync Programs, and I have
one here called Sync toy.
| | 17:48 | It's just a quick cool little
program I'll describe later in backups.
| | 17:52 | I am going to put it inside Sync Programs.
| | 17:55 | And now I'm going to go to Start menu,
All Programs, slide down a little bit
| | 18:00 | here, and there is Sync Programs and
if I click on it, there is Sync Toy.
| | 18:07 | But obviously there were a lot more
items on here, than I had in this Start menu.
| | 18:13 | That's because there are really two
start menus that are combined every time you
| | 18:17 | start the computer up, and that's the
one for you, and the one for all users.
| | 18:22 | Now I'll Open All Users here.
| | 18:24 | Here are all the other programs on the
Start menu, and you can see there are
| | 18:29 | quite a few of them. This is handy.
| | 18:32 | If I don't like to have to scroll down
through that long list and it's even more
| | 18:36 | an issue it seems in Vista than
it is in earlier versions like XP.
| | 18:41 | I can combine some of these
programs every time I install something.
| | 18:46 | It creates its own folder, I can combine
them if I want, reorganize them however
| | 18:51 | I want to, into their individual
places and to individual folders.
| | 18:58 | By the way if they ever do
get out of order on here.
| | 19:01 | You have a program and it's not
where you want it to be in Windows XP.
| | 19:07 | You probably remember that.
| | 19:08 | You'd end up with folders, after
files and that sort of thing and they are
| | 19:13 | used to be kind of right-click
somewhere, and you can sort it all out and you
| | 19:18 | notice that's gone.
| | 19:19 | And what's going to happen now
is that it's like any folder in
| | 19:24 | alphabetical order.
| | 19:26 | All of the items that are at the top
level of the Start menu, here they are,
| | 19:31 | Start menu, Programs, all the
individual programs, they are the ones that are
| | 19:36 | going to appear right at the top, and
then all the folders are going to appear
| | 19:41 | in alphabetical order after that.
| | 19:42 | So you have it sort of a default
alphabetical order. So there you go.
| | 19:46 | Everything you might have wanted to
know about your Start menu, except maybe if
| | 19:49 | you totally mess it up and you want to
set it back, I could show you that too.
| | 19:53 | Properties, I right-click on Start menu and
we can turn off these items if we want to.
| | 20:01 | You can also go to Customize, use
default settings, and it should go back to
| | 20:08 | everything we had before.
| | 20:11 | There we go, well almost.
| | 20:13 | It set some of them back and it did
not change back by the way the pin and it
| | 20:19 | didn't change back the browser because
that was sort of one level out from where
| | 20:23 | we started, but you should be able
the set those by watching the movie.
| | 20:26 | All right there you go.
| | 20:27 | Everything you wanted to know
and more about your Start menu.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| The taskbar| 00:00 | The taskbar.
| | 00:01 | What can we say about a lowly taskbar?
| | 00:04 | Well, as it turns out, quite a bit.
| | 00:06 | Some of its new to Windows Vista and some of
it's been around in Windows for a long time.
| | 00:10 | So let's take a look, real quick.
| | 00:12 | In terms of the taskbar, we're used to
whenever we open a program, a new pane
| | 00:16 | appears in the Taskbar.
| | 00:18 | Now, new to Vista if you have the aero
look is this preview of what's going to
| | 00:23 | happen if you click on that pane.
| | 00:24 | Well, we have already talked about that.
| | 00:26 | So let me open up a Word document here,
and here is my Word document open.
| | 00:33 | You could see it opened up a new pane
on the taskbar, and if I open up another
| | 00:37 | Word document, I'll get a
second pane on the taskbar.
| | 00:42 | So I can move between them, just by clicking.
| | 00:45 | What happens if I open a lot of Word documents.
| | 00:47 | We showed you this trick for
selecting a whole bunch of files, early on.
| | 00:51 | I am going to hold down the Shift Key,
I clicked my first Word document and by
| | 00:55 | the way, I have these organized by
a type of document, talk about this
| | 01:00 | organization a little bit later when
we talk about the Windows Explorer, but
| | 01:05 | right now they're all organized, so that
all the Word documents are together and
| | 01:09 | let's me hold on the Shift Key and
select all of these Word documents and now
| | 01:14 | that they are all selected, I am going
to hit Enter, and I am going to open them
| | 01:17 | all up and watch what happens.
| | 01:23 | I have 14 Word documents open.
| | 01:26 | I know I have 14, because it says 14
right down here, and that is a stack or a
| | 01:31 | group of all the Word documents I have running.
| | 01:34 | I can click on that and I can go to any
one of those documents and each one, if
| | 01:39 | I have aero, has a live preview.
| | 01:42 | So I can see sort of if I have really
good eyes, what's going to happen if I go
| | 01:48 | ahead and click right on that pane.
| | 01:50 | So that's grouping of objects.
| | 01:53 | One of the things that people often
don't realize is that when I want to close
| | 01:58 | things, I can sit there and close them
all out, but I can also open and close
| | 02:02 | things from the taskbar.
| | 02:04 | If I want to close this window for
content say, I could right-click on it
| | 02:09 | and Close is an option.
| | 02:10 | If I click Close right here, it will
close that window, but since I ended up
| | 02:15 | going to that window, it's not a
whole lot different than closing it.
| | 02:19 | However, if I want to close a whole group,
I can right-click and do Close Group,
| | 02:26 | and that will close all of them.
| | 02:28 | While I am here though, take a look at
some of the other things that going to
| | 02:30 | happen, Show Windows Stacked,
Show Windows Side by Side or Cascade.
| | 02:36 | Well, let's click Cascade and see what happens.
| | 02:39 | And there are all my windows in a long stack.
| | 02:42 | Now, because I have so many of them here,
this is almost like that aero 3D look.
| | 02:50 | I had so many that they were hard to see.
| | 02:52 | This is going to be really
interesting, side-by-side.
| | 02:56 | There are all my windows in that
group arranged as small windows.
| | 03:02 | So I could see them all
next to each other real size.
| | 03:06 | Stacked, same basic idea, but in sort
of a different structure, and it will do
| | 03:13 | as many as it can, in that space.
| | 03:16 | Sometimes they get really small, but if
you just had four or five and you just
| | 03:18 | want to see them, it's a
convenient way and then Close Group. Ah!
| | 03:24 | That looked so cool.
| | 03:25 | It just closed all the windows at once
for me, and that can be really handy if I
| | 03:28 | am working with a whole bunch of windows at
| | 03:30 | once, now I am done, whole thing is gone.
| | 03:34 | Couple other cool taskbar
tricks that often go unnoticed.
| | 03:38 | I am going to open up this Word
document and there it is Clinic, and by the
| | 03:42 | way, I just show you this too, when I opened
it up it remembered the last size that it had.
| | 03:47 | So I am going to maximize it
and now let's suppose here I am.
| | 03:50 | I am working in content.
| | 03:51 | It happens all the time.
| | 03:52 | I've got something in my Windows
Explorer here and I want to go put it into this
| | 03:58 | Word document, right? And I could do a
cut and paste or I could go to the Word
| | 04:02 | document, and insert graphic.
| | 04:04 | Wouldn't be easy if I can
just drag it right in there?
| | 04:07 | But I can't right now, right,
because I've got this window full.
| | 04:11 | The only way to make that work would
be to partially minimize and now maybe
| | 04:16 | I'll take that image.
| | 04:18 | Let me get a really sort of
interesting one here, one I was looking for, and
| | 04:24 | there it is, a nice cool computer picture.
| | 04:28 | I can drag it right out of one window
and drop it into another, right? Put the
| | 04:33 | image right in my document.
| | 04:34 | I'll do a Ctrl+Z to undo that, but I
had to minimize or partially minimize a
| | 04:40 | window to make that happen.
| | 04:41 | You actually don't have to do
that if you want to use the taskbar.
| | 04:44 | I can take PFD cover here and I am just
going to drag it down to the taskbar and
| | 04:49 | for a minute if you see,
there is a little No icon.
| | 04:53 | You can actually drag
something onto the taskbar in Windows.
| | 04:57 | However, whatever you drag it onto, I
am holding down the left mouse button, I
| | 05:02 | go over a tile in a taskbar and wait,
just pause for a moment, the taskbar will
| | 05:07 | switch to that application.
| | 05:09 | Now, I can come back up, I can put this
image into my document and there it is.
| | 05:16 | So it's a really handy way to bring
something from one area to another.
| | 05:20 | It's also a great way, if I had a
program that I wanted to open something with,
| | 05:26 | and this happens a lot with
image editing like Photoshop.
| | 05:29 | If I double-click PFD cover here,
it's going to try and open it with the
| | 05:34 | Preview program which is -
| | 05:37 | I'll click Preview so you can
see it - Windows Photo Gallery.
| | 05:41 | But if I wanted to edit it in Photoshop,
I would have to tell Windows that I
| | 05:46 | wanted to open it with Photoshop say,
but if I had Photoshop running, it was
| | 05:50 | down here on the taskbar, I could
just drag PDF cover down over to
| | 05:55 | Photoshop, here it is.
| | 05:56 | I just dragged it to the desktop,
because that's what it's going to be with no
| | 05:59 | tile and then I could release into Photoshop
and right now, it just moved it to the desktop.
| | 06:05 | It would've opened it in a program.
| | 06:07 | I don't have Photoshop on this
computer so I can't show you that.
| | 06:10 | I want to move something say back to
content, see I can change programs while
| | 06:14 | moving things around.
| | 06:15 | Really, really cool and handy feature.
| | 06:17 | I use that a lot for opening specific programs.
| | 06:21 | There is also on the taskbar, people see
it over here but they don't realize how
| | 06:25 | much they can adjust it, what's called
the quick lunch menu, and they are used
| | 06:29 | to, here is Show Desktop,
which is pretty much always there.
| | 06:33 | This is the flip 3D version so I can
flip between all the windows, right?
| | 06:36 | Internet Explorer is usually here.
| | 06:39 | Some people don't realize this little
double carrot, there are a couple of other
| | 06:43 | programs on this Quick Launch toolbar,
but I can put anything I want to on the
| | 06:48 | Quick Launch toolbar.
| | 06:50 | So I am going to hit the Start menu
here, All Programs, we've already talked
| | 06:53 | about the Start menu.
| | 06:55 | Let's suppose I want to
put Microsoft Word there.
| | 06:57 | Here is Microsoft Office, here is
Microsoft Word and now I am going to
| | 07:01 | click-and-hold left mouse button and
drag down to the Quick Launch toolbar, and
| | 07:07 | you can see it says Move to
Quick Launch, and what just happened?
| | 07:12 | Did it actually take it out of my Start menu?
| | 07:14 | No, it did not, but there it is on the
Quick Launch for me and if I want to click,
| | 07:20 | it will launch Word and of course it
remembered the last setting that I had, so
| | 07:24 | now I'd have to really maximize it.
| | 07:27 | So there is a quick way to launch
programs, if you will, using Quick Launch.
| | 07:32 | You can also reorganize them anyway you want.
| | 07:35 | So maybe I want Microsoft
Word to be the very first one.
| | 07:38 | Well, now I press down the Quick Launch
double carrot, I got the pop-up menu and
| | 07:42 | now I am dragging this around.
| | 07:45 | I could put Word here or I
want Windows Media Player.
| | 07:50 | I want to move it up, so I moved it
up above launch Internet Explorer.
| | 07:55 | However I want, I could move them in
any order that I want to and get just the
| | 08:00 | ones I want available to me.
| | 08:02 | A new Windows Vista thing about the
Quick Launch toolbar is the Windows key plus
| | 08:08 | a number will launch an item
on the Quick Launch toolbar.
| | 08:11 | So if I do Windows key 3, Win 3,
I just launched Internet Explorer.
| | 08:18 | Why, because it was the one, two, third item.
| | 08:22 | If I wanted to launch Windows Media
Player, it would be Windows 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
| | 08:31 | Win 5, and there is Windows Media Player.
| | 08:35 | So by default however I have those
organized, I can have any program I want,
| | 08:41 | launched out of Quick Launch.
| | 08:42 | Now that's kind of cool, but I don't
know about you, except for the ones that I
| | 08:46 | can see, I forget what the number is.
| | 08:50 | There is another way to get programs to
launch quickly and this is a good point
| | 08:55 | to talk about it, there is
no other really good point.
| | 08:57 | You can get to it from the Start menu
or you can find the program, but we're
| | 09:00 | just going to go to Start menu in
Microsoft Office, we'll go to Word again, we have
| | 09:03 | been having fun with that.
| | 09:05 | So I got to Start menu>All
Programs>Microsoft Office>Microsoft
| | 09:08 | Office Word>Properties.
| | 09:11 | And in Properties is this Shortcut Tab and it
goes right to it and then there is a Shortcut key.
| | 09:20 | I am going to click there and now I
am going to hit on my keyboard 'W'. Now I
| | 09:26 | didn't not hit Ctrl+Alt+W even though
that's what it says, I just pressed W,
| | 09:31 | and what happens is it's going to
launch the program, but I actually do have to
| | 09:36 | hit Ctrl+Alt+W to make that happen, and
there are some other options, do I want
| | 09:43 | to run it in Window?
| | 09:44 | Do I want to actually start Minimized?
| | 09:46 | Do I want to start Maximized, full
screen? What the heck, I'll do Maximized and
| | 09:52 | I am just going to hit OK.
| | 09:54 | Now like so many things,
I need some permissions.
| | 09:58 | So I am going to go ahead
and temporarily elevate myself
| | 10:01 | to have the Permissions. Oops.
| | 10:02 | This is sort of a good thing. It just came up.
| | 10:05 | My Caps Lock was accidentally
on and so my login failed, why?
| | 10:09 | Because my password had the
wrong capitalization, there we go.
| | 10:14 | And now if I do a Ctrl+Alt+W,
I'll get Microsoft Word.
| | 10:18 | Looks like it didn't launch
Maximized though I must have not quite gotten
| | 10:23 | that setting right.
| | 10:24 | Anyway, there we go.
| | 10:27 | So I can have any program
I want. It's really handy.
| | 10:31 | Ctrl+Alt+W for Web Browser would also
work or Ctrl+Alt+I for Internet, handy to
| | 10:37 | be able to launch any of these
programs from the keyboard and if they are on
| | 10:41 | the Quick Launch menu and they are on the
keyboard, either one of the shortcuts will work.
| | 10:45 | So one doesn't displace the other.
| | 10:47 | It's just a nice way to be able to do
different things all on the taskbar.
| | 10:52 | Now, let's suppose you wanted to
have more of these icons available.
| | 10:56 | Well, they are definitely more here, but
can I get more up of them on the taskbar?
| | 11:00 | Certainly I can, but I have
to do some customization first.
| | 11:03 | So I am going to minimize
that window for a moment.
| | 11:06 | Now, on the empty area of the taskbar
I am going to right-click and I have
| | 11:11 | this Lock the Taskbar.
| | 11:13 | I am going to uncheck that.
| | 11:16 | Soon as I uncheck that I have
these little gripee handles here.
| | 11:21 | These are for the different items on
the taskbar and they allow me to slide
| | 11:26 | the different sections.
| | 11:28 | I can even grab a section
and I can move it around.
| | 11:36 | So I slid it all the way over.
| | 11:38 | Now my taskbar, if you look, my
Quick Launch bar is over here.
| | 11:42 | It's on the right, because I slid this
section with the tiles, the main part
| | 11:47 | of the taskbar, over and replaced it,
and if I want to slide them back, just
| | 11:52 | keep them pressing, pressing, pressing until I
go so far, and now they are on the other side.
| | 11:58 | So I can move these are
around however I want to.
| | 12:01 | There are actually many different
sections that I can use on the taskbar,
| | 12:05 | many different toolbars.
| | 12:06 | And they are here under toolbars, so I
right-click anywhere in an open area of
| | 12:12 | the taskbar and then I can have
different items that I could see right there on
| | 12:19 | my toolbar and let's suppose I wanted Links.
| | 12:23 | So what's the link is
going to be, customized links?
| | 12:26 | Well, these are all the links in
my Internet Explorer Links bar.
| | 12:35 | So these are the favorites that I
regularly use, I can quickly launch.
| | 12:39 | So let me go ahead and we'll put in
lynda.com, all right and I want to add
| | 12:51 | this to my favorites and where do I want
to put it in my favorite? I am going to
| | 12:56 | put it in Links and add and now
on my Links toolbar, lynda.com.
| | 13:03 | So even if I have my Web Browser closed,
if that's the place I go a lot, I could
| | 13:07 | quickly right-click and go,
bam, right to lynda.com.
| | 13:12 | I'll close that one out.
| | 13:13 | If I wanted to ever get rid of
that Links toolbar, right-click on the
| | 13:18 | taskbar, go up to toolbars,
uncheck Links and it's gone.
| | 13:23 | It's not destroyed.
| | 13:25 | Every setting I've made is still
there but I can toggle it on and off.
| | 13:28 | So there is another really cool one,
which is if I right-click here on the
| | 13:33 | taskbar, go up to toolbars>Windows Media
Player, now nothing is going to happen.
| | 13:41 | Well, that was exciting Jeff, now what?
| | 13:44 | Well, watch what happens when
I launch Windows Media Player.
| | 13:47 | Here is Windows Media Player.
| | 13:49 | I am going to start a song
going here, Balfa Toujour for you.
| | 13:52 | Let's start that link.
| | 13:54 | It doesn't matter if you really can't hear.
| | 13:58 | That's not the point.
| | 14:00 | Watch what happens when I minimize this.
| | 14:04 | When I minimize it, now rather than
becoming just a regular pane, which is
| | 14:07 | what it normally be,
| | 14:08 | I actually have a little player going on.
And when I bring my cursor down over
| | 14:12 | the player, I can see what I am playing.
| | 14:15 | I can actually seek
forward and back in the song.
| | 14:20 | I could move to the next song, I
could adjust the volume or just mute it.
| | 14:27 | So I have all sorts of great options or
I could stop it playing altogether and
| | 14:32 | then if I want to I can maximize
back to the full Windows Media Player.
| | 14:37 | So it's only changing what's
happening with the Minimize button, but it's a
| | 14:40 | great little mini player, and frankly,
I like it better than just about any
| | 14:44 | of the skins that you normally get
with Windows Media Player and see here
| | 14:48 | it's still playing.
| | 14:49 | If I want to quit out of the program,
I could maximize and quit and the cool
| | 14:55 | thing about this one is nothing appears
on the taskbar when Windows Media Player
| | 15:00 | isn't running, so it doesn't
take up space unnecessarily.
| | 15:04 | You can actually add just about anything
you want to the taskbar of toolbars, so
| | 15:08 | I can go to New toolbar, and all
I have to do is choose a folder.
| | 15:13 | Let me choose say IFR Magazine here.
| | 15:16 | I'll select that as my folder.
| | 15:18 | So now on my taskbar, I have this
magazine that I added quite a bit, right?
| | 15:23 | And if I go to my folder, here are all
the items in my magazine that I edit all
| | 15:30 | the time, and I can go and launch any
of those items right off my taskbar, it's
| | 15:36 | almost like a custom start menu and
I can make it as small as I want to.
| | 15:40 | IFR Magazine is sort of the title of
this toolbar and then all of the folders
| | 15:46 | have their names and if I make the
toolbar bigger or smaller, I'll be able to
| | 15:50 | see more and more of the folders.
| | 15:52 | I can actually make those
names go away if I want to.
| | 15:56 | Show Title would take away IFR Magazine.
| | 15:59 | Show Text being unchecked would take
away what each one of the folders is.
| | 16:05 | That's actually not particularly helpful.
| | 16:08 | What I usually do is just keep it small
like that and then when I want to, I can
| | 16:13 | just get the folders I want right off of it.
| | 16:16 | If you have a folder that you're using
on a regular basis, you can put it right
| | 16:19 | there on the taskbar for yourself.
| | 16:21 | Again, if you want to turn it off,
just uncheck IFR Magazine and it's gone,
| | 16:27 | very cool slick trick.
| | 16:29 | There is further customization you can
do on the taskbar itself and that's a
| | 16:33 | right-click Properties for the
taskbar, bring this window up.
| | 16:38 | Lock the Taskbar is the
same as what you saw before.
| | 16:41 | when we did a right-click Lock the Taskbar.
| | 16:44 | That means that you can't make any
of these dragging around changes.
| | 16:47 | You can still turn on and off toolbars.
| | 16:50 | Auto Hide is a function that was
really handy when we had smaller monitors.
| | 16:53 | It's not as big a deal anymore, but
if I check it and I click Apply, the
| | 16:58 | taskbar disappears.
| | 17:00 | The taskbar comes back unless I go
over the Taskbar and then it reappears, my
| | 17:06 | cursor goes away and it disappears.
| | 17:08 | Frankly, I find that kind of annoying myself.
| | 17:10 | Keep the taskbar on top of other
windows is the default behavior so that it
| | 17:16 | always available for you.
| | 17:17 | Group similar taskbar buttons.
| | 17:19 | That's this function that we saw before.
| | 17:21 | If you uncheck it, you'll never get them
stacked and the little tiles would just
| | 17:25 | get smaller and smaller and
smaller and smaller and smaller, smaller.
| | 17:28 | Quick Launch was this quick
access menu that we had before.
| | 17:32 | Show Previews, the little thumbnails
that's in the aero look that look that
| | 17:37 | goes over the taskbar, I am just
going to click Apply for a second,
| | 17:39 | everything will comeback.
| | 17:40 | Before we leave, I want to talk about the
notification area, which is this area over here.
| | 17:47 | By default, Windows hides, all of
these little icons that you don't use very
| | 17:52 | often, and only leaves you
the ones that you really want.
| | 17:56 | You can see all of them, by clicking
on the small icon and there are all the
| | 18:00 | different icons for all the
different pieces that are zipping along.
| | 18:05 | Now, I can turn on and off some of
the key ones, like Volume control or the
| | 18:11 | Network or showing me the Clock, but all
of the default ones, they're controlled
| | 18:18 | up here, Hide Inactive Icons>
Customize and you can see all of the different
| | 18:25 | possible things that are going on.
| | 18:26 | I can hide when inactive, which means
if it hasn't happened recently, Windows
| | 18:31 | will make it disappear, but to safely
remove hardware will reappear when I need
| | 18:36 | to, or installing a device driver, it
will appear when I need it to appear.
| | 18:42 | If I want to change one of these,
let's suppose Google Desktop here, I never
| | 18:47 | want it to be there unless I do the Show
all items, then I would have it as hide.
| | 18:54 | If I always want Google Desktop to be
there, I could click that to Show and
| | 18:58 | Google Desktop would permanently be
available for me as a little icon.
| | 19:03 | Let me show you Apply, and there it is.
| | 19:05 | It will always be there.
| | 19:06 | It'll never get hidden.
| | 19:07 | If I want to go back, Customize>Google
Desktop, I'll click where it says Hide.
| | 19:13 | It's actually a pop-up.
| | 19:14 | I'll click where it says Show rather
be as a pop-up, I change it to Hide,
| | 19:18 | OK, OK, and it's gone.
| | 19:23 | Last but not least on the taskbar is
that when it is unlocked you can actually
| | 19:28 | drag the taskbar to
anywhere you want on the screen.
| | 19:32 | I happen to work a lot with the
taskbar at the top of the screen.
| | 19:34 | It makes it a lot easier for me
and it's also easier on a tablet PC.
| | 19:38 | If you have a really wide monitor, having it
on the side of the screen can be really nice.
| | 19:42 | You have a lot more real estate
side to side than you do up and down.
| | 19:46 | And furthermore, you can change the
width of the taskbar, just by dragging as
| | 19:53 | large or as small as you want.
| | 19:55 | It seems like Windows has a
minimum size for this one right here.
| | 20:04 | Sometimes if you make a certain part go away,
| | 20:07 | let's make Quick Launch, go away
for a minute, sometimes you can get it
| | 20:11 | smaller if you want to do that,
but I am not going to do it for me.
| | 20:15 | I am going to go back to Quick Launch.
| | 20:17 | Here is another interesting little
thing about Quick Launch, by the way.
| | 20:22 | You see as soon as I made it go away
and then I brought it back, I got these
| | 20:26 | large icons again, instead of small ones.
| | 20:29 | I'll right-click on the taskbar, inside
Quick Launch, that's that toolbar, I can go to
| | 20:39 | small icons, which is actually really
quite nice because they are a little
| | 20:43 | easier to click and I could make the
Window used there a little smaller.
| | 20:46 | The other advantage of having the
taskbar on the right is I am going to go back
| | 20:51 | to opening a whole bunch
of Word documents again.
| | 20:59 | If you don't want things stacked, when
you have the space on the right, they
| | 21:02 | are all available to you, because there is
so much more space to stack all those tiles.
| | 21:08 | If you want to put things back, I am
just going to drag the taskbar back where
| | 21:11 | it started, right-click on the
taskbar to lock it in place, so you don't
| | 21:16 | accidentally drag it around and you're done.
| | 21:20 | So there you have, again, everything
you might have wanted to know all about
| | 21:24 | the taskbar.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Gadgets and Sidebar| 00:00 |
My kids are really into the
cartoon character Inspector Gadget.
| | 00:05 |
If you've ever seen this he's kind of
a cyborg detective with all of these
| | 00:10 |
devices built into his body.
| | 00:12 |
Some of which are really cool, some of
which are kind of useless, and most of
| | 00:16 |
which work, well, at least a little bit.
| | 00:18 |
Well, it's a great way to think about gadgets.
| | 00:21 |
Gadgets are Window's answer to the
Macintosh widgets, and they are really handy.
| | 00:25 |
The easiest way to see the gadgets is to go
Windows key on your keyboard plus the Spacebar.
| | 00:32 |
So Window+Spacebar and up popped the gadget.
| | 00:35 |
Here are the defaults as
they show up Windows Vista.
| | 00:38 |
So what's a gadget?
| | 00:40 |
It's a little program that just does
one thing, and tries to do it well.
| | 00:45 |
It's usually something to provide you
either helpful information or just kind of
| | 00:49 |
be cute or -- whatever it may be.
| | 00:52 |
It might be something very specific to what you
do, or may just be something you kind of like.
| | 00:58 |
The programs run in
something called the Sidebar.
| | 01:01 |
So they're over on the right
side of your screen, by default.
| | 01:04 |
They don't have to stay there though.
| | 01:06 |
If you bring your cursor up to one of
the gadgets, and I'll bring mine up to the
| | 01:10 |
clock, there are three
little buttons that pop up.
| | 01:14 |
One of them is Close the gadget, Change
the Options for gadget or Move the gadget.
| | 01:21 |
I'm going to just move the gadget for a moment.
| | 01:25 |
When I move it out to my desktop, now I
have the gadget available for me to use.
| | 01:31 |
If I want to hide the items on the
sidebar, I'm going to right-click on
| | 01:35 |
the sidebar itself.
| | 01:36 |
It says Close Sidebar.
| | 01:38 |
We see all those gadgets disappeared,
however, the one I brought out onto my
| | 01:42 |
desktop, as a running gadget is still
there, and I can put it anywhere I want to.
| | 01:47 |
Now what happens if I close
out this gadget? I'll close it.
| | 01:52 |
Now I'm going to go back to my
sidebar, Windows+Spacebar, and it's gone.
| | 01:58 |
It's disappeared from my sidebar. That's right.
| | 02:01 |
Each one is its own independent program,
and the sidebar, you can think of as
| | 02:05 |
kind of a drawer that you have all
these gadgets in, like that drawer in your
| | 02:09 |
kitchen that has all the little funky tools
that you can't figure out where else to put.
| | 02:13 |
That's sort of what the sidebar is like.
| | 02:14 |
You can take anything out of there,
put it out on your desktop, so it's
| | 02:17 |
always around to be used.
| | 02:18 |
But then it's no longer in the drawer for you.
| | 02:21 |
But that's okay, adding and removing
things to the sidebar is really easy.
| | 02:25 |
All we're going to do, we're going to
go up and hit the Plus sign for gadgets,
| | 02:29 |
and here's that clock.
| | 02:32 |
I'll take the clock and bring it
back over and put it right back on the
| | 02:38 |
sidebar where I want it.
| | 02:39 |
Now I can move things around on the
sidebar themselves too, like I could move
| | 02:43 |
the clock, maybe I want it down and I
want these pretty pictures up at the top,
| | 02:47 |
or maybe I want this, this is my
RSS feed or really simple syndication.
| | 02:52 |
I can move that, so I have news up at the top.
| | 02:55 |
All I'm doing is dragging
them around on the sidebar.
| | 02:59 |
By the way, the RSS feed is sort of a
more complicated version of the gadget,
| | 03:03 |
and just right now you can see it's
getting its feeds from Microsoft here.
| | 03:09 |
Let's suppose I want to find out five ways
Internet Explorer can help me get more done.
| | 03:13 |
I'll click on that item and I'll get
kind of a larger blowup, if you will, of
| | 03:20 |
what's going on for that simple feed.
| | 03:23 |
If I want more information about it, well,
I should be able to click through and
| | 03:28 |
open something up in Internet Explorer.
| | 03:31 |
In fact, that's where
these feeds are coming from.
| | 03:34 |
This comes from Internet Explorer in
the RSS feeds that I have subscribed to.
| | 03:40 |
To find out more about that, check
out the movie on Internet Explorer.
| | 03:43 |
Now if I want to adjust on the
gadget some setting, let me close out this
| | 03:48 |
Gadgets window for a moment.
| | 03:50 |
That's what the little wrench is for.
| | 03:53 |
So I click the wrench and now it's
saying, "Which of the feeds that I've
| | 03:58 |
subscribed to, do I want to display?"
| | 04:01 |
Let's suppose I want to switch.
| | 04:02 |
Instead I want MSNBC. I'll hit OK.
| | 04:06 |
It's going to load a different set of
feeds, and see now, here's something about
| | 04:10 |
Will Castro up here in a May Day parade?
| | 04:14 |
So the gadgets themselves can be
something really handy, like finding out
| | 04:20 |
information, news of the day, and like
I said, I can subscribe to different
| | 04:23 |
items, or they might be just something
for fun, like this is just a slideshow.
| | 04:27 |
It's out of sample pictures.
| | 04:28 |
Do note that when you take something
off that sidebar, it may change when you
| | 04:33 |
put it on your desktop.
| | 04:34 |
See here I've got much larger pictures,
maybe I wanted it smaller, but this
| | 04:38 |
gadget may not allow for different sizes.
| | 04:41 |
To find out, click on the little wrench and
you'll see what options you have for that gadget.
| | 04:49 |
So we'll just hit OK.
| | 04:53 |
Now if you want to add some other
gadgets to your sidebar, I'm going to close
| | 04:56 |
that one out, because I
don't find that one too handy.
| | 04:58 |
There's a little Plus symbol for gadgets.
| | 05:00 |
We'll click that again.
| | 05:03 |
Here are some of the other gadgets
that just come with Windows Vista.
| | 05:07 |
So let's suppose I want Weather, I like
weather, I'll put Weather on my Sidebar.
| | 05:11 |
And it's set for Redmond, Washington.
| | 05:13 |
No I don't want Redmond, Washington.
| | 05:15 |
I live in Portland, Maine.
| | 05:20 |
Yeah, that's better.
| | 05:23 |
Let's see how things are doing at home. Oh!
| | 05:25 |
It's sunny in 44.
| | 05:26 |
It's a balmy day in Portland.
| | 05:28 |
So I can get information like that.
| | 05:30 |
I could bring over, let's say, a stock ticker.
| | 05:34 |
I could have a little notepad.
| | 05:38 |
I like the idea of having a notepad up there.
| | 05:40 |
So I'll take my notepad and I might
want to remember, hey, I've got to pick up
| | 05:45 |
some milk today, just a little note to
myself, and I could have a whole stack
| | 05:53 |
of notes to myself.
| | 05:55 |
I want a second one.
| | 05:57 |
I've got to finish with prep for that
Vista training program I'm doing. Oops!
| | 06:07 |
I hope I had finished it,
because I'm here doing it now.
| | 06:10 |
Now one thing to think about with gadgets.
| | 06:12 |
I'm just going to move this out of the way here.
| | 06:16 |
The gadgets are little programs that
are running, but as soon as you take them
| | 06:21 |
off the sidebar and close them, so I'm
actually going to hit this little X here
| | 06:25 |
to close this gadget.
| | 06:28 |
So it's done, and now watch what happens
when I bring notes back. My notes are gone.
| | 06:34 |
Any information that saved in a gadget
may be lost when you bring that gadget
| | 06:41 |
off the sidebar and then close it out.
| | 06:44 |
So dragging onto your desktop is fine,
but when you quit the gadget, you may
| | 06:48 |
lose any settings that
you had put in the gadget.
| | 06:51 |
Now are these the only
gadgets that are out there? Oh!
| | 06:54 |
No, no, no, there are many, many, many.
| | 06:56 |
So we'll go to get more gadgets
online, which is a little link right in
| | 07:00 |
that Gadget Gallery.
| | 07:02 |
Then these are other
gadgets that you could download.
| | 07:05 |
So maybe you didn't like the weather
that was the default in the Gadgets Gallery.
| | 07:10 |
Well, here is another one, WeatherBug.
| | 07:12 |
Let's check this out.
| | 07:13 |
I'm going to download it.
| | 07:14 |
It's going to warn me,
am I sure I trust this?
| | 07:18 |
It's on Microsoft's website.
| | 07:19 |
So it's a good chance it's okay.
| | 07:21 |
I'm going to go ahead and just click
Open and I'm going to allow, install, and
| | 07:30 |
now we've got WeatherBug up here.
| | 07:32 |
Set Location in Settings menu, I'll
click the little wrench, where I want about
| | 07:39 |
Portland, Maine again.
| | 07:40 |
I didn't like that, so let's just try Portland.
| | 07:45 |
Portland, Australia,
Portland, Maine, there we go.
| | 07:49 |
Now if I hit Select, it will give me
all of the weather stations, somewhere
| | 07:53 |
near Portland, Maine.
| | 07:54 |
Portland International Jetport.
| | 07:59 |
It adds the airport in Portland, they like
to feel sophisticated, call it the Jetport.
| | 08:03 |
So we'll hit OK.
| | 08:05 |
And now I have information from Portland.
| | 08:07 |
I'm going to drag the weather that
came with Vista up next to this WeatherBug
| | 08:13 |
one, just so you get the idea that the
gadgets, I could have many different ways
| | 08:19 |
of displaying the information,
and I find the gadgets that I like.
| | 08:22 |
I kind of like that WeatherBug one, so
I'm going to close out the weather that
| | 08:26 |
came with Windows Vista.
| | 08:29 |
And if you noticed when I did
that, my clock reappeared. Oh!
| | 08:32 |
Wait a minute, where had
it gone? Where did it go?
| | 08:36 |
Well, let's go back to Gadget Gallery here.
| | 08:40 |
I'm going to take another
gadget and put it on there.
| | 08:44 |
Let's take -- I'm going to take a Feed
Headlines here, I'm just going to put on, like that.
| | 08:52 |
So now I've got a Feed Headlines I
just put on there and my gadgets have
| | 08:57 |
disappeared around the corner.
| | 08:58 |
Well, here is the button to show the
next column of gadgets, and you can
| | 09:05 |
see it's grayed out.
| | 09:05 |
So that was the only other column,
now I can sort of toggle back and forth
| | 09:10 |
between multiple columns of gadgets.
| | 09:13 |
I can have as many of
these things running as I want.
| | 09:16 |
And I can organize them however I want.
| | 09:19 |
If you want to try and put a gadget say
on the same page, you might have to do a
| | 09:24 |
little bit of working around to do it.
| | 09:25 |
Let's say, I want to put
this notepad on the second page.
| | 09:28 |
I'll drag it off onto my desktop, there it is.
| | 09:32 |
Now I've got the next two
gadgets kind of stacked.
| | 09:36 |
I can click to the second column of
gadgets, drag my notepad back over, drop it
| | 09:43 |
into this drawer, if you will,
the sidebar. Now it's in place.
| | 09:48 |
The cool thing here you can
see I've got multiple gadgets.
| | 09:50 |
Well, why would I want two of the same gadget?
| | 09:52 |
Well, maybe I want one of the feeds to
be MSNBC, and the other to be Microsoft
| | 09:59 |
at Work or NPR, or whatever I want.
| | 10:03 |
So I can have multiple feeds up, and
maybe that's what I want on one of these
| | 10:07 |
columns is just all news
feeds and weather information.
| | 10:11 |
And on a different column, I
want my notes and I want my clock.
| | 10:14 |
So there are a lot of ways to
kind of put things together.
| | 10:18 |
Now there are more gadgets on this
Windows Sidebar and you can come to this
| | 10:25 |
Gallery at Microsoft anytime you want to,
by clicking in the Gadget Gallery, Get
| | 10:29 |
more gadgets online.
| | 10:31 |
You can also do a Google search for
gadgets, and you'll come up with lots.
| | 10:35 |
There are couple cool ones that you
can get from this online that I thought
| | 10:38 |
I'd point out for you.
| | 10:40 |
If you ever want to get back to that
sidebar, you've lost it, by the way, again,
| | 10:44 |
just Windows+Spacebar and there you go.
| | 10:47 |
I kind of like this Multi Meter one,
and it looks like, when I dropped it,
| | 10:53 |
here, where did it go?
| | 10:55 |
Well, it's tiny, so there was
space for it on this first page.
| | 11:00 |
Here you can see it.
| | 11:02 |
It's showing me the processor.
| | 11:04 |
It's a dual-core processor on this machine,
and how much RAM is being used, all at once.
| | 11:10 |
I also kind of like Outlook info.
| | 11:11 |
I'm going to bring that
one over. Stick it on here.
| | 11:18 |
There we go.
| | 11:20 |
You can see that Outlook info was pretty big.
| | 11:22 |
It didn't fit on the first column
and it bumped my dual-core processor
| | 11:27 |
gadget onto the next page.
| | 11:28 |
So you may have to do playing around
like this to get your gadgets just aligned
| | 11:32 |
the way you like it.
| | 11:33 |
But the cool thing here, it shows me
how much mail I have in my inbox, how many
| | 11:37 |
are unread, what I have
going on, on the calendar today.
| | 11:41 |
I've got a Record Vista.
| | 11:42 |
I've got a dentist appointment. Oh my gosh!
| | 11:44 |
I'm late for it already.
| | 11:45 |
Well, that's just the way it goes when
you do any of these trainings, the things
| | 11:48 |
I sacrificed for these training programs.
| | 11:51 |
That's just an example I put in there.
| | 11:53 |
So, these are the kinds of gadgets
that we have, they're really cool.
| | 11:56 |
I want to show you one of the thing though.
| | 11:58 |
Sometimes a gadget isn't
always the best solution.
| | 12:01 |
Let's move the notes off
for a second and close it out.
| | 12:08 |
Let's suppose I like having a clock,
but I also want to have a clock for a
| | 12:13 |
different time zone.
| | 12:15 |
I could take a second clock and bring it over.
| | 12:18 |
Now I've got two clocks, right?
| | 12:25 |
For this one, let's say, I
want to do -- where is it on here?
| | 12:30 |
Greenwich Mean Time, here it is,
Greenwich Mean Time, because I'm a pilot and
| | 12:35 |
I like flying around.
| | 12:36 |
So I've got one clock set for
Greenwich Mean Time, and so I can
| | 12:39 |
differentiate between them.
| | 12:41 |
I'm going to give it a different kind
of clock and that's a nice piloty looking
| | 12:44 |
clock, and I'll click.
| | 12:45 |
Now you can see I've got two clocks.
| | 12:48 |
I can pretty easily read the two
different times right off my gadgets.
| | 12:53 |
That's kind of cool.
| | 12:54 |
I mean it's a nifty setup, however, there
are other ways to do something like that.
| | 12:59 |
For example, I'm going to
close out some of these items here.
| | 13:05 |
By the way, I should show you again.
| | 13:07 |
I wanted to try and close Internet
Explorer and its close box was behind the sidebar.
| | 13:16 |
By clicking on Internet Explorer, the
gadgets dropped to the back, and now I could click.
| | 13:22 |
They all stick around unless I
do a right-click, Close Sidebar.
| | 13:26 |
I can also bring all the gadgets to the
front, if I want to, so they're on top
| | 13:31 |
of everything as well.
| | 13:32 |
So I'm going to close the sidebar, but
before I show you this, let me reopen
| | 13:37 |
that sidebar, Windows+Spacebar, almost forgot.
| | 13:42 |
Right-click on the sidebar,
and there is Properties.
| | 13:46 |
Here are the basic properties or the
options for the sidebar, start it when
| | 13:53 |
Windows starts so that it's there for
you when you first boot up your computer,
| | 13:58 |
or not by unchecking it, whether it's
always on top of the other windows or not,
| | 14:04 |
and you can display it on the
right or left side of your screen.
| | 14:07 |
This is actually kind of cool.
| | 14:08 |
If you have multiple monitors,
sometimes it's really handy to display the
| | 14:12 |
sidebar on one of your secondary
monitors, not the main one where you're
| | 14:15 |
working, but the one off to the side.
| | 14:18 |
So that can be really handy if
you work on multiple monitors.
| | 14:21 |
Then if you wanted to see what that
looked like, you can hit Apply, or you can
| | 14:24 |
just hit OK, and close it, and
to make sure you caught that.
| | 14:26 |
All right, now let's close
the sidebar, and we'll go down.
| | 14:30 |
Now I'm going to go back and do something,
which you saw earlier, right-click on
| | 14:34 |
the Taskbar, Properties, and we
want Notification Area, Clock, OK.
| | 14:42 |
So here's my clock and
there it says the date and time.
| | 14:49 |
But now I'm going to click on it,
Change date and time settings.
| | 14:54 |
Check this out, Additional Clocks,
I'm going to show a second clock,
| | 15:01 |
Greenwich Mean Time.
| | 15:04 |
In the flying world we call that Zulu Time.
| | 15:09 |
Now when I go over my clock, I'm just
going to hover there, with my mouse,
| | 15:14 |
I've got local time, and Zulu Time
appears for me, or if I click, I even have
| | 15:20 |
double clocks set up here.
| | 15:22 |
So I only bring that up as a way of
thinking, gadgets are great, but sometimes
| | 15:28 |
there is another solution, just
built into Windows that is even better.
| | 15:32 |
The other thing is that Microsoft's
gadgets, and the gadgets third parties
| | 15:37 |
people have put out there on the
web, are actually only one kind of
| | 15:41 |
gadget that's out there.
| | 15:42 |
Check out the movie a little bit later
in this chapter on Desktop Power Tips,
| | 15:46 |
and we'll talk a little bit about some
of the other gadgets, particularly the
| | 15:49 |
Google gadgets that are out there
that also work in Windows Vista.
| | 15:54 |
| | Collapse this transcript |
| The Recycle Bin| 00:01 | Okay now you are thinking I
have gone completely over the edge.
| | 00:03 | How can we have a movie on the
Recycle Bin, the lonely Recycle Bin?
| | 00:08 | But you know there are a couple things
that you really want to know about the
| | 00:10 | Recycle Bin, because we all delete files.
| | 00:13 | We understand that the Recycle Bin is
really a folder that holds files we don't
| | 00:18 | want anymore, but we can get them
back for at least a little while.
| | 00:21 | It's kind of a -- I think I don't
want this, but you hang onto it, and
| | 00:25 | eventually if I haven't asked for it
go ahead and delete it, that's what the
| | 00:28 | Recycle Bin really does.
| | 00:29 | Here is how it works.
| | 00:30 | If you wanted to delete something,
obviously you could just drag it to the
| | 00:33 | Recycle Bin, let go and crunch.
| | 00:36 | You've crumpled it up, tossed it in the Trash.
| | 00:39 | It's now sitting in the Recycle Bin and
the icon has changed, and there's a new
| | 00:43 | kind of cool 3D Vista icon here that
shows crumbled up papers and that means
| | 00:49 | there's something in there that
could be recovered if you wanted it.
| | 00:53 | Another way to put something in the
Recycle Bin, let's do this graphic.
| | 00:56 | I am just going to select it by
clicking on it, push Delete on the keyboard.
| | 01:01 | Now in this case, because I didn't
physically drag it in there, it's going to
| | 01:05 | ask me, do I want to delete the file?
| | 01:07 | Did I accidentally hit the
Delete key or did I mean to?
| | 01:10 | Oh yeah, I want to delete
the file, and I hit Enter.
| | 01:13 | It goes into the Recycle Bin.
| | 01:14 | It doesn't give me that question when I
drag something there, because it's hard
| | 01:18 | to accidentally drag something to the
Recycle Bin, although not impossible.
| | 01:21 | So if something goes in the Recycle
Bin and you didn't wanted in there, how
| | 01:24 | do you get it back?
| | 01:25 | You double-click the Recycle Bin to
open it up, and there's the item, and
| | 01:29 | you've a couple options.
| | 01:30 | You can either take something out of
the Recycle Bin and drag it to where you
| | 01:34 | want it to go, and it will go there, just
like it's just a folder you're moving out.
| | 01:39 | There is also an option.
| | 01:40 | I am going to select Chart here, in
the Recycle Bin, which is, Restore.
| | 01:45 | If I click Restore it's going to
put that item back where it came from.
| | 01:50 | Now in this case it came from the Desktop.
| | 01:52 | So when I click on it, it's going to go
right to the Desktop, but it could have
| | 01:55 | been somewhere deep in my Documents
folder right here, way down in the structure
| | 02:01 | of things, and then it would have gone
back to where it came from originally,
| | 02:05 | which can be a really handy thing.
| | 02:07 | A lot people don't realize that's there.
| | 02:08 | Let me close that out again.
| | 02:09 | Now let's suppose, I want to put
something in the Recycle Bin, and now my
| | 02:16 | Recycle Bin I'm worried
that it's gotten too full.
| | 02:19 | There are too many things in there.
| | 02:21 | In fact, let me throw a
bunch of other things in there.
| | 02:22 | I got this in there.
| | 02:23 | I got that in there.
| | 02:25 | These are all going in the Recycle Bin.
| | 02:26 | If you're worried that your Recycle
Bin is taking up too much space, you can
| | 02:30 | double-click on it, and you can
see everything that's in there.
| | 02:33 | And if you want you can empty the Recycle Bin.
| | 02:36 | You can also empty the Recycle Bin with
a right-click on the Recycle Bin itself
| | 02:40 | and choose Empty Recycle Bin.
| | 02:43 | But you really don't have to worry that
it's taking up too much space, because
| | 02:46 | Windows will take care of emptying
it for you, good custodian that it is.
| | 02:50 | You want to see what that's
all about go down to Properties.
| | 02:53 | So we right-clicked on Recycle Bin Properties.
| | 02:55 | I am going to close out the Recycle Bin itself
in the background, so we can see this better.
| | 03:00 | Right here you can see that each disk
on this computer has its own Recycle Bin
| | 03:05 | Space allotted to it.
| | 03:07 | And the Recycle Bin cannot be larger in
this case, than 14,000 megabytes or in
| | 03:16 | this case 14 gigabytes.
| | 03:18 | So my Recycle Bin can't take up more
than 14 gigabytes of space on his computer.
| | 03:23 | Now that may sound like a lot but you
got to realize the computer I'm working
| | 03:26 | on, the space available on the D
drive for instance is 232 gigabytes.
| | 03:33 | So it's really not a huge imposition.
| | 03:35 | If I wanted to change it, and I
can change it for anyone of my drives
| | 03:38 | individually, I could take that Recycle
Bin and make it much, much smaller, and
| | 03:43 | then the Recycle Bin would only
allow a certain amount of space.
| | 03:49 | After that it's going to
start deleting the oldest files.
| | 03:53 | So it dumps the oldest thing you had
in there, and keeps your newer ones.
| | 03:57 | So really unless you have a space issue
on your computer you never have to empty
| | 04:01 | you recycle bin, and really you could
just make this number smaller, and it
| | 04:06 | would take up less space.
| | 04:07 | So I don't recommend anyone bothers
emptying the Recycle Bin unless the little
| | 04:11 | icon being full of trash
| | 04:13 | sort of bothers your sense of decency and
order in the universe you got have it cleaned.
| | 04:18 | There is an option for Delete immediately.
| | 04:21 | This is a very dangerous option.
| | 04:23 | If you drop something on the Recycle
Bin it will now be deleted from your
| | 04:27 | computer, gone forever.
| | 04:29 | You can't get it back, sort of. Realize
that when you delete programs on your
| | 04:34 | computer they're actually not
removed from the hard drive.
| | 04:38 | What they are is that space on the
computer is now free to be written over
| | 04:44 | by another program.
| | 04:46 | So they are actually still there for
at least a little while, and there are
| | 04:49 | utilities to get back, if they haven't
been written over, to get back files that
| | 04:54 | were completely deleted when
the Recycle Bin was emptied.
| | 04:57 | If you have a need for what they call
shredding files, so that they are gone and
| | 05:03 | when your computer is seized by the
agents from the FBI they can't find those
| | 05:07 | files you are working on.
| | 05:09 | There are programs to do that and
the data is virtually unrecoverable.
| | 05:14 | So I don't recommend this, because
sometimes we do delete things by accident or
| | 05:17 | we want to go back, this checkbox
however I find kind of annoying, I'll uncheck
| | 05:23 | it, because I really want to be able
to put something in the Recycle Bin.
| | 05:27 | I don't want to hit that, that
confirmation dialog, because I can always get it
| | 05:31 | back, or almost always.
| | 05:32 | Let me show you an example,
and now I've got a file here.
| | 05:36 | This is just an old file that I had, I'm
going to select it, push Delete and there
| | 05:40 | you see it went straight into the
Recycle Bin, just there, right in there.
| | 05:45 | I didn't have to hit a dialog to confirm,
but it's not a big deal, because I can
| | 05:49 | always go back to my Recycle Bin,
double-click on it, there's my file.
| | 05:54 | I could either hit Restore this item
or just drag the file back out to the
| | 05:58 | desktop and there it is.
| | 05:59 | So I don't really need that dialog.
| | 06:01 | One last thing before we leave the
Recycle Bin, sometimes you'll get a message
| | 06:06 | that says this file is too big for
the Recycle Bin, what is that all about?
| | 06:09 | I'll go back to my Recycle Bin
Properties and I'll close of the Recycle Bin in
| | 06:14 | the background just to
make a screen easier to see.
| | 06:16 | When I take this Custom
sizes that's 14 gigabytes.
| | 06:19 | I am just going to bring it
down to 1 gigabyte, Apply.
| | 06:23 | Oops, and I want it for, not that
drive, see I just did it for the D drive
| | 06:27 | that's not what I wanted.
| | 06:29 | We'll put this back to 14 gigabytes.
| | 06:34 | I want the C drive, which is what I am
on, and make that 1 gigabyte and Apply.
| | 06:39 | Now this file by the way, I'll right-click
on it, Properties is actually 2 gigabyte file.
| | 06:44 | It's a huge file and that's
why I have it here, Cancel.
| | 06:48 | Now watch what happens when I drop it
on the Recycle Bin, it says "Do you want to
| | 06:51 | permanently delete this
file because it's too large."
| | 06:54 | Well, the reason it's too large is
because if I were to add it it's going to
| | 06:59 | exceed the maximum size of my Recycle Bin.
| | 07:02 | So there is no space in there for it.
| | 07:04 | Now if I hit Yes this file is actually
going to be deleted right away. And it's gone.
| | 07:10 | I'll double-click you see it's
not in the Recycle Bin anymore.
| | 07:14 | If I want to bring that setting back
to normal, right-click to Recycle Bin
| | 07:17 | Properties, C Drive, 14 gigabytes,
OK, and we are back to normal.
| | 07:25 | Last little trick, I'll bring Quiz
back out here, and close the Recycle Bin.
| | 07:30 | If you want to delete something you
don't want it to go into the Recycle Bin,
| | 07:34 | you can hold down Shift and Delete and
now I'm going to get a warning, I had it
| | 07:39 | selected and I did a Shift+Delete, Do you
want to permanently delete this file? Yes.
| | 07:43 | I'll click it, double-click the
Recycle Bin and it's not in there.
| | 07:47 | So that's a way if you want you can
actually do for an individual file, don't
| | 07:51 | even bother putting it in the Recycle Bin.
| | 07:53 | I want to make it go away and, I am not
worried about the FBI finding the file,
| | 07:57 | I just don't want anyone else to
find that file maybe around the office,
| | 08:00 | whatever it happens to be. There you go.
| | 08:02 | It's now deleted, and basically all
traces of it are gone, unless you are an
| | 08:07 | expert in computer data recovery.
| | 08:09 | There you go the Recycle Bin, very handy.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Tweaking visuals for speed and pleasure| 00:00 | Windows Vista has a whole bunch of
options for what your workspace looks like,
| | 00:06 | and it's really a combination of two things.
| | 00:08 | It's what you like to look at while you work.
| | 00:12 | And you have to weigh that against how
much processing power and really spare
| | 00:16 | processing power your computer has to
show you things while you are working.
| | 00:21 | The two things kind of weigh off of each
other you want something that's fun to
| | 00:25 | look at, but you don't want to be
waiting around for your computer having things
| | 00:28 | slow down while you are working,
taking time out of your day.
| | 00:32 | So let's take a look at how this all works.
| | 00:34 | I am going to right-click anywhere on
the desktop and choose Personalize from
| | 00:38 | the pop-up context sensitive menu, and
here are all the options for Personalize.
| | 00:44 | You'll notice when I right-clicked
there I didn't have the old Desktop Display
| | 00:48 | Settings that I had before.
| | 00:49 | You call it Personalize, now there is a
Display Settings down at the bottom here
| | 00:53 | and we'll get to that in a minute but
let's start at the top, work our way down.
| | 00:56 | Window Color and Appearance is the
top, and that looks like it's going to
| | 00:59 | be really promising.
| | 01:00 | Actually it doesn't give us
many, many options at all.
| | 01:03 | What it does is it just gives us
by default the background look for
| | 01:09 | these windows here.
| | 01:11 | And I can change the color that I want.
| | 01:13 | You can see I am just changing the Window color.
| | 01:16 | I can make it really intense if I want
to, like some serious red there, or I could
| | 01:20 | really bring it back to just
to kind of a gray, my choice.
| | 01:25 | I'll switch back to the default
because that's just fine for me right now.
| | 01:28 | One thing that is here and it's
important if your computer is struggling a bit
| | 01:33 | with Vista is this Enable transparency.
You can see Recycle Bin the words are
| | 01:40 | kind of visible underneath this
frosted-glass look of the Window.
| | 01:44 | That takes a lot of
processor power from your Video Card.
| | 01:48 | If I uncheck Enable transparency that
goes away, and now the Window just blocks
| | 01:53 | out what's beneath it.
| | 01:55 | So that's something you can change to
immediately add a little bit of speed as
| | 01:59 | you are dragging windows around
if they seem to be lagging behind.
| | 02:02 | It's only between an issue if your
Window seems to be lagging when you drag on
| | 02:06 | the screen because usually when you
are moving a Window around or you are
| | 02:10 | displaying something you're not doing
anything else on your computer, and it's
| | 02:14 | got some spare processing
time to be able to handle it.
| | 02:18 | But anyway, you can uncheck that or if
the transparency just bothers you, well,
| | 02:21 | you can uncheck it that way as well.
| | 02:23 | There is a link for more properties.
| | 02:26 | We're going to get to some of these
through a different route a little bit later.
| | 02:29 | I'll show you why.
| | 02:30 | Desktop Background, this is always fun,
people always love to play with their
| | 02:33 | Desktop, we have a really boring one
right now for these movies. It's just a
| | 02:37 | solid blue color so it's not too
distracting, but if you like to be distracted
| | 02:41 | while you work, well you
have all sorts of options.
| | 02:44 | We'll go back to those Windows
Wallpapers that come with Vista, there is the one
| | 02:49 | that's there by default which is I
believe, there it is, this one, which is kind
| | 02:55 | of exciting but not too
distracting while you work.
| | 02:58 | If you want you can put a regular
scene on there. All have to do is click
| | 03:01 | the different images.
| | 03:02 | I don't know about you but there is
just no way I could get any work done, when
| | 03:05 | I was looking at that
I would just want to be there.
| | 03:08 | Lots of people like to put their own
pictures on the desktop and those don't
| | 03:14 | come by default, a lot of
people have figured out though.
| | 03:16 | You can go to your Pictures folder
or you could browse for a particular
| | 03:20 | folder on your computer.
| | 03:22 | Pictures folder is
wherever your own pictures are.
| | 03:25 | So if you wanted a picture of some of
your favorite things, you could just put
| | 03:29 | them on the desktop there.
| | 03:31 | Let's see, here some of my favorite things.
| | 03:38 | A bunch of old beech-staggerwings or
you can you can have pictures of your
| | 03:41 | kids, whatever you want.
| | 03:43 | Now if there is something that's not going
to quite fit, you may run into a problem.
| | 03:47 | Here's a really cool proof of the
Pythagorean theorem in case you ever want to see it.
| | 03:51 | But it's all stretched out
because it doesn't quite fit my screen.
| | 03:54 | It's not the right aspect ratio.
| | 03:57 | The easy way to deal with this is to
choose one of these other options for how
| | 04:01 | the picture is displayed. If I want it to
show it at its normal size, there is the
| | 04:07 | graphic at its normal size on my screen. Oops!
| | 04:10 | But it's a little cut off because
this is a pretty high-res graphic, and it
| | 04:14 | extends beyond my screen.
| | 04:18 | If I want to put it on the screen and
get it so that it's the right aspect ratio.
| | 04:25 | But as soon as one side hits the
screen edge, windows stops resizing.
| | 04:31 | That's this option right here,
and often that's a really good one.
| | 04:35 | I can also Crop it so it fits the screen.
| | 04:40 | By default I could stretch it to fit
the screen, or I could tile the graphic
| | 04:44 | all over the screen.
| | 04:46 | So there are lots and lots of
options for making this work.
| | 04:49 | And then you may have seen here, Videos,
I don't have any videos in the Videos
| | 04:54 | folder on this computer, but I do have,
I downloaded as an update some of what
| | 04:57 | they called the DreamScene content.
| | 04:59 | So those are videos too.
| | 05:01 | What happens when those go on the desktop?
| | 05:05 | And let's make it full-size here.
| | 05:08 | I'll just minimize for a second.
| | 05:13 | Now I actually have a
video running on my desktop.
| | 05:17 | I can't imagine anything more
distractive than that, but if that's what you
| | 05:21 | want, that's what you can have,
this one is actually kind of cool.
| | 05:23 | Ah, I am feeling more relaxed already.
| | 05:28 | And this is my actual desktop.
| | 05:30 | I can open up a folder, documents, there
it is on top, and talk about processing
| | 05:35 | power, you can actually see the
water running through the background.
| | 05:40 | Don't try this on your laptop.
| | 05:42 | You'll just be frustrated unless you
have the world's most powerful laptop
| | 05:45 | because they just don't have the
graphics capability to make that happen.
| | 05:49 | I am going to maximize my Window again,
I am going to just go back to Solid
| | 05:53 | Colors where I was before and go
with a solid color for my background.
| | 05:56 | Go back up to Personalization, I can
just click Personalization here or I can
| | 06:00 | click the Back button. Screen Saver.
| | 06:04 | That's pretty straightforward, most people
understand how to change their Screen Saver.
| | 06:07 | You can go to any of the ones built in.
| | 06:10 | You can add your own.
| | 06:10 | You can have no screen saver if you want.
| | 06:12 | Remember on LCD monitors there is
no real gain in having a screen saver
| | 06:17 | that drags all over the screen, but turning
off the screen actually can be a nice issue.
| | 06:24 | And here are the settings for the
screensaver up, and this one doesn't have any
| | 06:27 | options that you can set.
| | 06:28 | Here's how long it's going to wait
until the screen goes to Screen Saver, and
| | 06:33 | then this can be important, On
resume, display the logon screen.
| | 06:37 | If you check this you may have to
enter your password when you wake
| | 06:40 | your computer back up.
| | 06:41 | You might want that.
| | 06:42 | You might not want that.
| | 06:43 | We'll talk a little bit more about
screens turning on and off when we talk about
| | 06:46 | power settings since that's more
important for portable computing, it's in that
| | 06:50 | whole mobility section of chapters.
| | 06:56 | We'll talk about Sounds with sounds,
Mouse Pointers, I'll go ahead and do
| | 06:59 | right now real quick.
| | 07:01 | You can change these mouse pointers to
anything you want if you want to go back
| | 07:06 | and I'll just mention it since I am here
there are the old Windows ways of doing
| | 07:12 | things in the past, there are also
extra large ones if you are having trouble
| | 07:16 | seeing the mouse on a particular screen.
| | 07:19 | And then there are some
fun ones tossed in there.
| | 07:21 | You can do Dinosaur mouse pointers for
your kids or whatever happens it to be, I am
| | 07:25 | just going to cancel out of that,
know that it exists. Theme.
| | 07:30 | We'll talk about themes in just a
little bit later in the movie, but the whole
| | 07:34 | idea of a theme is we are making all
of these changes to backgrounds, in a
| | 07:38 | moment we'll talk about windows.
| | 07:39 | If you want to you can save all of
those changes as a particular theme, and
| | 07:45 | we'll do this probably in a moment.
| | 07:47 | And then you can toggle back-and-forth.
| | 07:49 | That can be really handy when you are
trying to get just the right look you want.
| | 07:52 | You think you've got it.
| | 07:53 | You save it as a theme.
| | 07:54 | You just click Save As, and
pick the name of your theme.
| | 07:58 | We'll cancel out of that one for a moment.
| | 08:01 | Display Settings, down here at the bottom.
| | 08:03 | This is kind of what we are used to in the past.
| | 08:06 | The Display Settings show the visuals
for this monitor or if I had a second
| | 08:11 | monitor I could show what I am
displaying on that monitor as well and I can
| | 08:16 | do them independently.
| | 08:18 | Do remember and this comes up with people.
| | 08:21 | We love these LCD screens, they
are easier to look at and everything.
| | 08:25 | But I get questions a lot.
| | 08:27 | My LCD screen just doesn't look very good.
| | 08:29 | It's a little bit fuzzy, and that's
usually because somebody set the resolution
| | 08:34 | on the screen to be too high or too low.
| | 08:37 | LCD screens generally have one
resolution that they look best at.
| | 08:41 | Some of the better monitors can handle
two or three, but really there is always
| | 08:46 | one that it is crispest and best for viewing.
| | 08:50 | And sometimes people will get a monitor
like a smaller monitor, 17-inch monitor,
| | 08:55 | but they'll get it, oh, it's
got lots of pixels across it.
| | 08:58 | It's 1400 pixels across.
| | 08:59 | This is going to be great. It's high-res.
| | 09:01 | And then they go and they fire up their
computer and all of the text is so tiny
| | 09:05 | they could barely read it. What happened?
| | 09:08 | Well, they are viewing at its native
resolution and all of the text is based on
| | 09:14 | how many pixels across this, say letter D is.
| | 09:17 | And so when you have lots of pixels all the
way across the monitor the D gets very small.
| | 09:22 | There is a way around that.
| | 09:23 | And what I showed you in the Intro,
the new WDF graphics will also get around
| | 09:28 | that, but that's a little ways to come as
far as being built into Windows and use
| | 09:32 | for the actual Windows Vista itself.
| | 09:35 | But that's where you would want
to change your display settings.
| | 09:37 | I am not going to change them now
because they will mess up our video recording
| | 09:40 | and I don't want to do that to you.
| | 09:41 | Now before we leave this screen I
want to go over and I mentioned about the
| | 09:46 | font size, there is a way to just deal
with just the font size, and this comes
| | 09:51 | up with people particularly on laptop
computers with smaller, physically smaller screens.
| | 09:56 | You could see there is a little
shield, so I am going to have to enter a
| | 09:59 | password when I do this.
| | 10:07 | And so here is what we call DPI Scaling.
| | 10:10 | I can make a larger scale type, I can't
show you this right now because you can
| | 10:15 | see it's going to take effect after
a restart, I have to restart my whole
| | 10:18 | computer to show you but you get an
idea of what it's going to look like.
| | 10:21 | See how the size of this Choose is about the
same size as Default, Larger is much larger.
| | 10:29 | The only issue you may run into is some
windows don't handle this very well and
| | 10:34 | it starts to look very crowded.
| | 10:36 | You can customize it if you want
and adjust the size of the screen to a
| | 10:45 | percentage of the screen size whatever you want.
| | 10:47 | And it kind of gives you an idea.
| | 10:49 | See this is the default normal size,
large, at 125. You could make it very large
| | 10:56 | if you want to, or very,
very large if you want to.
| | 10:59 | But as you can see, it's going
to kind of wrap on the screen.
| | 11:03 | There is another sort of fine-tuning
space that you can work to make that happen.
| | 11:07 | But I wanted to show people where it is.
| | 11:08 | I am going to cancel because I really
don't want to change the size just yet.
| | 11:12 | Before we leave this movie I want to
show you one more thing, and this is
| | 11:17 | actually in terms of speed, if your
computer is really running slowly under
| | 11:22 | Windows Vista particularly in terms of moving
stuff around this is what you want to change.
| | 11:27 | And ironically, it's not
anywhere under the standard appearance.
| | 11:33 | What we'll need to do is go to
a couple options to get there.
| | 11:38 | Start menu>Computer, right-click
Properties will get us there, because that
| | 11:45 | brings us to the Control panel
called System Maintenance>System.
| | 11:49 | You can also get there
through Control panel's System and
| | 11:54 | Maintenance>System, same Window.
| | 12:03 | Here we have the Advanced system
settings and it's got to require a password,
| | 12:10 | and what that brought me to was this tab
Advanced>Performance>Settings, and here
| | 12:19 | are my Performance options, there are
even other ways to get here too, but this
| | 12:22 | is one of the fastest.
| | 12:24 | It's saying let Windows choose what's
best for my computer, and this is what
| | 12:27 | Windows set when it first installed Vista
and it looked at what kind of hardware I had.
| | 12:34 | However, I can tweak this as I want.
| | 12:37 | Best appearance basically turns all
these on and you'll notice that was exactly
| | 12:42 | what Windows shows for me.
| | 12:44 | Best performance turns all of them off.
| | 12:48 | That's not necessarily what I want
to do because some of these are really
| | 12:52 | nice, and actually make my work life a little
bit easier so that I work a little bit faster.
| | 12:57 | I like to look at performance as
a combination of the person and
| | 13:00 | computer working together.
| | 13:02 | So I am going to turn them all back on.
| | 13:03 | But now I am going to
come down here and customize.
| | 13:07 | Animate controls and elements inside windows.
| | 13:10 | What's going on, you see that when I bring
my cursor over there is that glow little look.
| | 13:16 | That's what they are
talking about, things like that.
| | 13:19 | That is actually kind of handy
because it helps me see where I am about
| | 13:23 | to click, what I am about to click on,
and it doesn't take a huge amount
| | 13:26 | of processing power.
| | 13:27 | It's usually while nothing
is happening on the screen.
| | 13:31 | I am just moving my mouse around.
| | 13:32 | So the computer is not under a
high load, I usually leave that on.
| | 13:35 | This one, Animate windows
when minimizing and maximizing.
| | 13:40 | That, I am going to cancel out
of this for just a moment here.
| | 13:43 | Watch what happens as this window goes down.
| | 13:45 | See how it sucked down and sucked up.
| | 13:47 | This drives me nuts. Why?
| | 13:50 | Because that like half a second, I am
now waiting for the window to come up.
| | 13:54 | I don't want to wait. That adds up in my day.
| | 13:57 | So I'll go back here, Performance.
| | 13:58 | I am going to take that and I am
going to uncheck that one right away.
| | 14:09 | Desktop Composition, not a real big problem.
| | 14:11 | This is the transparent
glass look that you saw before.
| | 14:16 | Fade or slide menus into view, this
can be a really good one to uncheck if
| | 14:20 | you are having a processor problem
because when you uncheck it the menu just
| | 14:24 | suddenly appears, it doesn't look as
smooth but it's actually quicker in
| | 14:28 | terms of your work.
| | 14:30 | Fade out of menu item after
clicking, that go away usually.
| | 14:33 | Shadows under menus, this actually
doesn't take a lot of processing power, and
| | 14:37 | it can help you see the menu a little
bit better because it gives it that kind
| | 14:41 | of Drop Shadow look.
| | 14:43 | Shadows under the mouse pointer, I
would wait a long time before I uncheck that
| | 14:48 | just because sometimes it's hard,
where is my mouse on the screen there?
| | 14:51 | That little shadow, and you can see
there is a little shadow under the mouse
| | 14:54 | pointer makes it a lot easier to see.
| | 14:57 | Shadow under menus, can take some
processing power, and usually you can read a
| | 15:02 | menu pretty well without, try
leaving it checked to begin with.
| | 15:07 | Translucent selection rectangle.
| | 15:09 | I like to leave that one open just
because it's easier to see what I am selecting.
| | 15:14 | Show window contents while dragging.
| | 15:16 | If you're having trouble with your
computer that's a good one to uncheck and
| | 15:19 | I'll show you what happens on that.
| | 15:22 | Sliding open, anything like this, the
sliding of things can really take some
| | 15:27 | processing time and you are actually
sometimes waiting for it to happen.
| | 15:30 | Icon labels on the desktop with a
Drop Shadow, that actually can be handy,
| | 15:34 | usually doesn't take a lot and visual
styles, again, also doesn't take a lot.
| | 15:38 | So we've just unchecked a few of the time items.
| | 15:41 | Now I am going to hit OK,
I am going to hit OK again.
| | 15:48 | Now let's watch what happens.
| | 15:49 | As I drag this window around, look
how the contents have disappeared, but
| | 15:54 | it's really a fast drag.
| | 15:56 | I can move the window where I want to.
| | 15:58 | Same thing if I had something out on my desktop.
| | 16:00 | Let me just bring - there is
just a little file to my desktop.
| | 16:07 | If I drag it around, okay
I can still see the file.
| | 16:12 | So it's not like it's a big problem, I
still have an item to be able to show.
| | 16:18 | It's just a lot quicker.
| | 16:19 | In terms of minimizing a window, look
at that, just instantly disappeared.
| | 16:25 | And when I want the window to come
back it just instantly reappears.
| | 16:28 | It is a little more shocking, yeah, if
you wanted the fade in and out, well,
| | 16:32 | okay, you can do that.
| | 16:34 | Same thing you launch real quickly
program here, like Word, and if I want to
| | 16:43 | switch, see how it's making a sudden switch.
| | 16:45 | When I make a menu it
just appears or disappears.
| | 16:50 | So there is no long fade-in
or anything like that for me.
| | 16:54 | If I want to change them back for
whatever reason I can go back to Advanced
| | 16:57 | system settings>Settings, and I can
just switch back to let Windows choose
| | 17:04 | what's best for my computer.
| | 17:05 | It's going to do everything on the view.
| | 17:08 | There are even some more effects,
Performance Options in terms of how the
| | 17:14 | computer is going to be processing,
whether I want best performance for
| | 17:17 | programs or background services, a
lot of these items are worth you are
| | 17:21 | messing with, they are more for
system administrators, people working on
| | 17:25 | servers things like that.
| | 17:27 | We're going to go and look in the next
movie on some of the real custom items
| | 17:33 | that you could do to make Windows look
exactly the way you want it, or maybe you
| | 17:38 | could look a little retro like the
earlier versions of Windows if you are
| | 17:41 | feeling uncomfortable in this version.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Restoring old Windows items| 00:00 |
So here we are back at personalization,
and we want to change the appearance of
| | 00:05 |
Windows even a little bit further,
maybe we just love that old Windows look, or
| | 00:10 |
maybe there's something specific that
we want in the older version of Windows that
| | 00:14 |
either it looks better on our screen or
works better for us, whatever it happens to be.
| | 00:17 |
We are going to go to Window Color and
Appearance again, and this time we are
| | 00:22 |
going to open the classic appearance
properties, and here are the appearance
| | 00:26 |
settings that you might be used to.
| | 00:28 |
There's an Effects here as well, not to
be confused with the Effects we had last
| | 00:33 |
time, which again, it can be Start menu,
there's so many ways to get to some
| | 00:37 |
things, so let's do it a
different way this time.
| | 00:39 |
Control panel, and we can go to System,
I just want to call them up, so you can
| | 00:45 |
see the difference here.
| | 00:46 |
We will do Computers Index Base Score,
Adjust Visual Effects, there we are.
| | 00:52 |
Here we have a whole bunch of the Visual
Effects we did last time, about fading,
| | 00:56 |
sliding things like that, Cancel, Close.
| | 01:00 |
Here are our Visual Effects again,
but these are different ones.
| | 01:04 |
This has to do with how things are
done on the screen, smooth edge of screen
| | 01:08 |
fonts is a great feature to have
and Clear Type is a system that's been
| | 01:12 |
perfected for a while to use
particularly on CRT monitors.
| | 01:17 |
It works really well, and even
on LCD monitors it does work.
| | 01:21 |
The ability to change the individual
colors of the red, green, blue mix to make
| | 01:26 |
a really smooth edge on the screen,
and there are a couple of different ways.
| | 01:30 |
You can smooth them with Clear Type,
there is an older version called the
| | 01:33 |
Standard edge smoothing, which is a
different kind of anti-aliasing they call
| | 01:36 |
it, or you can uncheck it and get none at all.
| | 01:40 |
If you do none at all, the edges of the
screen fonts will be a little bit more
| | 01:45 |
well edgy, a little more jagged,
and I'll show you that right now.
| | 01:48 |
Here we have, again, the same
checkboxes for shadows under menus, window
| | 01:52 |
contents while dragging, and changing
the checkbox here, will change it in the
| | 01:56 |
other place I showed you.
| | 01:57 |
So they are kind of all
over the place, and hit OK.
| | 02:00 |
You can kind of see in the background,
I don't know if it carries through on the
| | 02:04 |
video that you're seeing at home right
now, but the edges of the screen fonts
| | 02:08 |
just get a little bit more jagged.
| | 02:10 |
In general, I recommend people
leave this on and try Clear Type.
| | 02:15 |
The only people who really should
switch to Standard, are people who
| | 02:18 |
rotate their monitors a lot, because Clear
Type only works on a monitor in one direction.
| | 02:24 |
So if you have a landscape monitor and
you're always in landscape, you're fine.
| | 02:27 |
But if you like a tablet PC and you
switch it between landscape and portrait,
| | 02:31 |
Clear Type in one of those directions
will look terrible, and it just has to do
| | 02:35 |
it how the monitor is constructed.
| | 02:36 |
So you can use Standard and still get
some of the benefit without all of the hurt.
| | 02:41 |
Other than that, it doesn't usually
hurt processing power all that much, and
| | 02:45 |
doesn't speed things up that much to
turn this on or off, and for the amount
| | 02:49 |
that it slows you down, it just
looks that much better for me, I think I
| | 02:52 |
work better that way.
| | 02:53 |
But now you know where it is.
| | 02:55 |
In addition there are schemes for the
looks of the whole Window, here is Windows
| | 03:01 |
Vista Basic, the good old-fashioned
Windows Standard, or even Windows Classic,
| | 03:07 |
or if you need some kind of like high
contrast to help visually, when you're
| | 03:11 |
working on the computer, there are a
lot of these, by just going ahead - oh.
| | 03:15 |
That's high contrast. Let's go for it.
| | 03:17 |
I am going to click Apply, the screen
is going to make some big changes, and
| | 03:21 |
there we are, we've got super high contrast.
| | 03:23 |
This is Windows Vista.
| | 03:24 |
You can tell by the funky recycle bin
that looks all aero and glass and nice
| | 03:29 |
versus the high contrast desktop.
| | 03:31 |
So we have these kinds of options,
and the program works just fine.
| | 03:35 |
I am going to go ahead and Apply.
| | 03:36 |
It's going to switch back.
| | 03:38 |
Now if you need to tweak something
specifically, you can use this Advanced button.
| | 03:43 |
The Advanced button is going to open a
second window, and it will allow you to
| | 03:48 |
change individual items to the color
of the desktop, the Active Window Border
| | 03:54 |
and how wide it is, what Color it is.
| | 03:56 |
You could change the title of the
window, tooltips, how they show up.
| | 04:01 |
Do you want them to show up in the
new UI font, or do you want them to show
| | 04:06 |
up in something else?
| | 04:08 |
Like Tahoma was an old font that was used a lot.
| | 04:12 |
And let me go ahead.
| | 04:13 |
I am going to do, again like the active
Window title bar, here it is in Segway.
| | 04:19 |
Let's go to Tahoma, and remember I
was saying that you had a place that you
| | 04:23 |
could customize the size.
| | 04:25 |
If it's just the title bars that are
bugging you say, we can crank up the size
| | 04:29 |
of just the title bars, here's 12 point.
| | 04:32 |
I can change the Color, I
could make it Bold, if I wanted to.
| | 04:35 |
Let me just save that for a second, so we
can see what it does, and I will hit Apply.
| | 04:40 |
Watch what happens to
Appearance Settings up here.
| | 04:43 |
So I've changed just that one factor,
and I can adjust Windows however I want to
| | 04:48 |
be able to use that scheme.
| | 04:50 |
I am going to hit OK.
| | 04:52 |
You could see my background
of my monitor changed on there.
| | 04:54 |
I must have tweaked it.
| | 04:55 |
If I want to save all of those changes
for a while, that's a good use for themes.
| | 05:01 |
Because the theme is my Window
Settings, my Background Color, my Desktop
| | 05:06 |
Settings, all of those things
can be saved as part of my theme.
| | 05:10 |
And I'll do a Save As, and I will just
call it the Changed Theme, and there it is.
| | 05:17 |
It's done.
| | 05:18 |
Now if I ever want to go back, I can go
back to the sort of normal Windows Vista
| | 05:24 |
theme, or even just to make it fast, I
have saved as lynda or lynda.com here.
| | 05:30 |
The theme we were using that looked best for
the movies we are capturing, I'll click Apply.
| | 05:35 |
Everything will gray out, and boom!
| | 05:37 |
The windows are right
back to where I was before.
| | 05:40 |
So the nice thing about Themes and
playing around, you can mess things up, and
| | 05:44 |
then get back to where you were before.
| | 05:46 |
You can save as many themes
as you want to, and experiment.
| | 05:50 |
I will say, like on my old laptop I
did have to tweak some of the text as it
| | 05:55 |
appeared in menus and things, just
because my screen didn't quite handle this
| | 05:59 |
new font as well as I would
have liked in some situations.
| | 06:02 |
So you may have to do some tweaking to
get maximum enjoyment out of your system.
| | 06:06 |
I will just hit OK and close that out.
| | 06:08 |
Before we leave the screen, there is
one other thing, this Change Desktop icons
| | 06:12 |
allows me to put some things back
onto my desktop that Windows took off.
| | 06:16 |
I have this feeling like Microsoft
likes to have the desktop as clean as
| | 06:21 |
possible for people, and most of the
people I know have stuff all over their desktop.
| | 06:24 |
If you ever want to do things like
get computer back on your desktop, or
| | 06:28 |
network, like remember it used to
be My Network Neighborhood, now it's
| | 06:31 |
Network, we'll talk about it in the networking
movies, or you want your Home User Directory.
| | 06:36 |
In this case it would be Jeff Van West,
I want to put those on the desktop again.
| | 06:40 |
There they are, and of course I
can drag things around on My Desktop.
| | 06:44 |
I don't want to Recycle My Computer.
| | 06:47 |
I can rearrange, and there's My
Computer now, just called Computer, up in
| | 06:51 |
the corner again, just why had it before. I
can also change the icons for any of these.
| | 06:56 |
I want to change the icon for Computer,
select it, choose icon, and I could have
| | 07:00 |
My computer is just -- it's completely
questionable or a little moon icon on
| | 07:06 |
there, and hit Apply, there it is.
| | 07:09 |
So I can do any of these things.
| | 07:11 |
By the way, if you want to remove any
of them, just uncheck them and hit Apply.
| | 07:18 |
There is a little tweak in Windows, and
this has happened to people by accident.
| | 07:22 |
You go to the Recycle bin.
| | 07:23 |
You are going to empty the Recycle bin.
| | 07:25 |
I don't know why you are going to empty
the Recycle bin, because I already told
| | 07:27 |
you in the Recycle bin movie you don't need
to empty it, but by accident you hit Delete.
| | 07:31 |
Now the Recycle bin is gone, there is no
Recycle bin on your Desktop anywhere. It's gone.
| | 07:41 |
All you need to do to get it back,
uncheck, check Recycle bin, click Apply, and
| | 07:46 |
you should be able to get your Recycle bin back.
| | 07:49 |
Let's close that out,
and let's try it once more.
| | 07:52 |
Change Desktop Icons, there.
| | 07:54 |
That's right, Recycle bin,
Apply. Now it's back.
| | 07:58 |
I was worried there for a minute,
I kind of like my Recycle bin.
| | 08:00 |
So you can bring items on and off the
desktop, those old desktop icons like that.
| | 08:05 |
and that's a good way to get back to
your old windows look if you want it or
| | 08:09 |
some component of it that you were
just missing and had to have back.
| | 08:14 |
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Desktop power tips| 00:00 | Time to talk a little bit about the
Desktop itself and some of the sort of power
| | 00:04 | tips, things you might not realize exist.
| | 00:06 | I have got a Desktop here that I have
thrown a whole bunch of things around on.
| | 00:10 | Let's suppose I want to clean things up.
| | 00:12 | I am going to right-click on the
Desktop and I have some options.
| | 00:15 | Here is View and if I want to, I could
for one, view them by different size icons.
| | 00:23 | Large Icons, Medium Icons,
Classic Icons. Really small.
| | 00:31 | I can also under View do
Auto Arrange. What did that do?
| | 00:38 | It took all of my items and it lined
them up and it lined them up by type.
| | 00:42 | So I have pictures, I have different
documents, PDF files, folders and here I
| | 00:50 | have little executables, something I downloaded.
| | 00:52 | I am going to right-click again, View.
| | 00:55 | You may have notice at times, let me
drag something around here, before I
| | 00:59 | do the View, as I try and drag this
around, I can move this folder wherever I
| | 01:04 | want, as long as it's inside this list of items.
| | 01:07 | I can't seem to put it out here on my Desktop.
| | 01:10 | I am going to go to the View, right-
click View and uncheck Auto Arrange.
| | 01:19 | Now when I drag something around, I
can put it almost wherever I want to.
| | 01:24 | I want to put it right -- I want it right there.
| | 01:25 | But it jumped, what was that
all about? Right-click View.
| | 01:30 | Align to Grid.
| | 01:33 | By unchecking Align to Grid, I can
place an item wherever I want on my Desktop,
| | 01:39 | and it won't align to a
perfect grid, however I want it.
| | 01:44 | Refresh, if you have something that's
not appearing on your Desktop, this is
| | 01:49 | kind of a holder in Windows.
| | 01:51 | You can get it to reappear and
sometimes when we do a copy or drag, you are
| | 01:56 | like where did it go?
| | 01:57 | Try that Refresh button.
| | 01:58 | That can make it reappear.
| | 02:00 | There is also Sort By and this
is how things are to be arranged.
| | 02:04 | So let's do it by Name.
| | 02:07 | Now I've got things essentially in
alphabetical order except why did the folder
| | 02:12 | John Clark App Clinic,
appear before a for airborne?
| | 02:16 | When you do by name, it's
just like in a folder list.
| | 02:20 | The list of folders appears
first and then the list of files.
| | 02:24 | So all the files got arranged in
alphabetical order after any folders that I had.
| | 02:30 | And I could sort by all sorts of things:
| | 02:32 | Size, Type, Date Modified
goes on, and on, and on.
| | 02:34 | I am going to go back to the View menu,
the last one Show the Desktop Icons or
| | 02:40 | not show the desktop icons.
| | 02:41 | It's an easy way to drop everything off
your Desktop, maybe because you want to
| | 02:45 | see that video you had playing in the
background on your custom Desktop or you
| | 02:48 | just want to look at that
picture of your kids again.
| | 02:50 | And we'll switch back to it, Show Desktop Icons.
| | 02:52 | It's also handy if you have windows open
on full screen and just having too much
| | 02:56 | visual noise in the background.
| | 02:58 | You can get rid of all those icons on
your Desktop for a little while if need be.
| | 03:02 | Now here is a cool trick.
| | 03:03 | I'm going to hold down the Ctrl key
and we use the scroll wheel on my mouse
| | 03:07 | and I can actually resize these icons
to any size I want, and I can make them
| | 03:15 | huge, if I want to.
| | 03:17 | This can be handy, if I really
want to look at some of the pictures.
| | 03:20 | You can see these are kind of live previews.
| | 03:22 | This is the first page of the PDF
file and these are some graphics as well.
| | 03:27 | Some things won't reappear as they get larger.
| | 03:31 | Some functions like this folder,
you'll see when we get into the Folder views
| | 03:35 | inside a folder, it
actually shows you what's in there.
| | 03:38 | But on the Desktop, you
don't always get that effect.
| | 03:40 | I am going to make it smaller here, by
holding down the Ctrl key and scrolling.
| | 03:44 | So I can make these items
really any size I want them to be.
| | 03:49 | Another cool kind of trick, we talked
about pinning things to the Start menu
| | 03:53 | down here, so the most used programs.
| | 03:56 | Well again, let's suppose I have a
folder that I use a lot like my Magazine.
| | 04:01 | I already showed you in an earlier
movie that you can take the magazine and
| | 04:04 | you could -- or take any folder, and you
could put it on the Taskbar as a New toolbar.
| | 04:11 | I couldn't resist, I was going to show in
this movie, but I had to show you in Taskbars.
| | 04:15 | But you also just take that magazine
here or that folder, I'm going to drag
| | 04:19 | it down to my Start menu and I just
paused over the Start menu, I'm still
| | 04:24 | holding down the left mouse button and it
says Create link in Start menu and now I let go.
| | 04:30 | So that Start menu doesn't
have to be just programs.
| | 04:32 | It could be anything you want.
| | 04:34 | Just drag it in there.
| | 04:35 | Click IFR Magazine. Boom!
| | 04:37 | There I am.
| | 04:37 | I am right to where I want to be.
| | 04:39 | So I could put a program there, I
could put a file there, I could put a
| | 04:42 | link there to a website.
| | 04:44 | It doesn't matter, any of
those options are possibilities.
| | 04:47 | Speaking of links to websites, let me
just open up a new web browser here for a
| | 04:51 | moment, and we will go to www.lynda.com.
| | 04:58 | If you want to put something out on the
Desktop, I am going to reduce that a little bit.
| | 05:06 | Here's a link, a lot of people don't
know this one either, I can take a link to
| | 05:11 | a webpage that I really want. I don't want to
make a bookmark and keep it all the time.
| | 05:15 | I just want to come back to it at some point.
| | 05:17 | I can just drag that link to the
Desktop, and now if I close this window out,
| | 05:23 | here is this link, close that window too,
Learn @ Your Own Pace, double-click
| | 05:29 | and it takes me right to that spot.
| | 05:31 | That's a really handy way to be able to
just save, just for a moment, just toss
| | 05:37 | on my Desktop, a link, another great
power Desktop tip, if things change by the
| | 05:41 | way and you don't want this folder or
something anymore in that Start menu
| | 05:45 | another tip, right-click,
Remove from list, hey it's gone.
| | 05:50 | So it's not permanent.
| | 05:51 | You don't have to be there all the time.
| | 05:53 | One other thing that people don't like
about the Start menu sometimes is the
| | 05:56 | Run command is gone.
| | 05:57 | But you know what? You don't need it anymore.
| | 05:59 | Instead of say, running a program
called ping and this is going to be really
| | 06:02 | geeky, if you're not geeky fast-forward
through this section.
| | 06:06 | I can just say I want to ping lynda.com,
and for those of you who are super geeky,
| | 06:14 | you can see that I just sent out a
ping and I got it back from lynda.com.
| | 06:19 | If I just want the command line, to be
able to do command things, I can just
| | 06:22 | type cmd command right in that Start
menu and there is, so I don't even need the
| | 06:27 | Run anymore, because I can actually use
new Search feature in lieu of Run either
| | 06:32 | to just start the program or to
actually send the whole command to the program.
| | 06:36 | So if I wanted to, I could even
send something via command.exe right
| | 06:42 | through that start line.
| | 06:43 | If that was too geeky for you, I apologize.
| | 06:45 | But those of you who appreciate that
sort of thing, you just went, oh wow!
| | 06:47 | That was cool, if you
didn't know it already. Oops!
| | 06:51 | Close that out.
| | 06:52 | Before we leave I want to show you
something else because I promised I would
| | 06:56 | earlier, when we're talking about
gadgets, I said that there was another system
| | 06:59 | for gadgets and one of them
was in fact Google Desktop.
| | 07:04 | I have it preloaded over
here desktop.google.com.
| | 07:07 | You can download the Desktop and if you
look, hey that looks like Vista! Yes indeed.
| | 07:12 | Google Desktop for Vista.
| | 07:13 | It's actually pretty slick.
| | 07:15 | I didn't so much like Google Desktop
for XP, but I have got to say the Vista
| | 07:18 | one is pretty cool.
| | 07:19 | We have it loaded already, so I'm just
going to right-click on my Taskbar and
| | 07:23 | it is one of the toolbars off the
Taskbar once you get it all installed, and
| | 07:28 | there is Google Desktop.
| | 07:29 | Now, what happened?
| | 07:30 | Nothing originally, because it just
put this little thing on my Desktop so I
| | 07:33 | could do a search for say, right? lynda.com.
| | 07:40 | So what's happening?
| | 07:41 | It's actually searching, not the web,
| | 07:44 | it's searching My Computer and down here is
Search Web for lynda.com. It's searching.
| | 07:54 | It found my e-mail.
| | 07:56 | It found a link that I had, found
something on my Desktop or I can do any of
| | 08:03 | the Google searches or I can go to lynda.com
because it found it as a Google Website.
| | 08:09 | So that was just basic Google
search but what about the sidebar thing?
| | 08:12 | Well there was a little click there
and now it maximized and now I have
| | 08:17 | something that looks a lot like
Windows sidebar, but it's not.
| | 08:21 | This is Google Desktop and you know
if I do Windows+Spacebar, now I have
| | 08:26 | the double sidebar.
| | 08:27 | I am really kind of overloading my screen here.
| | 08:29 | I wouldn't recommend
necessarily using both of these at once.
| | 08:33 | So I'm going to just right-click on the
Windows sidebar for a minute. Close the Sidebar.
| | 08:38 | But here we have Google sidebar and on the
Google sidebar you can install Google gadgets.
| | 08:45 | A little plus symbol, and now we have -
this has gone on to Google and it's
| | 08:51 | gotten all these cool Google gadgets,
NASA TV, I'm going to add that one, Google
| | 08:57 | hasn't tested it, do I want
to install it? Yeah, sure.
| | 08:59 | I'm going to go ahead and we'll talk
about this in Security a little bit, but -
| | 09:05 | (muted tv audio in background)
| | 09:08 | and you can see NASA TV is actually running.
| | 09:11 | You can hear it in the background.
| | 09:12 | By the way this just comes up, Google
Desktop is trying to access the Web.
| | 09:17 | Do I want to let it happen or not?
| | 09:19 | I'm going to Unblock it, so we'll let
it happen, we'll talk about that again in
| | 09:22 | Security and there we are, there is NASA TV.
| | 09:28 | (muted tv audio in background)
| | 09:35 | If I want, I can remove things from the
sidebar, I can do all sorts of things,
| | 09:40 | anywhere I want to Google, I am not
going to get into the whole Google gadgets
| | 09:43 | thing just so you can see what it is.
| | 09:45 | Just know that it's there.
| | 09:47 | It has a lot of power and I can
also, I'm going to minimize this.
| | 09:52 | The Google Maps is really pretty slick. Oops!
| | 09:55 | There we go.
| | 09:58 | These are different maps around the world.
| | 10:01 | If I want to I can click and
expand, I could type in, and boom!
| | 10:10 | Now I am in Portland and it works just
like all the Google Maps that you're used to.
| | 10:14 | You can get directions.
| | 10:15 | Then you can do a Satellite view if
you want to, all of that cool stuff.
| | 10:20 | You can click on it and it'll show you, I
zoomed into a particular spot, I can drag around.
| | 10:29 | So there are all of these options in a
totally separate kind of sidebar from Google.
| | 10:35 | But maybe you don't want that, all right.
| | 10:36 | We will go down here, right-click on
the toolbars and Google Desktop on,
| | 10:45 | Right-click on toolbars,
Google desktop off. Oh!
| | 10:47 | I am going to have to close
it from here, there it is.
| | 10:51 | Close it from there, there
we go, Google Desktop off.
| | 10:55 | That's what I meant to do.
| | 10:56 | If you want there is a way to get Google
Desktop gadgets to work in your Windows
| | 11:04 | sidebar and that's through
a program called Amnesty.
| | 11:08 | It allows you to do Google Gadgets both for
Vista and Mac OS X, so could do it either way.
| | 11:14 | We have already installed Amnesty.
| | 11:16 | So I'm going to go back to Google
Gadgets and I'm just going to pick a fun one
| | 11:20 | here that I like, and actually let
me show you - I will do a search for maps.
| | 11:29 | Let's see where is maps?
| | 11:42 | These are the Google
Desktop gadgets. That's why.
| | 11:45 | We'll do a search for Google gadgets.
| | 11:53 | There is what I'm looking for,
Google Gadgets For Your Webpage.
| | 12:01 | Slightly different thing, but I just
wanted to make sure we got on a same page.
| | 12:04 | So many gadgets out there in the
world even I get confused sometimes.
| | 12:07 | Google Gadgets for Amnesty, just to be
clear, these are webpage gadgets, HTML
| | 12:12 | gadgets but there is something,
here's the Google map for instance.
| | 12:15 | I am going to click on that one and it
says you can add it to your webpage and
| | 12:21 | what it is, is it's a little bit of HTML code.
| | 12:24 | So there is the map and I can set the code
right here unless say I want to it as 400 x 600.
| | 12:34 | So I want to go back, and let's change that,
I did it the wrong way, we will do 600X400.
| | 12:41 | Here is a big map and maybe I want the Address,
triple-click in there to select everything.
| | 12:50 | Oh again we will do it as
Portland ME, at the Street level.
| | 12:56 | So here's the code. Get the Code.
| | 13:03 | What you see down here is HTML and
it scrolled way off to the side of the
| | 13:07 | screen and now watch.
| | 13:10 | Go back to launching Amnesty.
| | 13:12 | Go to the Start menu and I can go ahead
and type 'Amnesty', just start typing it.
| | 13:18 | There is Amnesty Generator.
| | 13:19 | By the way, if you're going to do this,
Amnesty Generator, when you install it,
| | 13:23 | does not automatically put
itself in the Start menu.
| | 13:26 | You actually have to
manually add it to the Start menu.
| | 13:29 | Go see the movies on customizing the
start menu when you do a right-click on the
| | 13:33 | Start menu, open All Users.
| | 13:34 | That will let you put specific things
into your Start menu or rearrange them as
| | 13:39 | you want, so you can get it in there.
| | 13:40 | We'll go ahead and a launch the program.
| | 13:42 | Now what it's going to do is it's
going to create for us a gadget.
| | 13:47 | We will say Paste HTML code. I've got to
go get that code, and we will go back to
| | 13:52 | our Gadget, we are on the webpage, I'm
going to do a Ctrl+A, which is Select
| | 13:57 | All, I can do a right-click, Copy or
Ctrl+C, go back to Amnesty, right-click,
| | 14:06 | Paste and it just pasted all that HTML.
| | 14:09 | I don't need to know what it is.
| | 14:10 | I clicked in name and it already
grabbed a Google Map and the size.
| | 14:14 | It got that out of the HTML code.
| | 14:16 | Now, I can browse for
whatever image I want to put there.
| | 14:20 | But what I'm going to do is I'm just
going to let Amnesty make its own and I'll
| | 14:24 | hit Generate and so what did it do?
| | 14:27 | It went and it put that
Google Map into my Gadget Gallery.
| | 14:32 | So now I can take Google Maps and I
can drag it right over to my list of
| | 14:42 | gadgets, and now I am going to
minimize everything else here.
| | 14:46 | Windows+D. That closes everything on the
Desktop and then Windows+Spacebar, close
| | 14:53 | this out and what I have now is
this huge map and does this work? Yes.
| | 14:58 | I can cruise around, I can zoom in
and out, I can switch to Satellite.
| | 15:05 | This is getting live data off of
Google and it's putting it right into
| | 15:11 | my Windows sidebar.
| | 15:13 | Now you remember when we talked
about the sidebar, we had this scrolling
| | 15:17 | ability? Well I made this very big
and it's sort of limited in its HTML.
| | 15:21 | What I can't do, like you will notice,
I can't type in an address here because
| | 15:25 | that wasn't part of the original gadget.
| | 15:27 | The original gadget on Google, the
Google Web Gadget was so people could have a
| | 15:32 | Google Map to a specific address.
| | 15:35 | But you could potentially edit the HTML or
get someone you know to get one that you type in.
| | 15:40 | Nonetheless it's a way to get a bunch
of gadgets onto your Windows sidebar, if
| | 15:46 | you want to use that or again
you can use it for Mac OS as well.
| | 15:50 | So hey there's a cool little way to
generate some more gadgets, little power tip
| | 15:53 | for you on using your Desktop.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Using voice recognition| 00:00 | We could do an entire training title
on speech recognition and the various
| | 00:04 | software that's out there, but
that's not our purpose here today.
| | 00:07 | So here are two movies just on speech
recognition, one, to show you what it
| | 00:10 | does, and two, to show you about
training and adjusting the options for speech
| | 00:15 | recognition, to get the best results.
| | 00:17 | Most of speech recognition is actually
just trying it out, and practice, and
| | 00:21 | training your computer.
| | 00:22 | You can see at the top of my screen my
voice is bouncing up and down on a little
| | 00:26 | meter there, and the computer is
desperately telling me to start listening. Why?
| | 00:31 | Because speech recognition is running right now.
| | 00:33 | We will show you how to get it up
and running in the second movie.
| | 00:35 | But I want to show you where it is going
first, and right now the microphone is sleeping.
| | 00:39 | That means, whatever I say, the
computer is not paying attention to.
| | 00:42 | Throughout this movie you are going to
hear me say the words about beginning to
| | 00:46 | get it to listen, and
telling it to stop listening.
| | 00:49 | That allows me to talk to you without the
computer trying to do everything I said.
| | 00:53 | One other thing before we get going is
you will see there is a combination of
| | 00:57 | both commands to the computer, and
dictation, and they all flow together, which
| | 01:01 | is different than the old
speech recognition in Windows XP.
| | 01:05 | So let's take a little tour. Start listening.
| | 01:09 | Start Outlook. Stop listening.
| | 01:14 | If you saw up there at the very top of
the screen, when I started Outlook, it
| | 01:18 | actually showed me what it thought I
said, keep an eye on this box, because you
| | 01:23 | are seeing both, the correct
recognition, I did it right.
| | 01:27 | Also, you'll see the errors up there
sometimes, and sometimes you will just see
| | 01:30 | it say, what did you say?
| | 01:34 | Start listening, New, Mail message. Vista.
| | 01:44 | Stop listening.
| | 01:46 | Okay, I just said the word 'Vista', as
well as 'new', and 'mail message', so how did it
| | 01:51 | know what I was doing?
| | 01:52 | Well early on, we were looking at
this window Outlook Today, and New.
| | 01:56 | It looked around the screen and
tried to figure out what I wanted to do.
| | 02:00 | There is a button called New, so it assumed
that I want to push that button, and it did.
| | 02:04 | Then I chose something
off the menu, Mail Message.
| | 02:08 | Next time when the window opened, my
cursor was in this box too, and then I
| | 02:13 | said the word 'Vista'.
| | 02:15 | But there is no button that says Vista.
| | 02:16 | So it is assuming I'm dictating, just
like if I was typing, as soon as I got
| | 02:22 | something that was far enough that the
computer thinks, Oh, I think I know you mean.
| | 02:26 | Now this isn't speech.
| | 02:27 | This is just part of Outlook.
| | 02:29 | It gave me an option, and normally I
could press the tab key here and move right
| | 02:33 | along, so I didn't have to type the rest of it.
| | 02:35 | It works with speech too.
| | 02:36 | Start listening, tab, Go to Subject, a
speech recognition test message, tab.
| | 02:48 | Here's a quick message to see how well
speech recognition is working inside an
| | 02:54 | email message that I am
trying to send out. Period.
| | 02:58 | Whenever you are sensing a message
using speech recognition, there's one thing
| | 03:03 | you need to be careful
about, comma, however, period.
| | 03:07 | When you are talking, scratch that.
| | 03:13 | Select when you are talking.
| | 03:16 | When you are typing on a
keyboard. Stop listening.
| | 03:24 | One of the things about training with
speech here is I am never quite sure
| | 03:27 | what's going to come up.
| | 03:28 | So let me go back over a
couple of things that I have done.
| | 03:30 | I just wanted to say, when you are
typing, and then I was going to say when you
| | 03:36 | are typing on a keyboard. I didn't.
| | 03:39 | I said when you are talking. It was my mistake.
| | 03:40 | It actually translated
what I said perfectly well.
| | 03:43 | There are couple of ways to
get rid of that. Scratch that.
| | 03:45 | Usually you will get rid of the last statement.
| | 03:47 | But it didn't quite interpret it correctly.
| | 03:49 | So I tried another tactic.
| | 03:50 | I said, select when you're talking.
| | 03:53 | That one worked, and it selected it.
| | 03:55 | Now normally, if something is selected
and you type over it, your typed words
| | 03:59 | were placed what's there.
| | 04:01 | Same thing happens when you're talking,
except it's not quite sure what I meant, but why?
| | 04:05 | Mostly because of the word you're.
| | 04:11 | Look at these alternates
here you're, you're, your.
| | 04:13 | Did you mean that you're.
| | 04:15 | And then it wasn't quite sure,
a keyboard, the keyboard.
| | 04:19 | These are very reasonable
things to make mistakes about.
| | 04:21 | So it offered me some alternates,
and this is actually pretty quick.
| | 04:24 | All I have to do is as it says, say the
number, and then okay, start listening.
| | 04:30 | One, okay, comma, comma, and you make a typo.
| | 04:40 | It's usually a nonsense word. Period.
| | 04:46 | You'll see that immediately,
because of your spell checker, period.
| | 04:52 | When you miss -- scratch that.
| | 04:59 | When you make a mistake with voice recognition, comma, the
open double quote, typo, close double quote. Select O. Typo.
| | 05:17 | Select O. Spell it. T-Y-P-O.
| | 05:26 | Stop listening.
| | 05:28 | So what was going on there? Stop listening.
| | 05:37 | Okay.
| | 05:39 | Stop listening, here we go.
| | 05:43 | I can't have that window up, and
have the microphone dead to show you.
| | 05:45 | So you have got to kind of remember here,
didn't realize that you couldn't start
| | 05:48 | stop listening in the midst of something.
| | 05:50 | I was typing the 'o,' so it was
actually trying to type the letter O, again,
| | 05:55 | and again, and again.
| | 05:56 | I wanted to say the word 'typo'.
| | 05:58 | Your sort of a last ditch
effort is to spell the word out.
| | 06:06 | And all you need to do there is
to spell it. Start listening.
| | 06:11 | Go to end of line, actually
becomes a real word. Period.
| | 06:19 | So what happens is you send out an
email that has some bizarre statement in it,
| | 06:24 | and you had no idea
that's what you sent. Period.
| | 06:31 | Stop listening.
| | 06:32 | So anyway, there you have got a
whole bunch of things that I was able to
| | 06:36 | dictate, and you could see that I
could move between editing and not editing.
| | 06:41 | There are ton of editing commands, and
if you ever want to see them, this is
| | 06:44 | what you do, start listening. What can I say?
| | 06:51 | Scratch that, what can I say? Stop listening.
| | 07:01 | Here's a whole list of all the speech
recognition commands, and if you ever want
| | 07:06 | to get to this, you can say, "what can I
say" at any point, and then expand any of
| | 07:13 | the commands you need.
| | 07:14 | So here are a bunch of dictation
commands, a bunch of which I had just used,
| | 07:17 | like go to the end of the line, just
somewhere along here, or selecting a
| | 07:23 | specific word or a range of words.
| | 07:25 | Text in the document.
| | 07:26 | Words around the cursor and so forth.
| | 07:28 | So know that that's
available to you as an option.
| | 07:31 | So let's use a couple of those commands
to fix at least two typos that exist in
| | 07:35 | here, start listening. Select pile.
| | 07:40 | Select it a pile. A mistake.
| | 07:46 | Three. Okay.
| | 07:50 | Stop listening.
| | 07:52 | So there was something when you are
typing on the keyboard and you make a mistake.
| | 07:56 | It's usually a nonsense word.
| | 07:57 | That's what I really wanted to say there,
and that's a good example of why you
| | 07:59 | have to read things over.
| | 08:00 | There is another one, this is
going to be tough, but we can do it.
| | 08:03 | At the very top line it says, speech
recognition is working inside an email
| | 08:07 | message and I'm trying to send out.
| | 08:09 | It should be that I'm trying to send out.
| | 08:11 | So how am I going to get that and?
| | 08:12 | Watch, or listen. Start listing.
| | 08:15 | Select and, one, okay. That, one, okay.
| | 08:27 | Stop listening.
| | 08:28 | So you are able to see there, and if you want
to play the movie back, you can see it again.
| | 08:33 | When it wasn't sure what I wanted it
offered me a whole bunch of options on the
| | 08:36 | screen, and they were numbered.
| | 08:39 | So I could pick the
particular number that I wanted.
| | 08:41 | Let's fire along here a little bit
further, so we can see how this works, start
| | 08:44 | listing, start listening.
| | 08:48 | Send, move speech recognition, stop listening.
| | 08:56 | Now I want to do a send and receive
here, and get that message back in my
| | 09:00 | inbox, but I couldn't see the top of the
screen, because speech recognition was in the way.
| | 09:03 | So I moved it.
| | 09:04 | Just by saying move speech recognition
moves it to the bottom of the screen.
| | 09:08 | Let's listen again, start listening.
| | 09:11 | Inbox, three, okay.
| | 09:16 | Send and receive, send/
receive, Enter, stop listening.
| | 09:32 | So there is the message as it came in,
and now if you want to reply to it.
| | 09:37 | Easy way to reply to it
is to actually hit Reply.
| | 09:39 | If you are wondering how I got up to
the message, one of the things that I've
| | 09:43 | discovered has a little bit of
trouble here in Outlook is navigating around
| | 09:48 | these messages in the inbox.
| | 09:50 | Speech recognition is
still kind of being perfected.
| | 09:53 | It's been a while in the making.
| | 09:55 | It's helpful to have even if you're
talking, at least a mouse available, or
| | 09:59 | occasionally a keyboard available.
| | 10:00 | There's something it's just too
tough to navigate on their own.
| | 10:03 | But let's keep going with
just a couple of more things.
| | 10:06 | Close Outlook, start Word, insert,
insert, date and time, May 1st, two, okay,
| | 10:27 | okay, stop listening.
| | 10:30 | So there's an example of a different
program, and a combination of how you might
| | 10:35 | want to use the various menus along
with the text that you're dictating.
| | 10:40 | It's a long process to get it all down.
| | 10:42 | I want to show you one more thing
before we end this movie, and that is that you
| | 10:45 | actually can browse the web
using just speech recognition.
| | 10:49 | This one is kind of a wow! Start listening.
| | 10:52 | Close word. No.
| | 10:57 | Start Internet Explorer, one, okay,
Google, lynda.com, Enter, stop listening.
| | 11:14 | I googled lynda.com, and now I want
to click on Learning @ Your Own Pace.
| | 11:20 | How am I going to do that?
| | 11:21 | There are two ways to do it.
| | 11:23 | One is much simpler than the other.
| | 11:24 | I'll show you both, start listening.
| | 11:27 | Show numbers, stop listening.
| | 11:34 | You saw that numbers
appeared all over the screen.
| | 11:37 | It's waiting for me say one, 44, okay.
| | 11:50 | That 44 appeared over the top of
lynda.com, Learning @ Your Own Pace,
| | 11:59 | stop listening.
| | 12:02 | Hard to remember to keep
turning that microphone off.
| | 12:04 | It appeared over the top of lynda.com, and
I was able to click that spot on the screen.
| | 12:10 | You also saw that the numbers
kind of flashed for a little while.
| | 12:13 | I am going to go back and do it again.
| | 12:14 | One of the best ways to deal with
this is to be looking at the spot you are
| | 12:17 | going to want to click, when you say
show numbers, so that you can immediately
| | 12:23 | see what number it is and say it.
| | 12:26 | But if you noticed on my little screen
down at the bottom, the voice-recognition
| | 12:30 | screen, it offered me another option,
instead of, said, next time do this, and
| | 12:35 | it said, I could just say,
Learning @ Your Own Pace.
| | 12:38 | Let's go back, so you can see this,
start listening, start listening, back, show
| | 12:47 | numbers, cancel, Learning @
Your Own Pace, stop listening.
| | 13:00 | So there you could see show
numbers had a number of lynda.com.
| | 13:04 | If I want to get rid of them, cancel,
and then I could try just saying the link
| | 13:08 | that I want to go to, and there it is.
| | 13:10 | I can go directly to that link.
| | 13:13 | Show numbers is really handy though for, if
there's something that you can't just say.
| | 13:18 | I want to go to a particular vendor.
| | 13:19 | I want to find out about the
learning about Apple products here.
| | 13:25 | So let's switch back.
| | 13:26 | Start listening, maximize, maximize window.
| | 13:36 | Show numbers, 40, okay,
Apple, Apple, stop listening.
| | 13:51 | So there I maximized the screen so you
can could see it a little bit better.
| | 13:54 | I said, "show numbers" to give me this bar,
and I was looking right at it, as soon
| | 13:58 | as it changed to a number, I could see
it was 40, I said, 40, okay, and then I
| | 14:02 | was able to say the name on a list, and
then if I want to pick something off of
| | 14:05 | here, I could use show numbers again, or
I could just save the link that I want.
| | 14:09 | Start listening, Aperture, Aperture, 2, okay.
| | 14:20 | Stop listening, and there I am at aperture.
| | 14:24 | All sorts of things you can do with this.
| | 14:26 | You can maneuver things around the desktop.
| | 14:28 | You can even drag and drop, all of
those options are in the tutorial, which is
| | 14:33 | actually part of the training, which
we will show you in the next movie.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Voice recognition options| 00:00 | When you first start Speech, you
actually have to train it to your voice and the
| | 00:05 | away the training works is by
making you go through a little tutorial.
| | 00:09 | And so let me show you how that works.
| | 00:11 | Now I can't take the old Speech profile
easily off this machine, but what I can
| | 00:14 | do is show you what the tutorial is.
| | 00:16 | Windows key for the Start menu,
and I am just going to type 'speech'.
| | 00:20 | You can do that too, and the number one
program is Windows Speech Recognition, I
| | 00:23 | am going to hit Enter.
| | 00:25 | Mine is going to go and actually launch Speech.
| | 00:28 | It's telling me to start listing,
because it is sleeping right now.
| | 00:32 | The first time you launch this however,
what you are going to see is something else, and
| | 00:37 | what you're seeing is a Speech tutorial.
| | 00:41 | Now if I want to show you the tutorial,
I can right click on the little speech
| | 00:45 | icon in the corner, and go
to Start Speech Tutorial.
| | 00:48 | (Music Playing)
| | 00:58 | This tutorial is what you
will have to go through.
| | 01:02 | It both teaches you what speech can do,
and this is a very important and, it is
| | 01:07 | training your speech profile. How?
| | 01:09 | Because as you'll go along
you're going to be reading things.
| | 01:15 | And you can do the whole tutorial with Speech.
| | 01:17 | Next, start listening, stop listening.
| | 01:23 | Next, I'm not going to go through
the whole tutorial with you now, but I
| | 01:27 | will say that you can come to it at any point,
and these pieces at the bottom are links.
| | 01:32 | So if you want to know how to
do something like in dictation.
| | 01:36 | (Music Playing)
| | 01:40 | And you want to go to dictating letters.
I'm clicking on these with the mouse
| | 01:45 | here, it can walk you through the
process of say dictating a letter, and it's
| | 01:49 | going to ask you to read certain things.
| | 01:52 | Comma, new paragraph, Can you please
send me the image we talked about yesterday?
| | 01:59 | Can you please send me the
images we talked about yesterday?
| | 02:01 | Question mark, I would appreciate it. Period.
| | 02:08 | New paragraph.
| | 02:12 | So it's going to walk you through this
whole process, and it's going to make
| | 02:15 | very few mistakes, why?
| | 02:16 | Because it's training right now, and
probably messing up my profile talking
| | 02:20 | during this, nut there is not much I can do.
| | 02:22 | It's training your speech profile,
and that's saved personally for you.
| | 02:27 | Let's take a look at where that's
saved, and the other options for speech.
| | 02:31 | I am going to quit out of this program,
and it's going to give me a warning.
| | 02:34 | Are you sure you want to end the tutorial? Yes.
| | 02:37 | Again the first time you use the tutorial,
go through the whole thing. Take some time.
| | 02:42 | It's going to take you probably half
an hour or maybe even 45 minutes to go
| | 02:47 | through the whole thing.
| | 02:48 | You'll have to do it to get Speech
up and running well. Stop listening.
| | 02:55 | Speech by the way has its own little
icon down here in the corner, I can
| | 02:59 | right-click on that at any point, and it
allows me to toggle through various items.
| | 03:05 | I can turn speech off entirely.
| | 03:07 | It will keep the window here for me,
but now I can't even start the microphone
| | 03:10 | by saying Start Listening.
| | 03:12 | This by the way, the speech reference
card is that same help file I showed you
| | 03:16 | before, start speech
tutorial, help about speech.
| | 03:19 | Let's talk about options a little bit.
| | 03:20 | You've been hearing the little boops
and beeps of whether it understood or
| | 03:24 | didn't understand what I was saying,
that's audible feedback, and it's handy
| | 03:28 | to have especially if you are not looking
right at the screen when you're using Speech.
| | 03:32 | Run at startup, if you're going to
be using speech all the time, it can
| | 03:35 | be handy, because it takes a while for
speech to load, especially on a slower machine.
| | 03:40 | And you got a bunch of
things happening at start up.
| | 03:41 | You are going and getting
a cup of coffee, anyway.
| | 03:43 | So that's a good time to load it.
| | 03:45 | Otherwise its there taking up
processing power that you're not using, is what
| | 03:50 | sitting there and listening.
| | 03:51 | You're better off only
running it when you need it.
| | 03:53 | There are some other options.
| | 03:54 | I am not going to into all the
details, because they are explained pretty
| | 03:57 | well in the tutorial.
| | 03:59 | I do want to show you, in
configuration, to setup my microphone.
| | 04:03 | This is done when you first launch
speech as well, and it's just setting the
| | 04:07 | volume of your microphone.
| | 04:08 | If you are having lots of problems, or
if you've changed either your microphone
| | 04:13 | or the environment you're talking in, you can
do setup my microphone again. I'll click it.
| | 04:18 | It's going to ask you what kind of microphone?
| | 04:20 | I am going to say, this microphone,
because I am in a recording booth here, and
| | 04:23 | I am actually talking into an overhead
mic, this is what I'm using for myself.
| | 04:27 | You probably want to use a headset microphone.
| | 04:30 | You'll get the best recognition that way.
| | 04:32 | By the way, a lot of these are noise
canceling microphones, and his Boom mic has
| | 04:36 | a speaking side, and a noise
canceling side, usually there is like a dot or
| | 04:40 | something on the speaking site, check
your microphone if you are having trouble.
| | 04:43 | You might have it flipped to 180 degrees,
and you are actually speaking into the
| | 04:47 | noise canceling side.
| | 04:48 | That makes all sorts of problems.
| | 04:49 | Peter dictates to his computer, he
prefers it to typing, and particularly
| | 04:55 | prefers it to pen and paper.
| | 04:56 | So what you've seen there is my voice
the computer was adjusting my voice,
| | 05:02 | with all these Ps too, which
usually spike out the microphone, to this
| | 05:05 | particular microphone.
| | 05:07 | And you can do that any time if you're
having trouble with speech. Stop listening.
| | 05:17 | Stop listening.
| | 05:22 | Also in configuration is
improved my voice recognition.
| | 05:26 | This walks you through a speech
training session where you're just reading
| | 05:30 | what it says on the screen it's
improving your speech profile, doing a couple
| | 05:34 | those are important.
| | 05:35 | There's kind of like propaganda about
how Speech works, but as you sit there and
| | 05:39 | read, you'll actually learn a few
things and commands about Speech.
| | 05:45 | Speech dictionary, I'm going to
open that up, so you can see it.
| | 05:48 | It says open the dictionary, but it's
actually a little wizard, and what it's
| | 05:53 | doing is if there are words that
you have a real problem, it keeps
| | 05:57 | misrecognizing, you can add them to your
dictionary, and this is actually really important.
| | 06:01 | We'll add a word, Jeff Van West,
select Van, add that, select West, add that.
| | 06:16 | Next, record a pronunciation upon finish.
| | 06:21 | So I was able to there, I can
even do a checkbox just using Voice.
| | 06:26 | What I am going to do is add a
pronunciation for this, so that it really uses my
| | 06:31 | particular way of pronouncing my name.
| | 06:34 | Record Pronunciation on Finish.
| | 06:36 | Finish, three, okay,
Record, Jeff Van West, Finish.
| | 06:50 | Two, okay, stop listening.
| | 06:56 | So there are some of the key
features in terms of Speech.
| | 07:02 | There is a whole Speech Control panel.
| | 07:04 | Speech Recognition Options will get you there.
| | 07:12 | And this gives you some of the same
items that you had before with Speech,
| | 07:16 | but it also has these advanced Speech
options, which I'll click just to show
| | 07:20 | you that it's there.
| | 07:21 | Here's where your profile is stored,
unfortunately with Speech under Vista, you
| | 07:27 | can't save this profile.
| | 07:29 | You can't copy it anywhere.
| | 07:30 | I am hoping they are going to change
that later, because you put a huge amount
| | 07:32 | of effort to making this thing work
for you, and getting it just right.
| | 07:36 | So allow the Microsoft to try and
get away to save your Speech profiles.
| | 07:39 | You could do it in Windows XP, which you
can't do in Windows Vista for some reason.
| | 07:42 | But you can also create extra
profiles here, and change which profile you
| | 07:47 | want people to use.
| | 07:49 | Never let anybody else use your
speech profile on the computer.
| | 07:53 | You want to make sure
that yours is just for you.
| | 07:57 | If somebody else is using speech on
your computer, set them up as another user
| | 08:01 | or create another user profile for them.
| | 08:03 | Something like that, so it
doesn't mess with yours.
| | 08:07 | That's enough on Speech,
there's lot more out there on the web.
| | 08:09 | I don't want to take up the whole time
on it, because it is really cool, but it
| | 08:12 | takes a lot to work, and it's not perfect.
| | 08:15 | It's best used with a mouse or
keyboard nearby, so you can quickly click on
| | 08:20 | something if need be, or enter
something if you are having trouble getting
| | 08:23 | there with Speech.
| | Collapse this transcript |
|
|
4. Windows ExplorerNavigating folders in Vista| 00:00 | Windows Explorer is the program
that nobody thinks about as a program.
| | 00:04 | It's what lets you find the files on
your computer and it's the program that
| | 00:08 | launches whenever you do something like
Start menu/Documents, this is Windows Explorer.
| | 00:15 | It's just where are your files are, right?
| | 00:17 | But there's so much that goes on, and
in fact, Windows Explorer, the changes to
| | 00:21 | it, are one of my top 10 of
the best new things in Vista.
| | 00:24 | We have a whole chapter here,
on using Windows Explorer.
| | 00:28 | Let's start with just the basic things
you'll find when you open up the Explorer window.
| | 00:32 | First of all, you'll open Windows Explorer
whenever you open a folder and see what's inside.
| | 00:36 | So, if I double-click IFR Magazine here,
I have opened Windows Explorer for IFR
| | 00:41 | Magazine, and I am using this
program just sort of navigate down through
| | 00:45 | various levels of content.
| | 00:47 | Now, people are used to this in the
past and there's a Back button allowing me
| | 00:51 | to navigate sort of back up the list,
and I could go to a different area, see
| | 00:56 | all my files, but there's some things
that have changed and they are the same
| | 01:02 | stuff you had in the past, but they
are just kind of in different places.
| | 01:06 | First of all, people may be used to having a
big button in Windows XP that said folders.
| | 01:12 | The folders are still there.
| | 01:14 | It's just that getting to
them is a little different.
| | 01:17 | There's this little carrot shape that
expands or collapses a window over on the left.
| | 01:25 | And what I am going to do is I am going
to maximize this window so we can really
| | 01:28 | see what's going on.
| | 01:29 | I can use my mouse to drag this
separator bar and see better what's going on.
| | 01:37 | The function is the same as before.
| | 01:40 | You can see what's in individual
folders, but you can't see any files.
| | 01:44 | If you click on a particular folder,
you'll see on the right all the files that
| | 01:48 | are inside, if you double-click a
folder on the right then on the left, you'll
| | 01:54 | actually see that folder as
kind of the center of focus.
| | 01:58 | It used to be that you had a little
triangle that flipped completely down.
| | 02:03 | Now, you have got a triangle
that flips just part way down.
| | 02:06 | It'll do that if there are
folders inside that folder.
| | 02:10 | You can collapse any of the folders as
well with the same arrow, and collapsing
| | 02:14 | a top-level folder, this is IFR Magazine.
| | 02:17 | It's going to collapse everything
underneath of it, so I can get quite a bit.
| | 02:21 | That's equivalent of the old folders button.
| | 02:23 | There used to also be a bunch of
favorite actions, they were over here, they are
| | 02:27 | now at the top of the screen.
| | 02:29 | Depending on what I've selected,
different actions will appear.
| | 02:32 | Like you can see right now there's Organize
and Views, I'll get to those in just a minute.
| | 02:37 | There's also Burn, which we'll get to
when we get to creating a CD or DVD.
| | 02:43 | If I were to hit Burn now, it would
burn everything that's selected, and the
| | 02:47 | selection right now, is all IFR Magazine.
| | 02:50 | If I selected an individual file, I
clicked on remarks there. Now look.
| | 02:55 | The things have changed.
| | 02:57 | I have opened and by default I
could see it's going to open with Word.
| | 03:01 | I can also pull down for more options,
if there were other programs so that I
| | 03:05 | could open this where they would be
in a list or I can change, what's the
| | 03:08 | default program that I want
for these kinds of documents?
| | 03:14 | I could print this file.
| | 03:16 | I could E-mail it and it
would send it as an attachment.
| | 03:20 | I could share it on the
network and there's Burn again.
| | 03:25 | If I switch to a different kind of
file I'll get different options up here.
| | 03:30 | So depending on what I am doing
it's sort of context sensitive.
| | 03:35 | Let's talk a little bit
about the view of these files.
| | 03:39 | I have a lot of ways that I can
change the way I am viewing them, and
| | 03:42 | that's over here on Views.
| | 03:43 | Now, I can just click Views and that
will allow me to cycle through a bunch of
| | 03:49 | different ways of viewing things or I
can pull down on this little triangle and
| | 03:55 | now I can see all the different
options for Views, Medium Icons, Large Icons,
| | 04:03 | Extra Large Icons all the way down to Small.
| | 04:07 | Now, there's the List view, the list
is just all of the individual files, but
| | 04:13 | not say the Date they are their
modified, the Type, Size, any tags I have
| | 04:17 | associated with them.
| | 04:18 | It's just the names.
| | 04:19 | If I want to see all that information,
I'll go to Details and now I can see each
| | 04:25 | one of these items, we'll talk about
customizing these in a later movie of this
| | 04:29 | chapter and I can click
one more, I can go to Tiles.
| | 04:36 | This may be similar to what you have
seen before, where I have got sort of
| | 04:38 | little previews going on for each one
of these items and you can set these kind
| | 04:44 | of views for different folders,
different ways that you want them to show up and
| | 04:48 | depending on what they are,
you may get a preview or not.
| | 04:50 | You can also cycle through those same
sets of views by holding on the Ctrl key
| | 04:55 | and using your mouse wheel, here we go.
| | 04:58 | You could see I am cycling
through larger and larger icons.
| | 05:04 | I am scrolling down, smaller and
smaller, there's the List view click, scroll
| | 05:10 | once more, there's the Details view,
scroll once more, there is to Tiles view.
| | 05:14 | So I can change it kind of on the fly.
| | 05:16 | Now, some new things about Vista.
| | 05:18 | Watch Columbia Crossing there, in the
upper right, okay you see it just crossed
| | 05:23 | over into an icon and you
can see inside the folder.
| | 05:29 | Well, it looks like
there's some pictures in there.
| | 05:33 | If I double-click on the folder and I
am going to make that pictures a little
| | 05:37 | bit bigger, those were in fact,
some of the pictures in that folder.
| | 05:44 | And I'll go out to IFR Magazine here,
we'll scroll these a little bit bigger,
| | 05:49 | and as I do what you'll find is I can
on some of these folders see inside if I
| | 06:00 | know what is inside that folder this
shows me inside this folder there are some
| | 06:06 | other folders with some documents in it.
| | 06:08 | And the kinds of documents show up differently.
| | 06:12 | This one has some spreadsheets
in it, generic Excel spreadsheets.
| | 06:15 | I could tell, because it's got the Excel icon.
| | 06:17 | This one has got another folder in it.
| | 06:19 | This one has some files.
| | 06:20 | I am not quite sure what it is.
| | 06:22 | Let me double-click, and
let's go to that Content folder.
| | 06:27 | I am going to make these bigger, so we
can start seeing some stuff in content.
| | 06:34 | Some of these have the ability to
have a preview, and some of these don't.
| | 06:39 | So I've got, inside this content are
some pictures and it looks like I've got
| | 06:44 | some Word documents in there as well,
and the pictures I can actually kind of
| | 06:49 | see what's going on in there.
| | 06:51 | That picture is called a preview.
| | 06:53 | Let me double-click that content file again.
| | 06:57 | If I want, I can see those previews
for some of those right here in the
| | 07:02 | Windows Explorer window.
| | 07:04 | I am going to click on Organize all the
way over on the left and there's Layout.
| | 07:10 | Now, right now, I have a
couple of things already visible.
| | 07:14 | I am going to click on Preview Pane and so we
have everything visible, and now let's look.
| | 07:21 | This is all the possible information
that Windows Explorer could be giving you.
| | 07:25 | There we go, there's that picture again.
| | 07:28 | So what do we have?
| | 07:29 | This central window is the file I am looking at.
| | 07:34 | PDF Cover is the actual file,
in this directory, this folder.
| | 07:39 | On the right is a preview of what that
image looks like, so I don't have to make
| | 07:45 | these images larger.
| | 07:46 | If I want, I can just quickly see
what's going on in the different pictures and
| | 07:51 | see them show up on the right and
depending on what it is, sometimes I can even
| | 07:55 | have no preview available or
sometimes it will allow me to have a preview.
| | 08:00 | It depends on the program.
| | 08:01 | Let me go down to radar panorama down here.
| | 08:06 | At the bottom, I have some details
about that information. What it is.
| | 08:12 | How big it is.
| | 08:13 | The dimensions, if it's a graphic.
| | 08:15 | If it's a Word document.
| | 08:17 | And you select the document.
| | 08:19 | You'll get the filename for the
document, what kind of document it is.
| | 08:23 | When it wasn't modified, who the author was.
| | 08:27 | Any tags, which we'll talk about in
a little bit, that you can add to the
| | 08:30 | document help find it.
| | 08:32 | The title, which is different than the
filename, this is a piece of data that a
| | 08:36 | lot of people don't even know it
exists and for the first time, we can see it
| | 08:39 | easily and potentially edit
it, comments on the document.
| | 08:43 | Pages in the document if this pages
thing works, sometimes it doesn't, I happen
| | 08:47 | to know if there's more than one
page to that REAL GET-THERE-ITIS document.
| | 08:51 | So don't count on everything, and
again if it's at the right kind of document
| | 08:55 | you'll be able to get a
preview over here, on the right.
| | 08:58 | Let's go back to a file where we
can get a preview, like this picture.
| | 09:02 | Each area has it's own kind of context
sensitive menu depending on what you click.
| | 09:08 | I am going to click in the
Preview pane, and so what is this?
| | 09:12 | This is actually looking at the preview,
I can Preview this document, I could
| | 09:16 | Edit it, I could print it, I could
Rotate it so, I can see it a little bit
| | 09:20 | better in its Preview view.
| | 09:21 | I can find out more about it with
Properties and what I'm looking at is the
| | 09:26 | properties of the actual document.
| | 09:29 | So it's the same thing.
| | 09:30 | It's right clicking and
getting Properties there. Cancel.
| | 09:34 | In the main Windows Explorer window,
if I right-click in an open area, I am
| | 09:39 | going to have those same kind of View
options that I had before as well as
| | 09:44 | options to Sort, Group, Stack and so forth.
| | 09:46 | We'll look at those in a more advanced section.
| | 09:50 | If I right-click on the file,
I'll get options for the file.
| | 09:54 | If I right click at the Details Pane, I
can hide the Details Pane or I can make
| | 10:00 | it a different size just so it takes
up more or less space on my screen.
| | 10:05 | If I make it smaller it's going
to show me less information.
| | 10:09 | One of the nice things is this.
| | 10:10 | I can just toggle it off.
| | 10:12 | I really wish there was a way to
toggle off the Preview pane as well.
| | 10:16 | As it turns out, the only way to do
that is to go over to Layout, Preview Pane
| | 10:20 | and you see how Details Pane has now
disappeared, there's Preview Pane and I
| | 10:25 | even could go to Organize, Layout,
Navigation Pane and make that go away.
| | 10:30 | So now I have just got the inside of the folder.
| | 10:34 | So know that you can
change these as you need to.
| | 10:37 | I recommend leaving at least the
Navigation Pane there and if you have got a big
| | 10:41 | enough screen, the Details Pane
can be really handy for a document.
| | 10:45 | Once they have Preview working in
more programs it'll be handy to have the
| | 10:48 | Preview Pane too, because you'll be
able to actually see what's inside a
| | 10:52 | document, the first few lines, without
actually having to open it up, which is pretty slick.
| | 10:56 | Let me switch our View.
| | 10:57 | I am going to hold down my control key
and scroll a little bit so I can get details.
| | 11:03 | Now, one of the things that you may
have remembered from before is that you can
| | 11:06 | actually start typing.
| | 11:08 | Now, suppose I type 'J' on my keyboard.
| | 11:12 | You can see the selection
jump down to John_RadarCours.
| | 11:15 | I am going to type 'J' again, it's going
to be the next J. I could type 'M' and you
| | 11:21 | here that little beep, there's no file in here.
| | 11:24 | I am going to use my scroll wheel.
| | 11:25 | That starts with M.
| | 11:28 | So whatever I type it's quickly
trying to jump to that area of the files.
| | 11:34 | If I want to navigate around the folders
structure, there are a lot ways to do it.
| | 11:39 | On the left, just click a different folder.
| | 11:42 | Up at the top of the screen, and this is
something new to vista that's really slick,
| | 11:46 | it's showing you something that looks
kind of like the file path, but it's much
| | 11:51 | more intuitive in terms of it
being the actual folder names.
| | 11:55 | So right now we're looking at Content
inside 07-06 June, inside IFR Magazine,
| | 12:01 | inside Documents, inside my Jeff Van West folder.
| | 12:05 | If I want to go back out to IFR
Magazine, I can simply click IFR Magazine or
| | 12:11 | back out to Documents, double-click IFR.
| | 12:15 | If I want to see anything in IFR and I
can actually pull down on that little
| | 12:19 | triangle, and go to say June.
| | 12:24 | I could double-click here to go to my
long list, but the cool thing is when I'm
| | 12:28 | going down in content, I can go to any
one of these triangles and jump directly
| | 12:36 | into a folder even if I don't have the
folder view on the left open and in some
| | 12:41 | ways it's actually little more
intuitive, because this is the tree, if you
| | 12:45 | will, that I am actually on, I don't have to
go finding my way through all these folders.
| | 12:49 | So if I want to navigate within the
same general area, I could go say to my
| | 12:54 | Issue Archive and here's 2007, let me --
I didn't want 2007. Let me go to 2006.
| | 13:00 | Here is every month of the magazine from the
year 2006, I was able to go directly there.
| | 13:06 | I can also, just as I could with a Back
and Forward button in Internet Explorer
| | 13:12 | or Web browser, here are all of the
recent places I've been, so I could jump
| | 13:19 | directly back to that content and that
works whether I was navigating over it with
| | 13:24 | the folders, I can quickly jump right
back to where I was or to where I was, or
| | 13:30 | a little while ago, all through,
this is like my browsing history.
| | 13:34 | So Windows Explorer is a lot like Internet
Explorer in that it has this ability to browse.
| | 13:40 | But suppose you want to know,
what the real file path is.
| | 13:42 | It used to be that you had
the real file path up here.
| | 13:46 | Well, you still do.
| | 13:48 | Just make click anywhere outside of
those folder names and what you'll see is
| | 13:56 | the actual file path.
| | 13:58 | This is on the C drive, Users directory,
Jeff Van West documents, IFR Magazine
| | 14:03 | and if you know what you're doing, you
could type something else in here, and
| | 14:07 | you can see all the places I've
recently been as well just like a web address
| | 14:11 | and I can type in the name of an
individual folder, hit return and there I am.
| | 14:17 | So I have this ability to navigate in
almost any way I want to, lots and lots of
| | 14:23 | different options, and here I really
like that because you can quickly move to
| | 14:27 | whatever option is the best way
to navigate for what you need.
| | 14:32 | We'll go back out to
Documents level for Jeff Van West.
| | 14:34 | I want to show you one last
thing, which are these Favorites.
| | 14:38 | Favorites over on the left
are places that I go a lot.
| | 14:42 | If I want to put an object there or like a
folder, I can just drag the folder I want,
| | 14:50 | and there's a favorite for IFR Magazine
so no matter where I am, I am in my home
| | 14:55 | directory, I am down in my Music, doing
some Lucinda Williams here, and I want
| | 15:00 | to just jump to the magazine I work on,
with a single click there I am and you
| | 15:05 | can see that it remembered because I
had used this as an example earlier, the
| | 15:10 | older view that I had for this folder.
| | 15:13 | We're going to tell you how to set
those Views globally and adjust a whole
| | 15:18 | bunch of other things about how you view in
the movie later in this chapter on Preferences.
| | 15:22 | But before we go there let's take a
little segue in a very short movie, about
| | 15:27 | this concept of a user folder, because
that is new to Windows Vista and it's
| | 15:32 | important you understand how that's set up.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| The user folder concept| 00:00 |
Here is a quick movie just on
this concept of a Users folder.
| | 00:04 |
There has been a big change with
Windows Vista in terms of where your
| | 00:09 |
personal files are stored.
| | 00:11 |
And it's a useful change in that
instead of having stuff kind of scattered all
| | 00:16 |
across the computer, it's a
little more centrally located.
| | 00:19 |
It's in a folder called the Users folder.
| | 00:21 |
If you want to see your whole Users
folder, you can go Start menu and then
| | 00:26 |
click on the name of the user, the logged in
user at the very top right of the Start menu.
| | 00:31 |
I am logged in as Jeff Van West right now,
and here is my personal Users folder.
| | 00:37 |
Here is where my documents would live and
it's the default place documents will be saved.
| | 00:41 |
Here is my Desktop.
| | 00:46 |
Anything that is on my
Desktop would be in this folder.
| | 00:48 |
So let me go ahead and
minimize it just for a second here.
| | 00:52 |
Now I am going to go ahead and
right click on my Desktop, do a New Text
| | 00:57 |
Document, just for the fun of it, and
you see the moment I create that new text
| | 01:00 |
document, it also appeared in my
Desktop folder, which is really slick.
| | 01:04 |
We will come to that again
when we get into File Sharing.
| | 01:08 |
You will see that one of the cool side
pieces of this Users folder is when you
| | 01:12 |
log into your computer remotely it's
easy to get to what's on your Desktop.
| | 01:17 |
So those of you, if you are like me, who
store a lots of things on your Desktop,
| | 01:20 |
Hey, that's a great little feature.
| | 01:21 |
Go back to Jeff Van West
for a second, I will maximize.
| | 01:25 |
What else is in here?
| | 01:27 |
Well we were use to My Music.
| | 01:31 |
Remember that was in My Documents,
well it gotten rid of the My.
| | 01:33 |
And if you look at
Documents there is no Music in here.
| | 01:37 |
Music and here is it in Favorites just
as well, is something that has its own
| | 01:42 |
folder, out at the Jeff level.
| | 01:44 |
There is also Videos out at the Jeff
level, which sort of replaces My Videos.
| | 01:48 |
Pictures out at the Jeff level replaces My
Pictures at the user level. Favorites, right.
| | 01:54 |
Here's where we might have
saved a whole bunch of our Internet
| | 01:57 |
Explorer favorites.
| | 02:01 |
Searches we will talk about in Search,
we have the ability to have what we
| | 02:04 |
call Search Folders.
| | 02:06 |
These are smart folders that
change what seems to be their contents.
| | 02:11 |
They are not actually real folders.
| | 02:13 |
They are criteria for finding things.
| | 02:15 |
So check out the movies on
Searches when we get down to that.
| | 02:19 |
Contacts is really used for the built-
in Contact Manager, a lot of people are
| | 02:24 |
using things like Outlook, so it's not
going to apply, but we'll talk about that
| | 02:27 |
when we get to the built-in software
like Internet Explorer and Windows Mail.
| | 02:31 |
Saved Games, there is a cool place
hopefully if your games are savvy to this.
| | 02:35 |
They are all saved in your Users folder.
| | 02:37 |
One of the ideas of this is that
when files get backed up, if you copy or
| | 02:42 |
back up all the things in your
Users folder then all of your critical
| | 02:46 |
information should be saved.
| | 02:48 |
There's a hidden files in here too
which hopefully will get backed up as well.
| | 02:51 |
I won't get into that right now.
| | 02:53 |
The Users folder concept
doesn't always work perfectly though.
| | 02:56 |
For example, there is a folder called
Downloads, which I could double-click
| | 03:01 |
into, and here are some things
that I've downloaded recently.
| | 03:05 |
And I have downloaded
them using Internet Explorer.
| | 03:08 |
Well if I had downloaded them using
say Firefox instead of Internet Explorer,
| | 03:12 |
then they wouldn't end up in my
Downloads folder, unless I told Firefox to
| | 03:17 |
download them there.
| | 03:18 |
Because Firefox tends to
download things to the Desktop.
| | 03:22 |
So they would have appeared on my Desktop.
| | 03:24 |
Again you can choose how you want to do things.
| | 03:26 |
One of the criteria I use is I like
the Downloads folder for files that I
| | 03:32 |
think I am going to keep.
| | 03:33 |
Let's say, I buy some software
online or a cool piece of shareware that I
| | 03:37 |
definitely want to be able to install
again if I ever need it again, I will put
| | 03:41 |
it in my Downloads folder.
| | 03:42 |
It's a nice place to store those things
and you forget about them for months and
| | 03:46 |
months on end, and you are
like, oh where's that file?
| | 03:48 |
Downloads is great for that.
| | 03:50 |
If you are just downloading something
off the Internet real quick to use and
| | 03:54 |
then throw away, downloading it to your
Desktop is a great idea because you are
| | 03:57 |
not going to keep it and you tend to
forget about the stuff that's here in
| | 04:00 |
your Downloads folder.
| | 04:01 |
If you are downloading lots of stuff,
this folder can just get huge, huge, huge.
| | 04:05 |
So something to think about there.
| | 04:07 |
The other thing and I am going to
switch over to my old laptop here for a
| | 04:11 |
moment, which was upgraded to this Vista.
| | 04:13 |
I want to show you there is a little
bit of a difference that happens when you
| | 04:17 |
upgrade versus when you do
what they call a clean install.
| | 04:20 |
You have got a new computer
that you move things over to.
| | 04:22 |
Okay, here is the Jeff Van West folder
on the laptop, and there are some - you
| | 04:28 |
can see some files that you don't
normally, you are not normally able to see.
| | 04:32 |
But what you find is that there are a
whole bunch of extra files that are in here.
| | 04:39 |
And that is because of the upgrade.
| | 04:42 |
There were certain things that were in
my personal folders which are stored in a
| | 04:47 |
totally different place in Windows XP
and when Vista moved them around, it had
| | 04:52 |
to move them around and create
a whole bunch of other things.
| | 04:55 |
So on this computer you can actually
see some of the hidden files and we will
| | 04:58 |
show you how to do that later in this
chapter on personalization like AppData.
| | 05:01 |
You can see it's kind of grayed out.
| | 05:03 |
Normally you can't see that, I have
it so you can see it on my laptop.
| | 05:07 |
But even things like documents got
changed around and it works pretty well.
| | 05:13 |
The funny to remember is that on my old
computer, let me go into Documents here,
| | 05:17 |
you will see that it has this things
like My Notebook, and My Notes, My Received
| | 05:24 |
Files, remember that?
| | 05:25 |
Those were all the older Windows XP folders.
| | 05:30 |
But there used to be a My Pictures in here.
| | 05:33 |
When the upgrade happened, that got
moved to Pictures, and everything from My
| | 05:40 |
Pictures ended up in Pictures.
| | 05:42 |
So realize that when you do the upgrade,
there are going to be potential issues
| | 05:47 |
with finding the right folders for
things, and that also goes back to the first
| | 05:52 |
run of old software.
| | 05:53 |
Sometimes your software is looking in
a particular place for a file, and when
| | 05:58 |
you did the upgrade it got moved, that file.
| | 06:01 |
And certainly the folder path changed.
| | 06:04 |
On my old computer it was in
Documents and Settings, Local Users, etcetera.
| | 06:09 |
Now it's in this C:\Users and the user name.
| | 06:13 |
So there are interesting issues there.
| | 06:16 |
You can work them all out.
| | 06:17 |
They are not a big deal as long as
you understand the concept of that
| | 06:21 |
User folder.
| | 06:25 |
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Filtering, sorting, and grouping| 00:00 |
Filtering, sorting and grouping, all
ways of organizing your information so that
| | 00:06 |
you can find it quickly.
| | 00:07 |
So let's look at all three.
| | 00:09 |
The one we are used to, from earlier
versions of Windows, is actually sorting.
| | 00:14 |
And what is sorting?
| | 00:15 |
Sorting is a way of organizing all of
the items in the list, but getting them
| | 00:22 |
in a particular order.
| | 00:24 |
And the one we are most used to is name.
| | 00:27 |
We are used to sorting things by name.
| | 00:29 |
Click on Name and we sort by name.
| | 00:31 |
Now as I click once and then again you'll note
that the order is changing. What's going on?
| | 00:36 |
See the little arrow at the top here.
| | 00:39 |
Right now I have it in a
descending order by name.
| | 00:43 |
And I can click again, I have it in an
ascending order by name, starting with A
| | 00:48 |
heading towards Z, starting with as
close to Z as it has, heading down towards A.
| | 00:54 |
Note that the folders always
appear at the A side of the list.
| | 00:58 |
So they are at the top in an
ascending order, they are at the bottom in
| | 01:02 |
a descending order.
| | 01:03 |
But I don't not do it by
Name. I could do it by Date.
| | 01:06 |
Let's suppose that I am looking for
something that I worked on today. Date Modified.
| | 01:10 |
The most recent date is at the top,
there is the file right there.
| | 01:13 |
Maybe that's something I
worked on a long time ago.
| | 01:16 |
It looks like well this one got
saved in the year it says 1/1/2000.
| | 01:22 |
So that's a really old file.
| | 01:24 |
Now of course it's possible that the date
on the file might be wrong for some reason.
| | 01:29 |
This is an image and it's recording
the date probably off the camera if I had
| | 01:33 |
just changed the batteries in the
camera, and I took the picture really
| | 01:36 |
quickly, the Date modified might be what was
recorded by the camera clock and it might be wrong.
| | 01:43 |
Nonetheless it's there
as the date for that file.
| | 01:46 |
So it's a way to try and find things.
| | 01:49 |
I can do it by Type.
| | 01:50 |
I am trying to find those AI.
| | 01:52 |
They are Adobe
Illustrator files. There they are.
| | 01:55 |
They are all nicely listed.
| | 01:56 |
Or maybe I'm trying to
find a TIFF file or something.
| | 02:00 |
I go to reverse order so the end of the
alphabet's near the top and there are my TIFF images.
| | 02:05 |
I could look for a really
big file, or the small file.
| | 02:08 |
I could sort by tags.
| | 02:10 |
Again, we haven't talked about tags yet.
| | 02:11 |
We will look at that in a movie a little
bit later in this chapter. So that's sorting.
| | 02:16 |
So what's grouping and what's
filtering? Let's go to Group.
| | 02:20 |
Let's suppose I want to put all the
files of a particular type together, and
| | 02:25 |
make it really easy to see them.
| | 02:27 |
So right now they are together.
| | 02:30 |
But they are all on a long list.
| | 02:31 |
I am going to click on this little
triangle here and you can see there's
| | 02:35 |
an option for Group.
| | 02:38 |
So I'll group them.
| | 02:40 |
Now it's even telling me
what the individual groups are.
| | 02:44 |
Here is Adobe Acrobat, AI files,
File Folders, GIF images, JPEG images.
| | 02:50 |
I am still sorted by Type,
but I have also been grouped.
| | 02:56 |
And if I type to reverse the order, they
are going to reverse but still be grouped.
| | 03:02 |
What happens if I go by Date modified?
| | 03:05 |
Still grouped, but now they are grouped by date.
| | 03:07 |
Today, yesterday, earlier
this week, last week and so on.
| | 03:11 |
By Name, can I group by name? You bet.
| | 03:14 |
It just breaks up the alphabet
into different areas and groups there.
| | 03:20 |
Or of course I can group by Size.
| | 03:22 |
Let me go back to Type for a second.
| | 03:24 |
Now let's suppose I have all these groups,
I am looking for a particular kind of
| | 03:28 |
file and I'd still have to scroll down.
| | 03:30 |
You can collapse any of
these groups individually.
| | 03:35 |
Or I could right-click on the group and
Collapse the group or Collapse all groups.
| | 03:43 |
Now all the groups have been collapsed.
| | 03:45 |
Oh here are the Word Documents, double-click.
| | 03:48 |
It opens up, and I can see the
individual just Word Documents.
| | 03:54 |
Again grouping is on top
of whatever I'm sorting by.
| | 03:58 |
So it's just a way of sort of sub-
sectioning the sort that I'm doing.
| | 04:04 |
Let's suppose I want to turn off Grouping.
| | 04:05 |
I am just going to click outside.
| | 04:09 |
I am going to click here, Group By, None.
| | 04:16 |
And now, all the grouping is gone.
| | 04:19 |
So that I don't have to worry about
it, I am not going to see it at all.
| | 04:23 |
Let's suppose I want to try
Filtering. What's filtering?
| | 04:26 |
Remember up until this point the
sorting and grouping has shown me everything
| | 04:31 |
that's in this folder.
| | 04:33 |
Filtering is going to eliminate some options.
| | 04:35 |
So I will pull down the little triangle again.
| | 04:37 |
Let's suppose I only want
Acrobat files. I will check that.
| | 04:43 |
And you can see everything has been
taken away except the Acrobat files.
| | 04:48 |
And let's suppose I want to add to that
I want Word Documents too, so now I
| | 04:53 |
have just Acrobat files
and Word Documents filtered.
| | 04:59 |
You can see there is this
little search that came up here.
| | 05:02 |
We are going to talk about Searches again soon.
| | 05:05 |
The filter is something a little bit different.
| | 05:08 |
Filter is a kind of search and I have
just kind of changed this folder into a
| | 05:14 |
folder that's searching, and it's
searching this Content folder for Acrobat
| | 05:21 |
Documents and Microsoft Word Documents.
| | 05:24 |
And if I wanted to I could
limit things even further.
| | 05:28 |
What I now have is Word Documents and
Acrobat Documents, but only whose
| | 05:36 |
file name is in the A-H range.
| | 05:41 |
So I can filter things down as far as I want.
| | 05:44 |
That can be really handy when you're
just looking for something really quick.
| | 05:47 |
Let me uncheck these.
| | 05:48 |
So now we have got everything.
| | 05:53 |
Let's suppose I just want to find
the file I did yesterday, quickly.
| | 05:56 |
We will check out what the filters are
for Date, or the file I just did today.
| | 06:03 |
Let me show Today and Yesterday.
| | 06:04 |
I will check them both click out here.
| | 06:07 |
There is the file I was looking for.
| | 06:09 |
And it has something that I just edited today.
| | 06:12 |
I can double-click it open
it up and boom! There I go.
| | 06:15 |
Now you may have noticed when I did
that right-click, let me actually turn off.
| | 06:20 |
So we can see everything, we
have turned off the filter.
| | 06:24 |
You may have noticed when I did that right-
click there were a whole bunch of options.
| | 06:28 |
These are all the same
View options we had before.
| | 06:31 |
View by Different Sizes, Sort we just
talked about, and that's the same as the
| | 06:37 |
items across the top of the menu up here.
| | 06:40 |
Group, we already talked about.
| | 06:43 |
Stack this one is new.
| | 06:45 |
I want to show you Stack.
| | 06:46 |
I am going to show you in one other place.
| | 06:48 |
That's sort of the weird one.
| | 06:49 |
I am not quite sold on the utility of the Stack.
| | 06:52 |
But let me go to Music, and I have
just got a bunch of music in here.
| | 06:56 |
And now I am going to do a Stack
By, and I will do it by Artist.
| | 07:02 |
And what it just did, was it took all
the items that were in that folder and
| | 07:08 |
quickly put them together just by the
Artist, which is a fast way for me to
| | 07:12 |
find, say a particular song or a
particular title whatever it happens to be.
| | 07:16 |
I can double-click in a Balfa Toujours
here and there are my Balfa Toujours songs.
| | 07:21 |
I can go back if I want to, I
could try a different stack.
| | 07:25 |
Stack By, Name and you will
see that it gets really short.
| | 07:29 |
This can be handy, if I am hunting for
something and I have just thousands and
| | 07:34 |
thousands of titles, it's just a quick way
to get icons on the screen that I can look at.
| | 07:40 |
And you can see we have got the
same kind of thing going on here.
| | 07:44 |
I can stack by any of these items.
| | 07:47 |
I am in a Stack View but I can do it
by Name, by Artists, by the Rating if I
| | 07:53 |
wanted to, because this is music.
| | 07:55 |
So I have just a -- it's a
different way of organizing things.
| | 07:58 |
Again it doesn't like fit well with my
brain, might fit really well with yours.
| | 08:01 |
It can be handy if you have lots and
lots and lots of files in a particular
| | 08:06 |
area, and then you can see it in the Stack View.
| | 08:13 |
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Indexed searching| 00:00 | One of the best new features of
Windows Vista is its ability to handle
| | 00:05 | searching and we already saw a little
bit of this when we went to the Start
| | 00:10 | menu and I showed you that you could
just type something into Start and it
| | 00:13 | worked as a search.
| | 00:14 | Let's suppose I am looking for an
e-mail and I had something to do with a quiz
| | 00:21 | that we had in my magazine.
| | 00:21 | So I type quiz in Start menu. I don't see it.
| | 00:25 | See all results is highlighted, so I am
going to hit Return and that brings up
| | 00:30 | this window, this Search window and
quiz is what I've been searching for.
| | 00:36 | But I have the ability in
a Search window to filter.
| | 00:40 | Now, as it's Showing All, this is sort
of the same idea as filtering, but it's a
| | 00:44 | special filter based on e-mails
and oh, there it is.
| | 00:49 | Is that it, that one I was
looking for, Quiz? Yes it is.
| | 00:52 | This was a message that I wanted to
send to somebody and if I wanted to I could
| | 00:55 | double-click, it opens up and here is
the whole message. I could resend it.
| | 01:00 | I could copy and paste out of it.
| | 01:02 | I could do whatever I wanted.
| | 01:04 | I got it right out of search.
| | 01:06 | Now if I want to go directly to these
items, instead of starting with the Start
| | 01:12 | menu, I can just do Windows+F on my
keyboard and that opens up a blank Search
| | 01:18 | window and now if I type quiz,
it searches right in the window.
| | 01:23 | Here is all the results, e-mail
results, same list, right?
| | 01:29 | Let me close out that old one.
| | 01:32 | We'll just look at the new one.
| | 01:32 | They're the same thing.
| | 01:35 | The point is that whenever you do a Show
All Results it's the same thing as this
| | 01:40 | Global Search window.
| | 01:42 | Now I want to show you a
little compare and contrast here.
| | 01:46 | I am going to bring this one over to this side.
| | 01:48 | Instead of Windows+F, which opens up
the Search window, I am going to do a
| | 01:52 | Windows+E, Window key+E, and that opens
up a File Explorer for My Computer, top
| | 01:59 | level of file explorer.
| | 02:00 | It's another handy way
actually to open up Windows.
| | 02:04 | It allows me to browse, and you can
see it's similar in how it looks, but
| | 02:08 | it's not quite the same.
| | 02:09 | I am going to move it over a little bit
more and we will move this one over now,
| | 02:14 | so just the way I want.
| | 02:19 | Now I am going to do a search, and
I am going to do a search for quiz.
| | 02:25 | Now if you look, I've gotten
a different list over here.
| | 02:28 | I don't know if you saw that, this computer is
really quick, but it was a little green
| | 02:31 | bar that moved across for a while as well.
| | 02:33 | All right, there was search in one
place and I got lots of files, and each one
| | 02:40 | of them has quiz, for the most part
somewhere in the name, there are no e-mails,
| | 02:47 | there is no contact information.
| | 02:49 | Over here I have e-mails.
| | 02:53 | I am going to switch back to All, as
well as files, as well as other items.
| | 03:01 | It's a different list. What's the deal?
| | 03:06 | The deal is something called Indexing
and that's the heart of what the search is.
| | 03:11 | Now, this computer was really fast, so
this search came up really fast on the
| | 03:16 | left, the one it was
searching the whole computer.
| | 03:19 | The one on the right, we come up
fast on a new computer and old computer,
| | 03:23 | because the search, believe it
or not has already been done.
| | 03:26 | It's done when your computer isn't
doing other things. What's that mean?
| | 03:31 | Windows Vista, when you're not using it,
will look in various locations on your computer.
| | 03:37 | These are called the Indexed Location
and it will look not only at files, but it
| | 03:43 | will look inside files.
| | 03:45 | So Editorial Index here, came up on
quiz because somewhere inside this file it
| | 03:52 | says quiz, as well as files that
had quiz say in the name, quiz.
| | 03:58 | So both of those hit.
| | 04:00 | When you do the other search,
and notice the difference.
| | 04:05 | There is no little filter here, right?
| | 04:09 | Search Results in Computer.
| | 04:12 | It's going to take into account the
Indexed Searches, but it's also going to
| | 04:17 | look in all the places that are not indexed.
| | 04:21 | So what does that mean?
| | 04:22 | Well, let's take a closer look.
| | 04:27 | In the Search Window and again,
they're very similar, right, and let me just
| | 04:30 | look for this Search Bar here, I'll help you out.
| | 04:32 | I am going to click on Search
tools and here's this thing.
| | 04:36 | It says, Modify Index Locations.
| | 04:39 | I am going to click on that, just so we can see.
| | 04:42 | So on this computer, there are over 14,000
items that were indexed, and what
| | 04:47 | that means is again, Windows Vista
went in and it looked at the file names,
| | 04:52 | the file tags, the inside the files as
much as it could and it built a database
| | 04:57 | of keywords it found.
| | 04:59 | That database is what's actually
searched and whenever the database returns a
| | 05:04 | hit, it says "Oh, okay here is the file
that has that kind of information about it."
| | 05:09 | And you can see the places it indexing
is my Users folder, my Start menu, and my
| | 05:16 | Office Outlook, which is how it
found my e-mails and contact information.
| | 05:20 | Those are kind of the default settings.
| | 05:22 | You can, if you want, modify where
files are searched and you can eliminate, if
| | 05:32 | you want, some of the items.
| | 05:34 | You can if you want to add items.
| | 05:35 | I am going to go to Show All Locations.
| | 05:37 | It's going to ask me for the password.
| | 05:43 | Now I have the ability, I could if I
want, index anything on this computer, all
| | 05:50 | the different users are normally
indexed, but I could index my C drive.
| | 05:54 | I could index Windows if I
wanted to, don't do that.
| | 05:59 | It will become such a huge indexed
file that it becomes counterproductive.
| | 06:04 | It doesn't really help in your searching,
because most of your stuff should be
| | 06:08 | in your Users File, or in a couple of
other extraneous things like Outlook.
| | 06:11 | I have point this out here because there
are sometimes especially older programs
| | 06:17 | that may not store things in
your Users folder by default.
| | 06:21 | You may want to add those to your index.
| | 06:23 | The other thing is that not all
things can be indexed, so there are certain
| | 06:27 | files that Windows Vista just can't
look inside of, although, there are add-ons
| | 06:32 | being made all the time to look
inside different kinds of files.
| | 06:35 | Let me close this out.
| | 06:37 | While I am mentioning it, that add
index locations, there is one really good
| | 06:40 | place to add an index location,
network drives are not indexed by default,
| | 06:45 | because they're not always there.
| | 06:46 | But if you're working on a office
networking or working off a server a lot and
| | 06:51 | you have a lot of files on that network drive
that could be a good thing to add to your index.
| | 06:56 | If you're synchronizing files, and
you'll see the movies on synchronization a
| | 07:00 | little bit, then you can just have just the
synchronized files be part of your search.
| | 07:05 | So there are a lot of options there and
synchronized files are normally part of your search.
| | 07:09 | So that should happen by default.
| | 07:11 | Let's look at our
searching a little greater detail.
| | 07:13 | There's this Show Advanced Filters.
| | 07:16 | Remember these are filters across the
top, but I have the ability to look in
| | 07:24 | other locations, and I have the
ability to filter by anything I want.
| | 07:30 | So we were looking at Name, quiz.
| | 07:35 | I could -- now, now everything is sort
of taken into account. So there is Quiz.
| | 07:38 | That's the search criteria.
| | 07:40 | I can add a name, Jeff,
or maybe I want an author.
| | 07:46 | Let's see what happens when I do this.
| | 07:48 | You can see as soon as I
hit Search now, it filtered.
| | 07:52 | Now it's only catching my Journal
entries that have the word Quiz in it.
| | 07:59 | And you can see here's
the syntax for the filter.
| | 08:02 | So if I understood, I
could type that in directly.
| | 08:05 | Maybe I want to search for just
things that were an author of Jeff.
| | 08:12 | I did a little Shift+Tab there to go to a
different window, and now I will do search.
| | 08:18 | And now I've got just the items that
have quiz in an indexed location, and
| | 08:25 | have an author of Jeff.
| | 08:26 | So I have a huge amount of granularity
here and it very similar to what you saw
| | 08:30 | in filtering the results, when I was
looking at just what was inside a folder,
| | 08:36 | now I have this kind of virtual folder.
| | 08:38 | It's all of the indexed
locations on my computer.
| | 08:42 | If I want, I can broaden this
search to say Everywhere, and search.
| | 08:48 | This may take a little bit of time for
it to search because it's actually going
| | 08:51 | to look all through my hard drive actually.
| | 08:57 | If I really want to broaden the search,
and I want to look at all the files, and
| | 09:03 | this is similar to the
old search in Windows XP.
| | 09:05 | I'm going to include the non-
indexed files and now I will hit Search.
| | 09:11 | And you can see that green
bar going across the top.
| | 09:14 | It's processing and it's searching and
churning away, and it will come up with results.
| | 09:19 | I don't know that it's going to come
up with anymore here than I already had.
| | 09:22 | This is the idea of knowing where the
indexed files is that the files that I
| | 09:29 | want are normally located in my User
Directory, Outlook, things like that that
| | 09:34 | are already indexed.
| | 09:35 | But you can see it's still churning away.
| | 09:37 | So I have the ability to search everywhere,
I have the ability to filter everywhere.
| | 09:42 | I will just stop the search.
| | 09:46 | Click the little X box here.
| | 09:48 | It's very similar to Internet
Explorer, and the page you're looking at
| | 09:51 | in Internet Explorer.
| | 09:52 | You can go back for words, same kinds
of things that you were doing before.
| | 09:55 | So you might be wondering, well when
do I use one kind of search or when do I
| | 10:00 | use another kind of search?
| | 10:01 | Here are all options for you,
however you want to do them.
| | 10:05 | Let me close out these windows again.
| | 10:07 | If you want to just quickly find
something, I usually start at the Start menu.
| | 10:12 | And let's suppose I want to
find something about Aikido, right?
| | 10:19 | And this term Aikido is going to
come up related to these various items.
| | 10:25 | These are all indexed locations.
| | 10:28 | That's the sort of key here.
| | 10:30 | When I did this search, there are all
those index locations, and I can just go
| | 10:34 | directly to one of them if I want.
| | 10:36 | I found the thing I wanted.
| | 10:37 | Oh, there was a little remark, the
editorial I wrote about Aikido. Good.
| | 10:41 | I found it.
| | 10:42 | But maybe I am looking for a particular
picture about Aikido and I don't want to
| | 10:46 | just click and go straight to one of these.
| | 10:48 | Well, I have a couple of options.
| | 10:50 | Whenever I do a search, I can right click
on the Search and do Open file location.
| | 10:56 | That'll give me the broader folder that
they were inside of, but it also gives
| | 11:01 | me all the other things that
might have been in that folder.
| | 11:06 | If I want, and I am going to do the Aikido
search again, Show All Results, here they all are.
| | 11:16 | Now in that Search pane, I can Filter,
just show me Pictures and check this out.
| | 11:23 | It looks like a folder, but what it is,
is it's kind of a virtual folder, what's
| | 11:30 | called a Search Folder.
| | 11:32 | And it is a folder that shows me
everything that had Aikido either in the
| | 11:38 | file, or in the name or in this case, it's in
the Tags, which we will talk about in a moment.
| | 11:42 | But it won't show me anything else,
and they don't have to be in the same
| | 11:45 | actual real folder.
| | 11:46 | They could be scattered all over my
computer, which is a pretty slick trick.
| | 11:50 | If I want, if I do this a lot,
I could save this Search.
| | 11:55 | And I will click Save Search.
| | 11:57 | We will call it 'aikido', and I'll hit
Save, and it's going to save it in my
| | 12:04 | Searches, which is in my User Directory.
| | 12:07 | That is a whole folder, and there it is, Aikido.
| | 12:12 | Now this is a live folder.
| | 12:15 | So as I change things on my computer
that match the criteria, Aikido Pictures,
| | 12:23 | it's going to change this search.
| | 12:27 | You'll notice that there are a bunch of
just search folders in general like say
| | 12:32 | e-mails I recently sent, music I
recently added, and I haven't added them,
| | 12:36 | Documents I have recently opened up,
and there are quite a few because I have
| | 12:40 | been opening and closing a
bunch of things on this computer.
| | 12:41 | You can see that I can expand any one of
these, but it doesn't really do anything.
| | 12:48 | So not really particularly helpful.
| | 12:50 | These searches can also, if you want, be brought
out onto the desktop as kind of a virtual file.
| | 12:58 | Here is Recent Documents as a search.
| | 13:01 | If I ever want to open up my recent
documents, I just have to double-click, and
| | 13:08 | basically I got a virtual folder of
things that were opened up recently.
| | 13:12 | If I want to change the criteria of
what recent is, I will do my own search,
| | 13:17 | save that search with today, last
month, whatever it is, and voila!
| | 13:23 | I have that folder.
| | 13:24 | I can even have say I shared folder
that exists somewhere, and I can see things
| | 13:31 | that have been recently put into it.
| | 13:33 | So it's a shared folder, find your
things today, in this folder, and when
| | 13:37 | somebody put something in, I can double-
click, oh, yeah there is something new
| | 13:40 | in there, or there isn't.
| | 13:41 | So there are just lots
and lots of options in here.
| | 13:44 | It looks like by the way if you saw that,
I should fix this, when I dragged out
| | 13:48 | searches, I took Recent Documents and
it dragged it right out of searches, and
| | 13:55 | now Recent Documents isn't in there.
| | 13:57 | If I put that back, so I don't lose it.
| | 14:00 | If you wanted to copy it to drag it out,
hold down the Ctrl key as you drag, see
| | 14:04 | the Plus sign there.
| | 14:05 | It will copy it to the desktop instead.
| | 14:07 | If you love these searches and you're
just wondering looking at Windows Vista,
| | 14:10 | and you're not sure, you're trying to
decide if you want to upgrade, you can by
| | 14:15 | the way add to Windows XP the
ability to do Index Searching.
| | 14:19 | Do a search online for Windows Desktop
Search 3.0, and it gives you the ability
| | 14:26 | to add the index searching just to Windows XP.
| | 14:29 | So that was the only
thing you loved about Vista.
| | 14:31 | Well, you don't have to upgrade to
Vista just for searching, but if you are
| | 14:34 | using Vista, boy, you are just
going to love the ability to search.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Setting folder preferences| 00:01 | Let's take a look at the Preferences
or how the Windows Explorer window looks
| | 00:07 | and why you might want to change it.
| | 00:09 | I have my Magazine folder open here, and
I've got the Details View which is kind
| | 00:15 | of the way I tend to like to do
things because I can see when things were
| | 00:17 | modified, what type they were,
even what size they might be?
| | 00:21 | But I am going to go to a folder
we looked at earlier. Double-click.
| | 00:25 | I will double-click content. And Whoa!
| | 00:28 | What happened here? I'm not in
that View anymore with the details for
| | 00:34 | everything, I am in an
Icon view. Well, why is that?
| | 00:37 | Earlier in this training program, I
changed the view in this folder and
| | 00:41 | Vista remembered it.
| | 00:42 | It will do that for all folders,
whenever you are changing a view, by default,
| | 00:48 | Vista remembers the last view you had.
| | 00:50 | And that could be really handy, because
for certain types of folders you want to
| | 00:54 | have a particular kind of view.
| | 00:57 | Maybe for documents you want one kind
of view, for pictures you want another
| | 01:00 | kind of view, and in fact,
some of that's built into Vista.
| | 01:04 | Let me go over to Pictures for a
second here, and let me go down, I am just
| | 01:09 | going to choose this part of
pictures here, scroll down.
| | 01:12 | Here are a bunch of pictures.
| | 01:13 | Here is the default view for most Pictures
folders and you can see it's a large icon.
| | 01:19 | The other thing is there are
different sets of criteria across the top.
| | 01:26 | When the picture was taken, tags
for the picture size and rating.
| | 01:31 | That's different than when I was
looking at the documents, which had Name, Date
| | 01:35 | Modified, Type, and Size.
| | 01:38 | So there's already built into Vista a
certain amount of a template, if you will,
| | 01:44 | for different folders and how they look.
| | 01:48 | Now, I can customize the
folder anyway I want to.
| | 01:51 | So obviously, I have already showed you
that you can change the view and it will
| | 01:56 | remember, but you can also change
some of these items across the top.
| | 02:00 | For example, let me switch the view
to a Details view and I am going to
| | 02:05 | maximize the window.
| | 02:08 | If I click on any of these items, Type,
Size whatever and I hold down, so I am
| | 02:14 | going to click and drag, I can
move that item to wherever I want.
| | 02:19 | So if I need the Size right next to the
Name, you can just see, I can do that.
| | 02:23 | I can put them anywhere I want to.
| | 02:25 | There are a lot of other
criteria I could have here.
| | 02:28 | Right-click anywhere in this top toolbar.
| | 02:31 | You can do it over an item that
exists, or you can do it off to the side.
| | 02:35 | First of all, you can quickly resize
the columns to fit in the space, or there
| | 02:41 | is a Resize All Columns to fit.
| | 02:43 | What's that all about?
| | 02:45 | Well, that's all the columns across.
| | 02:47 | Let's take here to resize Columns a
bit and resize Type, but it wouldn't have
| | 02:52 | resized any of the other ones.
| | 02:53 | That way I can see everything that's in
there because I'm sure you've had that
| | 02:56 | situation where you're like,
well, that wasn't helpful.
| | 02:59 | It was too small or it happens a lot with names.
| | 03:02 | I am going to make Name a little smaller here.
| | 03:05 | You could see I am dragging by in between.
| | 03:06 | No, I can't really see all the
names and be able to differentiate.
| | 03:11 | I can right-click on the Name, Size
Column to Fit, or All Columns, so it's
| | 03:14 | going to pop all of them.
| | 03:15 | I can also add by right-
clicking any of these other items.
| | 03:20 | So maybe I've assigned
specific tags to individual files.
| | 03:25 | Well, I can see the tags
in this view if I want to.
| | 03:29 | There are a ton of things that I could do.
| | 03:31 | I am going to right-click and go down to More.
| | 03:33 | Here are all the possibilities.
| | 03:36 | I mean all of this criteria is
potentially saved with a particular file, and I
| | 03:43 | could use as a sorting criteria.
| | 03:45 | I mean it just goes on and on and on and on.
| | 03:47 | Now most of this data is not saved,
there is nothing there. It's null.
| | 03:52 | But it does exist and you can use it,
and so for an example, why would you
| | 03:58 | ever use this stuff?
| | 03:59 | Let's suppose you're looking at pictures
and you had a couple of different cameras.
| | 04:03 | You're a photographer.
| | 04:04 | You could have camera model by
checking the box, be one of the items that you
| | 04:10 | had in the view and now for some of these
pictures, I can see this was shot with a Powershot.
| | 04:15 | That was a photo. This is an E990.
| | 04:18 | It's kind of -- so it goes on.
| | 04:20 | These are Nikon cameras, a
Nikon 950, and Nikon 990.
| | 04:25 | So camera models possibility, and I
could sort by that, and I could find or
| | 04:28 | filter just the things
shot with a particular camera.
| | 04:31 | I mean, how cool is that?
| | 04:33 | So, totally up to you.
| | 04:34 | You can make it anyway you
want, and it's folder by folder.
| | 04:37 | So if I go back out to my IFR magazine
here, I didn't change the other ones.
| | 04:42 | I just changed that one.
| | 04:44 | Now, if I want to, I can change the other ones.
| | 04:47 | And I have to do that with the Folder
options and we are going to get to there
| | 04:51 | but on the way over there.
| | 04:52 | Because this is over on
the left side of the screen.
| | 04:54 | I need to show you this.
| | 04:56 | Another thing you can quickly do for
yourself in Windows Explorer View is just
| | 05:01 | reorganize these favorites.
| | 05:02 | I just bring this out because a lot
of people don't realize you can do it.
| | 05:06 | You can drag these favorite links by
the way, anyway you want, and that doesn't
| | 05:11 | just go folder to folder.
| | 05:12 | That's for all of your folders.
| | 05:14 | So no matter what you do, your favorites
link is the same, and you can of course
| | 05:18 | add, drag to remove whatever you want.
| | 05:21 | Now if you remember from Windows XP,
you're looking for the Menu bar that has
| | 05:27 | tools, Folder options in it. But it's gone.
| | 05:30 | It's not there. You can't find it.
| | 05:32 | You can't until you hit the
Alt key on your keyboard. Ah!
| | 05:35 | There it is and this is true
in a number of Vista things.
| | 05:38 | They have been hiding menu Bars on this.
| | 05:39 | If you would want to go back, here's
the menu Bar, there's tools, and if you're
| | 05:43 | super geeky and you like map network
drive and things like that, then it's right
| | 05:47 | where you left it on
Windows XP. It's just hidden.
| | 05:50 | That's all.
| | 05:50 | And here is Folder options, and as well
here are all the other items that were
| | 05:55 | across the menu Bar that you had before,
like creating a new folder, you can
| | 06:00 | also of course just right-click inside
the folder, and you get the same kind
| | 06:06 | of options as well.
| | 06:08 | You don't need to have that menu
Bar up to go to Folder Options though.
| | 06:12 | You can go to Organize, Folder and
Search Options, and here they are.
| | 06:18 | General Options, well these are pretty
basic, things like whether a folder opens
| | 06:22 | in the same window or its own window,
which will give you, lots and lots and
| | 06:25 | lots of windows as you open successive folders.
| | 06:28 | Most of these settings, people have
grown accustomed to, if you really like to
| | 06:32 | change them, you probably know where
they are such as some people, most people
| | 06:36 | like the double-click to open a folder.
| | 06:39 | Just clicking it once selects it, but
you can change that to just pointing to an
| | 06:43 | item with your mouse selects it,
and a single click to open it.
| | 06:46 | So if you really want to shave just
microseconds off of every action in your
| | 06:52 | workday and have them add up,
certainly you could do that.
| | 06:55 | There's the View tab.
| | 06:57 | This is what I really wanted to show you.
| | 06:59 | There are a lot of options in here as
to how things appear on your computer.
| | 07:06 | A couple of new ones in Windows Vista,
always show icons, never thumbnails.
| | 07:10 | By default, remember in Windows XP we
had the option of showing thumbnails,
| | 07:15 | which are the little preview pictures.
| | 07:17 | That does take some processing power
and if you have a really old computer
| | 07:21 | running Vista and you never want
that to happen, you can check this box.
| | 07:25 | Most of the computers out there,
certainly that are going to run Vista at all,
| | 07:27 | they can handle that.
| | 07:28 | It's not a big deal.
| | 07:30 | Now, if you don't want to push down the
Alt key to get that menu, you can check
| | 07:34 | the box for Always show the menu.
| | 07:35 | I will hit Apply, so you can see it,
and the menu is always there for you.
| | 07:39 | If you don't mind hitting the Alt key just
for the times you need it, you can leave it off.
| | 07:44 | A couple of other items
along here. Not a big deal.
| | 07:51 | There are other things that can happen
like the full folder path in the Title
| | 07:54 | Bar, I don't check that because all I
have to do is, remember, click in here and I
| | 07:59 | can see the folder path, and I
kind of like having both options.
| | 08:03 | Now, let's get in to some hiding of things.
| | 08:06 | Hidden Files and Folders, I
recommend against showing hidden files and
| | 08:12 | folders by default.
| | 08:13 | Some of these folders are used by
Windows, and if you can see them, you
| | 08:17 | might click on them.
| | 08:18 | You might be tempted to delete them, I
don't know what that is, and get rid of
| | 08:20 | it, and then suddenly program stops working.
| | 08:23 | It's nice to know where hidden files
and folders is because occasionally, there
| | 08:27 | is a file that you're
trying to get to that's hidden.
| | 08:29 | For example, Word does automatic saves
and it's a hidden file called 'backup of'.
| | 08:36 | You can't normally see it.
| | 08:38 | I have had situations where Word
wouldn't recover a file for me after a crash.
| | 08:43 | I turned on Hidden Files, I found the
backup file, and I was able to open it
| | 08:47 | even though Word wouldn't
offer it to me naturally.
| | 08:49 | It's nice to know that that's there.
| | 08:53 | I usually keep this one unchecked,
Hide extensions for known file types.
| | 08:57 | That's going to show me .PDF, .DOC,
.XLS for an Excel spreadsheet.
| | 09:03 | I like to see those extensions for
two reasons, one I work with a lot of
| | 09:07 | graphics sometimes, and I like to be
able to see at a glance, this is a JPEG
| | 09:12 | file, this is a TIFF file, whatever.
| | 09:14 | The other thing is some nasty sorts
out there in the world might send you an
| | 09:19 | attachment that it looks
like something something.doc.
| | 09:24 | But you actually had Hide Extensions
checked, so it shouldn't be showing you the
| | 09:28 | .DOC but you don't notice, because
we're used to seeing that sort of thing.
| | 09:32 | And that part that was hidden, it said .
DOC, .EXE, and it wasn't a Word document.
| | 09:38 | It was an executable file.
| | 09:40 | What happens is you double-click it to open it,
and suddenly it runs a virus on the machine.
| | 09:46 | So as a little bit more protection
against that, unless you are an expert,
| | 09:49 | definitely do not Uncheck Hide
protected operating system files, and then there
| | 09:54 | are a number of other things
that you can do if you want.
| | 09:57 | Feel free to browse through the list,
but those are really the key ones.
| | 10:01 | Now, how do you want to apply this?
| | 10:04 | Do you want to apply to all the folders?
| | 10:07 | Every folder on your computer
is going to have these settings.
| | 10:12 | They are not going to change the other
settings, such as what view it is, or
| | 10:16 | what criteria across the top.
| | 10:18 | But if I hit Apply to all folders,
now throughout my computer, all of the
| | 10:22 | extensions will be visible.
| | 10:24 | If I just hit Apply, it's only going
to be IFR Magazine, inside Documents,
| | 10:29 | inside Jeff Van West that I am changing.
| | 10:34 | So let's apply to all folders.
| | 10:36 | It's going to give me a warning:
| | 10:37 | Do I want to do that? Yeah, I really do.
| | 10:38 | I want to see those extensions for
everything throughout my computer.
| | 10:44 | There is also a Search tab in here and
this is where you actually set the Search
| | 10:49 | criteria for whether you
want just indexed locations.
| | 10:53 | So when I do a search it's going
to search in indexed locations, and
| | 10:58 | in non-indexed locations,
| | 10:59 | it'll search the file name.
| | 11:01 | So that's one of the broadest
range of search. It's the default.
| | 11:04 | You can do always search
file names and the contents.
| | 11:09 | This might be slow.
| | 11:10 | That's an understatement.
| | 11:12 | If you check this box, when you do a
search and it's over a large section of
| | 11:17 | your computer like your whole C drive
say, it will take forever for that search
| | 11:22 | to complete, try and look inside every
single possible file that it can read.
| | 11:25 | And it's usually not necessary because
we indexed the locations where most of
| | 11:29 | our work is, so there is
not a lot of gain there.
| | 11:31 | Search file names only, again not a
lot of gain because this is not going to
| | 11:36 | return a keyword that's inside a file,
but if we've already indexed the file,
| | 11:41 | there is not a real penalty in
looking inside those. How to search?
| | 11:45 | Just coming along here, by default, these
are just fine, partial matches are also fine.
| | 11:51 | That's where if I wanted to open up
IFR Magazine, and just type IFR and IFR
| | 11:55 | Magazine would come up as a possibility. Good.
| | 11:57 | I am good to go.
| | 11:59 | Natural Language Search.
| | 12:01 | Again, most of us are really used to
now Googling on the Web and how to search
| | 12:05 | in a computer frame of mind.
| | 12:07 | I want to find Quiz or helicopters, I
will type quiz, helicopter, and I will
| | 12:12 | find anything that had the word
quiz and the word helicopter in it.
| | 12:15 | But with natural language search I
could actually type Find me quizzes with the
| | 12:19 | word helicopter or find
me pictures on my desktop.
| | 12:23 | It can slow things down a little.
| | 12:25 | For the most part, in practice I
haven't seen a lot of utility in it, because a
| | 12:28 | lot of people know how to search.
| | 12:30 | If you're having trouble getting your
searches to return with you want, you
| | 12:33 | might want to try it, and then there
are some other options again on indexing
| | 12:37 | and where to search.
| | 12:38 | For the most part, it doesn't
really apply to the average user.
| | 12:41 | I am going to hit OK and now you can
see the one big change I did make was that
| | 12:46 | file extensions are now visible and I
will go up to some random other folder,
| | 12:50 | they're visible there too which
is, I think, a handy little feature.
| | 12:54 | One more thing just worth pointing out,
not worth spending a lot of time on
| | 12:57 | in detail, right-click inside any folder,
and you can get the Properties for that folder.
| | 13:02 | Most of this, we're discussing in
other places, such as sharing security,
| | 13:08 | previous versions, these are in
security, these are in backups, customize.
| | 13:12 | Remember I talked about
the different kinds of views.
| | 13:15 | Well, you can use this folder, if you
get something just the way you want, you
| | 13:23 | can use this template on this folder.
| | 13:27 | So if this is a kind of folder that
contains documents, you can use Vista's
| | 13:30 | default Documents View, or you could
use its default Pictures and Videos View.
| | 13:34 | So you have those available to you.
| | 13:38 | Again, this is just whether it's
going to inherit that capability to all
| | 13:43 | the folders inside.
| | 13:44 | So if I had a big archive of pictures,
and I want, but it's not my Pictures
| | 13:48 | location, maybe I want the Windows
Pictures view, this would be something that's
| | 13:52 | handy to have there.
| | 13:54 | Back out on the General tab, there
is an Advanced and I will click on it.
| | 13:59 | There is a checkbox right here for
compressed contents to save disk space.
| | 14:05 | Disk space is cheap these days,
and so it's not really an issue.
| | 14:08 | But if you are running out of space
on your computer, and maybe you want to
| | 14:15 | archive a bunch of things, then you
can compress the contents to save space.
| | 14:21 | So this is an old issue of
the magazine, I'm done with it.
| | 14:24 | I am going to check the box for
Compressed Contents to save space, and I'll hit
| | 14:29 | OK, and I will hit OK.
| | 14:33 | Now it's going to ask me do I want
to apply this to this folder or all
| | 14:36 | folders inside of it?
| | 14:38 | And I am going to go ahead
and apply it to all sub folders.
| | 14:41 | It's going to compress it, and you watch
they all changed color. Why'd they do that?
| | 14:54 | Well, back in Folder options, there was
a checkbox that said Show in different
| | 14:57 | color compressed and encrypted files
and compressed ones show up in blue.
| | 15:01 | I am going to go back up to IFR Magazine.
| | 15:04 | This folder is compressed, and
it's going to take up less space.
| | 15:09 | If I want I can right-click on the
folder, Show Properties and it even tells me
| | 15:14 | it took up 82 meg and I
cranked it down to 73 meg.
| | 15:18 | So there is a handy way to be able to
make something a little smaller, a little
| | 15:22 | thing to remember about that however, I
am going to take this Columbia Photos,
| | 15:26 | and I will put it inside
my Compressed folder here.
| | 15:29 | Now I am going to double-click.
| | 15:31 | Note that it's not like a zipped archive,
where everything I put in there gets compressed.
| | 15:36 | It's only the things that were in there
when I compressed it that stay compressed.
| | 15:41 | So if I wanted Columbia Photos to be
compressed, I'd have to right-click
| | 15:46 | Properties, Advanced, Compress, OK,
OK, and Boom! It's compressed.
| | 15:53 | So again, just another option for
folders that was even a little bit further,
| | 15:57 | but it shows up and how you view it,
and it's how you think about folders.
| | 16:00 | So I find it kind of a handy
thing to point out right here.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Burning to CD/DVD| 00:00 | It's really common now when you get a
new computer or even a new laptop, to have
| | 00:05 | at the very least a CD Writer, if not
a whole DVD Writer built right into the
| | 00:11 | machine, so you could burn your own CDs or DVDs.
| | 00:15 | There are a couple ways to
do this in Windows Vista.
| | 00:18 | The easiest one is to just pop a CD, a
blank one, or DVD, into your computer.
| | 00:24 | So when I put the blank CD DVD, this
happens to be a blank CD, into the drive,
| | 00:31 | I am going to get this auto play
window, and basically this comes up when
| | 00:35 | Windows isn't sure what you want
Windows to do with this file, folder,
| | 00:41 | device, whatever it is.
| | 00:43 | In this case it's a CD, so what you want to do?
| | 00:46 | Are you trying to burn some files to a
disk, or you are trying to make an audio CD?
| | 00:50 | Are you using files not with Windows,
but with a third-party software?
| | 00:55 | This one happens to have CD Creator on it.
| | 00:58 | We are going to just work with Windows
directly, and I am going to burn files to disk.
| | 01:02 | So I'll click this.
| | 01:03 | Now I am going to get an option, all right.
| | 01:08 | And I have a chance to title the disk.
| | 01:11 | I am going to call this for the magazine.
| | 01:13 | It's the IFR archive.
| | 01:17 | Now it's easy to just hit next here, but
it is very important that you know what
| | 01:22 | you are skipping over.
| | 01:23 | This formatting options. You just hit next.
| | 01:27 | Live file system mastered.
| | 01:30 | These are two different kinds of file
structures that can be put on to CDs or DVDs.
| | 01:38 | Live File System is the most flexible.
| | 01:40 | What it lets you do is it says right
here, is treat the CD or DVD like a disk.
| | 01:47 | You can add files to it.
| | 01:48 | You can erase files from it.
| | 01:50 | You can add some files to it,
now, pop it out, walk away.
| | 01:53 | You can add some more files to it later.
| | 01:54 | The catch is not every computer
is going to be able to read that.
| | 01:59 | Live File System is only going
to work on Windows XP or better.
| | 02:06 | So Windows XP, Windows Vista, might work on
some Macs, depending on how you set it up.
| | 02:11 | It also may only work on a computer
that has a read- write drive, unless you do
| | 02:17 | something called closing the session,
and we will show you what happens there.
| | 02:22 | So there are some limitations,
but there is some flexibility.
| | 02:25 | Mastered, which is this second option down here.
| | 02:29 | That will work on just about any computer
and like it says here are some CD DVD players.
| | 02:35 | It's just a data disk.
| | 02:36 | However, you have to gather all your
files together and then say, burn it now,
| | 02:41 | and once it's burned, it's done.
| | 02:44 | You can't change it, so let's go back
with try Live File System to start with.
| | 02:49 | Now I have just inserted a blank disk,
and I say, go ahead, Live File System,
| | 02:53 | and that is the default when you are
just seeing it like this. Go to next.
| | 02:58 | It's going to format it, and what I
have is a Windows Explorer window, except I
| | 03:09 | am looking at the DVD or CD that's in
drive F, which I called IFR archive.
| | 03:15 | You can see here it is
computer, DVD drive, IFR archive.
| | 03:19 | If I want to put something there,
I can just drag the files to it.
| | 03:22 | So here's IFR magazine,
and here's my issue archive.
| | 03:26 | I want to make some space on my computer,
and I am going to take all of 2005, I
| | 03:31 | am going to put it on to the DVD CD.
| | 03:34 | It's a CD in this case. Easy way to do it.
| | 03:36 | I can just drag, and see the little Plus sign.
| | 03:39 | And you can see, Copy to Drive F.
I'll release, and it's going to copy.
| | 03:47 | And now as it's doing this, it
is actually churning and burning.
| | 03:51 | It is writing on to the CD right now.
| | 04:01 | And now that it's done, what you'll find is on
this disk is a file folder. I can go into it.
| | 04:09 | Here are all my files.
| | 04:11 | I can change the view,
just as I would anything else.
| | 04:16 | I could go into one of those files.
| | 04:18 | I could open it up.
| | 04:22 | Read the file, and there it is.
| | 04:24 | It is reading this right off of the desk.
| | 04:27 | So what I have been able to do is burn it
on to the disk treating it just like a disk.
| | 04:32 | No can I add something
else to this disk? Oh yeah.
| | 04:37 | You bet I can.
| | 04:38 | Go back out to the disk level, and
start with IFR magazine here, and let's
| | 04:44 | suppose I want to toss on just to
another Excel spreadsheet on to the disk.
| | 04:49 | I will show you another way to do it.
| | 04:51 | Here's the DVD disk, and it's in my
list of folders, because it's treated as a
| | 04:54 | drive on my computer.
| | 04:55 | I just want to bring over
another file, toss it on there.
| | 04:59 | It writes, and again, it
is writing it in real-time.
| | 05:03 | So it's putting it actually on the disk,
and we didn't even fast forward that
| | 05:07 | one, so you could
actually see it. It's all done.
| | 05:09 | I'll click on the disk again, there's the file.
| | 05:13 | Can I delete things from this disk? Yeah.
| | 05:16 | You bet I can.
| | 05:16 | We can minimize some windows here.
| | 05:21 | I don't want that on the disk.
| | 05:22 | I'll put it in the recycle bin.
| | 05:24 | And you will notice it's not
recycling it now. It's deleting it.
| | 05:27 | It's off the disk. Gone, done.
| | 05:30 | And at any point I could look at this
disk, and let me go maximize the window
| | 05:36 | again, and we'll scroll up to computer,
and you can even see just like my hard
| | 05:41 | drive is on the computer here, the disk,
I can see how much space I have free
| | 05:47 | of the total space.
| | 05:48 | It can holds 702 MB total.
| | 05:51 | Now this happens to be not
a DVD-RW that's in there.
| | 05:54 | It's a CD-R, which is a write only.
| | 05:58 | I can delete files from it.
| | 06:00 | However I don't get that space back.
| | 06:04 | So I could now if I wanted to try and
delete everything I put on here, I am not
| | 06:08 | going to have a 700 MB disk again.
| | 06:10 | That's only if I have a
Read Write CD in there, CD-RW.
| | 06:15 | So you can delete stuff.
| | 06:16 | You can't delete it physically and get
the space back off of a -R CD-R drive.
| | 06:22 | Now there is something
else here I have on the disk.
| | 06:26 | I could Right Click.
There is something.
| | 06:28 | It says, Close Session.
| | 06:29 | Now what this is going to do is, the
burning that I have just done on the disk,
| | 06:35 | it's going to seal it.
| | 06:37 | So that it is complete.
| | 06:38 | I can't add or subtract from that
session that I just opened on the disk.
| | 06:43 | I can close it off.
| | 06:43 | If I am having trouble reading files
on another computer, closing the session
| | 06:49 | often is the issue, because an open
session, where you can still bring files
| | 06:54 | on and off that section of the disk is
only readable on a Read Write Drive, a
| | 07:00 | lot of people have those right now.
| | 07:03 | It doesn't mean that I can't
still copy files on to the disk.
| | 07:07 | Let's open it up here, and here we go.
| | 07:11 | It just means that at this point I can't
add files or delete files from this section.
| | 07:18 | So at least this folder here is locked.
| | 07:21 | But if I wanted to add something to the
overall disk, there is still space, and
| | 07:26 | essentially what it's going to do is
create kind of another disk on that.
| | 07:29 | I'll leave you to play with that some more.
| | 07:32 | I only bring that up because
occasionally people will write on to a CD and they
| | 07:36 | pop it into another computer,
and well, it's not readable at all.
| | 07:39 | And it's Windows XP.
| | 07:41 | I should be able to read this UPF file format.
| | 07:43 | Well, it's probably because it was a
read-write drive going to a read-only
| | 07:47 | drive, and you didn't close the session.
| | 07:49 | The other option for burning items, and I
can do this in a completely different way.
| | 07:54 | I've go to computer.
| | 07:56 | We'll select the DVD drive.
| | 07:58 | See there's still some space.
| | 08:00 | By the way I don't know if you have
noticed this, but it actually, a little bit
| | 08:03 | of space just went away on here.
| | 08:06 | That's from closing the session.
| | 08:07 | Closing this session actually eats
up a little bit of space on the disk.
| | 08:10 | So I have only got a 121
MB free still on this disk.
| | 08:14 | I can still use it.
| | 08:15 | I am going to eject that CD. There we go.
| | 08:21 | I am going to go back to IFR
magazine and do this completely other way.
| | 08:24 | Issue archive 2005. I select it.
| | 08:28 | Notice I've got burn, and you might
wonder what was the difference before when I
| | 08:33 | had a selection IFR
magazine, again, Issue archive.
| | 08:38 | Okay, here is burn, and then I hit
2005, and there is burn. What happened?
| | 08:47 | Burn will burn whatever is selected and
that's in blue, and the one I had before.
| | 08:53 | That will click Issue Archive.
| | 08:56 | What's selected is actually
Issue Archive over here.
| | 08:59 | It's going to try and burn everything.
| | 09:01 | I just want to burn 2005.
| | 09:03 | I can hit the burn button, or I can do a
Right-Click, Send to me, I have a whole
| | 09:09 | movie on this, on Send to DVD
drive, so those do the same thing.
| | 09:14 | Little preview of what's
coming up in the future. 2005 burn.
| | 09:19 | Insert a disk.
| | 09:25 | All right, I gave it a title
'IFR archive', and I'll put mast.
| | 09:30 | This is the mastered version, and if
you listened, I tried to type mastered,
| | 09:34 | won't let me, because I am over
the limit for a size on that disk.
| | 09:39 | At this time we will make it a mastered one.
| | 09:45 | So this is readable on any computer.
| | 09:47 | If I was going to send this off to somebody.
| | 09:50 | This is definitely the format I would want.
| | 09:52 | All right, now that happened in pretty
much real-time, had you paused there,
| | 10:00 | because we fast-forwarded before through
several minutes, all of a sudden now we
| | 10:05 | did the whole file, right?
| | 10:06 | A whole 500 MB worth of stuff seemed
to get written in almost no time at all.
| | 10:11 | That's because it wasn't written yet.
| | 10:13 | It's been put to a temporary file, all right.
| | 10:16 | That is stored on my computer until I
burn this to the disk, and when I burn it
| | 10:21 | to the disk, because I said mastered,
it's going to burn, it's going to close,
| | 10:26 | and it's going to finish, and nothing
else we would be able to put on that disk.
| | 10:29 | If I change my mind, I can delete
temporary files, before I do burn to disk
| | 10:35 | though, I can still add
whatever files I want to this.
| | 10:41 | So I can go back to my you know
administrative here and roll down a little bit.
| | 10:46 | Here is the DVD drive.
| | 10:49 | You can see it is saying, yet to be burned.
| | 10:51 | I can grab one of these Excel spreadsheets.
| | 10:53 | I can toss it on there. No problem.
| | 10:57 | I go back to the drive.
| | 10:57 | There is the Excel spreadsheet.
| | 10:59 | You can see it's kind of grayed out,
nothing has happened yet, because it hasn't
| | 11:03 | been burned to the disk.
| | 11:04 | Funny thing is if I close out these
windows here, you'll get this warning
| | 11:11 | periodically that says you have
files waiting to be burned to the disk.
| | 11:14 | It actually comes up as a balloon.
| | 11:17 | But I don't have to wait around
for a long time for it to happen.
| | 11:19 | Just remind you, hey, you have got files.
| | 11:22 | You haven't burned into a disk yet.
| | 11:23 | They're still sitting around.
| | 11:24 | Now if you click on the icon, it
will open up the folder that has all the
| | 11:31 | files waiting to burn.
| | 11:32 | Once you are finally ready,
| | 11:34 | you can do burn to disk, and now we get
the whole different kind of wizard going
| | 11:40 | on here, and usually the recording
speed is the master, you know the recording
| | 11:44 | speed, the highest it can do. That's fine.
| | 11:47 | I am just going to hit next.
| | 11:51 | Adding data to the disk image
is the file on the hard drive.
| | 11:56 | It's putting it together.
| | 11:57 | It's creating basically
a fake or temporary disk.
| | 12:00 | The static shot of the disk, and that's
what's going to get burned. Okay, we are done.
| | 12:08 | We have recorded the disk.
| | 12:10 | Why is it asking if I
want to burn to another disk?
| | 12:13 | Because all those files are in a temporary file.
| | 12:16 | And if I am done with them, Windows is
going to free them up to delete them.
| | 12:20 | And rather than have me collect them all
again, I can make as many disks as I want.
| | 12:24 | I am going to hit Finish, because I don't
really need another disk, and we are done.
| | 12:28 | I want to go now to the computer, and in
the DVD drive, it's just kicked that disk
| | 12:36 | out, because it was done, so let me
put it back in, there it is reading the
| | 12:39 | disk, and there it is.
| | 12:42 | Now, interestingly enough you will notice it's
not going to show me how I go on the computer.
| | 12:50 | It shows me, there is free space on the disk.
| | 12:54 | However, I shouldn't be able to put any
more files on to it, because this disk
| | 12:59 | has been completely closed.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| The Send To commands| 00:00 |
Send To is an overlooked command
that has so many possibilities.
| | 00:05 |
It's a great, great thing to know about.
| | 00:08 |
In fact, it has three really common uses,
in my experience, that people love if
| | 00:13 |
they know it exists, so let's check it out.
| | 00:15 |
Send To is off the context menu, but you
have to have a file that you're looking
| | 00:20 |
at, something that you
want to, well, send somewhere.
| | 00:23 |
We open up our documents here.
| | 00:25 |
We go back to my favorite
magazine, and let's go back into June.
| | 00:29 |
We have been having lots of fun in there.
| | 00:32 |
Let's suppose I want to send one of
these Word documents to somebody for review.
| | 00:38 |
I've got this thing on radar.
| | 00:40 |
I want to send it out for someone to
take a look at. Rather than opening it up or
| | 00:45 |
dragging it to my e-mail program,
| | 00:47 |
I don't even have Outlook opened right now.
| | 00:50 |
I'm just going to right-click on it,
and off the context menu is Sent To, and
| | 00:55 |
there is Mail Recipient, and what has it done?
| | 00:59 |
It's opened up an e-mail message,
this is from Outlook, but it has already
| | 01:04 |
Attached, gave a Subject e-mailing that
I can change if I want to, and I'll call
| | 01:10 |
it Article for review, and I'm going
to hold down my Shift key while I tab.
| | 01:19 |
That will give me backwards tabbing
up to To, and maybe I'll send it to
| | 01:24 |
Jeff@ifrmagazine.com, and I
can send it, Send, and off we go.
| | 01:37 |
So, I just sent an e-mail.
| | 01:39 |
I didn't even have my e-mail program open,
and yet, out it went into the world.
| | 01:43 |
It's a great, great tool.
| | 01:45 |
How else might you use Send To?
| | 01:48 |
Well, you often want to
send people pictures, right?
| | 01:50 |
I have bunch of cool pictures here.
| | 01:52 |
Let me scroll down, find some pictures.
| | 01:57 |
Here's some pictures of my guys in an airplane.
| | 02:03 |
These are, however, big pictures, I'll
click on one of these, and you can see
| | 02:07 |
it's a huge picture.
| | 02:09 |
It's half a megabyte of space.
| | 02:11 |
It's also several things.
| | 02:12 |
We'll look at sending pictures,
when we look at windows photo gallery.
| | 02:16 |
However, I wanted to show you
something you could do if you're sending a lot
| | 02:21 |
of files, or of you're sending something
large, and you want to make it a little smaller.
| | 02:24 |
You can select all the files, and there
is a Send To command, which is send to
| | 02:31 |
Compressed Folder, and what's happened
is it took both of these pictures, and
| | 02:36 |
whichever one I right-clicked on when
I did the Send To, it gave it that one's
| | 02:40 |
name, but it's assuming, hey, do you
really want to give that ones name?
| | 02:44 |
I could call this photos in flight.zip.
| | 02:51 |
And this is an archive, if I double-
click it inside are the two pictures, and
| | 02:56 |
when somebody gets it, they can double-
click it and whether they're in Windows
| | 02:59 |
Vista, or Windows XP, there will
be an option for extract all files.
| | 03:03 |
The single zip file will turn into a
folder with all the files, and I could have
| | 03:08 |
a hundred files in there, if I want to.
| | 03:10 |
It's now however, just one
object, and it's been compressed.
| | 03:15 |
It doesn't get much smaller when they
are JPEG images, because JPEG images are
| | 03:19 |
pretty efficient with space anyway,
so they are compressed to begin with.
| | 03:23 |
But it's also a way to put
things all together in one.
| | 03:26 |
It is also a great way if you are
sending files between Windows and Macintosh
| | 03:31 |
operating systems, whichever direction
you're going, if you put the files in a
| | 03:35 |
ZIP archive, so they're one folder,
| | 03:39 |
the transmission usually works a lot
better, because there is a certain amount
| | 03:42 |
of error correction when the files
are unzipped, and put back together.
| | 03:47 |
So there's a cool little thing you can do there.
| | 03:49 |
Again, right off the Send To, I'll just
go ahead and delete that file for second.
| | 03:53 |
You already saw how I can do a Send To,
and I was able to potentially Burn a CD.
| | 04:01 |
You can do it off of the Sent To menu as
well, with -- I did it with my archive there.
| | 04:07 |
There is one more however that
is sort of a little known thing.
| | 04:13 |
Let's suppose I have this document, and
I want to make a, say, PDF file, or an XPS
| | 04:20 |
file, which is Microsoft's answer to PDF here.
| | 04:23 |
Same kind of idea, a portable document.
| | 04:25 |
It's done via printing, so if I
took this file. Let me open it up.
| | 04:32 |
Here's the file.
| | 04:33 |
If I wanted to make an XPS of it,
I would have to print the file.
| | 04:39 |
So I'll go to my New menu up here,
we'll go to Print, and now I'm going to have
| | 04:45 |
to choose a printer, there is the XPS
Document printer, and then I can go ahead
| | 04:49 |
and hit OK, and now I got to give it a name.
| | 04:51 |
We'll call it Radar1, and we can go out
to my desktop, and here is Radar1.xps.
| | 05:05 |
It's going to open in Internet Explorer,
because that's what Microsoft uses to
| | 05:09 |
view XPS files, and there it is.
| | 05:10 |
I printed it to virtual paper,
and I could send it out to somebody.
| | 05:15 |
But that's several steps.
| | 05:16 |
It's not bad I admit, but
it's still several steps.
| | 05:20 |
We can use Send To, custom
Send To, to get around this.
| | 05:24 |
I'm going to go to the Start menu, and
what I am going to do is I am just going
| | 05:30 |
to right-click on the Start menu,
actually click first, and to go up to All
| | 05:35 |
Programs, right-click here, yeah.
| | 05:37 |
That's what I want.
| | 05:38 |
And I want to do Open, not
Open All Users mind you, but Open.
| | 05:43 |
All right, here is the Start menu,
right above it is Send To. It's a folder.
| | 05:52 |
And what this is, these are all the
items that are in my Send To menu, and there
| | 05:57 |
are things that you have seen before,
Compressed folder send on the Desktop,
| | 06:00 |
which creates a shortcut.
| | 06:01 |
Sent to a Mailer Recipient, we just did that.
| | 06:03 |
This Drag-to Disk is
something specific to this machine.
| | 06:06 |
It's a piece of software that came
with the DVD Burner that's in the machine.
| | 06:11 |
But I can put anything I want in
here, so if I have to go to Start
| | 06:16 |
menu>Control panel>Printer, here are
all my printers, close out that one,
| | 06:27 |
here's my XPS printer.
| | 06:29 |
I'm going to drag it to Send To,
and now it's part of my Send To menu.
| | 06:34 |
I could do this with any printer.
| | 06:36 |
Maybe in my office I have several printers.
| | 06:38 |
I have got the regular one I use.
| | 06:39 |
Then I've got the high-end color printer
that occasionally I need to send something to.
| | 06:43 |
Well, I can put anything I want.
| | 06:46 |
I could put a folder in Send To.
| | 06:48 |
I could put a network folder
into Send To, maybe a shared folder.
| | 06:52 |
When I'm working on shared workspace
with people, I want to send these files to
| | 06:57 |
my shared workspace and network server.
| | 06:59 |
I can do it with Send To. How would this work?
| | 07:01 |
Well, close up that menu.
| | 07:03 |
Here is the airborne radar,
right-click. Send To.
| | 07:07 |
And now on the menu.
| | 07:09 |
XPS Document Writer. I'll click.
| | 07:11 |
And now watch what happens.
| | 07:12 |
I'm not touching my keyboard here.
| | 07:15 |
It went all the way
through it, opened it in Word.
| | 07:17 |
And it's asking me for a name.
| | 07:19 |
Might as well be consistent. Radar2.
| | 07:22 |
It's printing and it
closed Word, and it is done.
| | 07:26 |
So I had to do very little, all I had
to do is give it a name, but if you look
| | 07:30 |
on my desktop, there it is, and it's
identical to the one that went through
| | 07:34 |
the longer process.
| | 07:36 |
Like I said, all sorts of cool things
that you could do with a custom Send To.
| | 07:44 |
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Windows Explorer tips and tricks| 00:00 | Just a few more things that it's
helpful to know about Windows Explorer
| | 00:04 | before we move on, some sort of other tips
and tricks that didn't fit into any other movie.
| | 00:08 | So we figured we would show you them here.
| | 00:10 | Let's start with the Save dialog box.
| | 00:12 | The Save dialog box, what does
that have to do with anything?
| | 00:15 | Well, I just got a blank Word
document here. This is Word 2007.
| | 00:18 | If you are wondering why it
looks so weird, that's why.
| | 00:22 | I am going to go to what passes for the
sort of Word Start menu and we'll do a
| | 00:28 | Save As Word document and
here is the Save dialog box.
| | 00:33 | Now take a look, in Word we have all of
this sort of extra stuff going on that
| | 00:42 | we might not be used to in a Save dialog box.
| | 00:46 | For example, we have our Favorites
over here, we have the same kind of folder
| | 00:51 | structure we did before, this is
basically the Windows Explorer window, just
| | 00:55 | a little pared down and then couple of
other things, some of what we called
| | 01:00 | the metadata is here.
| | 01:02 | I can add the name of the author.
| | 01:07 | So let's take Garrick and we
replace it with Jeff Van West.
| | 01:15 | That's what we want.
| | 01:18 | I could add a tag if I want to. What's a tag?
| | 01:21 | Well, you will remember back in searches,
tags were something we could look for in a file.
| | 01:26 | So maybe I want to say, hey,
this is a blank document.
| | 01:28 | Now I can ever search for any of those
blank documents that I want, but it could
| | 01:32 | be anything I wanted, and I could
save a thumbnail view of the file.
| | 01:37 | I am going to go ahead and click Save,
these tools over here are Word specific
| | 01:43 | stuff, and let's save it actually out
onto, here's Jeff Van West, so I should be
| | 01:49 | able to go directly to my Desktop,
and we'll save it onto the Desktop.
| | 01:55 | So what does that do?
| | 01:57 | Go back out to Desktop for a second,
there is my Word document and you will
| | 02:01 | notice I haven't had these previews
before of my Word document, now I do.
| | 02:06 | Let me bring this back up to full.
| | 02:08 | I'll type some words in here, and we'll make
it a heading level, so it's kind of big there.
| | 02:19 | I'll save it again, and if you look on
the preview, there it is, hello world!
| | 02:27 | It's right there, so I can see it.
| | 02:31 | I should also be able to, if I were to
go to let's say, Jeff Van West, and go to
| | 02:38 | Desktop and let's change our View to icons.
| | 02:45 | You can see I have the
View right there in the icon.
| | 02:49 | So that was the thumbnail that it was saving.
| | 02:51 | That's an option, because I am in
Word 2007, and it's integrated with the
| | 02:58 | new Windows Explorer.
| | 02:59 | I am going to jump over to Ernie for a
second here, and Ernie is my old laptop
| | 03:05 | and again, I am going to do a
File>Save As just to be consistent.
| | 03:08 | I am in Word 2003, and you'll notice
even though I am running Vista on the
| | 03:15 | laptop, I do not have the same
Save dialog box. Why is that?
| | 03:20 | Because Word 2003 has its own
interface with Save or Save As.
| | 03:26 | And it's not using the Vista
add-ons, because it predates it.
| | 03:32 | So when you're saving things or
opening things, whenever you are dealing with
| | 03:36 | the file system, if the program is
new enough or if it links into the Vista
| | 03:41 | operating system in the right ways,
you'll get all the Vista features.
| | 03:44 | If it doesn't, then you are going to
not see some of those features, just don't
| | 03:48 | be surprised when that happens. No big deal.
| | 03:51 | It still works just fine, but it might
look a little different and some of the
| | 03:54 | things you may be looking for won't be there.
| | 03:56 | I'll just close that one out for a second.
| | 04:00 | Let's look a little bit more at those tags.
| | 04:03 | I have a folder here of airplanes, lots
and lots of airplanes and if I click on
| | 04:09 | any one of them, I can see
some information about that photo.
| | 04:14 | Some of these photos are of
one of my favorite planes.
| | 04:17 | Now I'll make this a little bit
bigger so you can see a little better.
| | 04:23 | Here is one in flight, this is
Cessna 195, there's another one.
| | 04:26 | You can tell, because
it's got this round engine.
| | 04:29 | It's got a kind of art deco look to it.
| | 04:31 | Other photos in here however are not,
this round engine airplane that's a Beech
| | 04:35 | Staggerwing, and a little pun there, Staggering.
| | 04:38 | And here is one landing on the water it's okay.
| | 04:39 | It's a flying boat.
| | 04:40 | It's called the Widgeon.
| | 04:42 | So I want some of these airplanes to
be identified as 195, so I can easily
| | 04:48 | find all the pictures.
| | 04:49 | It's Cessna 195 that I have.
| | 04:51 | But I don't want to change the names of
them, because some of them I might have
| | 04:55 | a name for another reason
and that's what tags are for.
| | 04:58 | So let me make them smaller.
| | 05:02 | If I want to change the name, I am just going
to pick this one and I want to add a tag to it.
| | 05:07 | We'll go to a JPEG file, here is a JPEG
file and I can add a tag to this one as
| | 05:11 | well all sorts of information including
the camera model, and the camera maker,
| | 05:15 | comments, authors so forth and so on.
| | 05:19 | Right here in the details pane, I can
put in that tag just by clicking in there.
| | 05:26 | And I could say 195, and I will hit Return.
| | 05:32 | There is now a tag on that image called 195.
| | 05:34 | Now it will take me a long time to
sit there and go through and add tags to
| | 05:40 | every single one of these, unless I'll
hold down my Ctrl key, if you remember
| | 05:44 | from the Basic Windows movie, I am
going to select all of the JPEGs, and there
| | 05:49 | is a good reason to be able to
differentiate between JPEGs and other file let's say.
| | 05:57 | All of the JPEGs that are 195s and
you can see that Add a Tag is visible.
| | 06:03 | Out of curiosity let's see what happens when
we add the GIF in there, oops. It disappeared.
| | 06:08 | I can't add a tag to the GIF, so it's
not letting me to add a tag to any of them.
| | 06:12 | I hold down my Ctrl key, I'll
take that one out of the selection.
| | 06:15 | Now I am going to add a tag 195.
| | 06:19 | You can see that tag 195 already exist
on some of them, so I can also just save
| | 06:24 | myself as a long tag, I could just
check it, hit Return and now Applying the
| | 06:30 | Properties, any one of
these have that tag of 195.
| | 06:35 | Now I could select other ones and you
say in-flight versus on the ground, and
| | 06:40 | you could do it with your own movies,
this is a vacation and it's a tag of kids
| | 06:44 | and it's a tag of whatever.
| | 06:46 | Do it when you import your pictures
the very first time of your camera and
| | 06:50 | you'll always have it available.
| | 06:51 | Now note of caution to real
professional photographers here.
| | 06:57 | There is an issue with some of the Adobe
programs in editing what's called the metadata tags.
| | 07:04 | It's metadata retrieval, real
complicated stuff you put on your images.
| | 07:08 | No, it means data about data.
| | 07:11 | So it's information about information.
| | 07:12 | The metadata are these tags or titles
or pieces of information that follow the
| | 07:17 | files around from place to place.
| | 07:19 | If you edit them in Windows, it can
be a problem with some of the very
| | 07:25 | sophisticated Adobe imaging programs.
| | 07:28 | So a note of caution, try it out in a
controlled circumstance before you lose
| | 07:34 | the metadata that you want in your files.
| | 07:36 | Speaking up metadata, I'll
close this one out for a minute.
| | 07:41 | Then I will open up a document here,
and now I am going to do a little filter.
| | 07:45 | We did this earlier.
| | 07:47 | I am just going to show Word documents
and Acrobat documents, just to make it a
| | 07:53 | little bit easier to see what's going on.
| | 07:56 | Your Word documents, well all your
documents have what they call metadata that
| | 08:02 | travels along with them, but Word
documents are particularly notorious.
| | 08:06 | Let me just click on it.
| | 08:07 | Here you can see some of the metadata
and here's like the author is Jeff Van
| | 08:12 | West, and there are no tags on it right now.
| | 08:16 | Here's a title that has
nothing to do with the file itself.
| | 08:20 | It's in there from some other reason,
set somewhere in my Word documents, so I
| | 08:23 | am sending out The Light Bridge with
all of my documents for some reason.
| | 08:29 | I didn't even know that was there
unless I looked at the metadata.
| | 08:32 | But now I'll do a right-click>
Properties and I am going to go to Details.
| | 08:38 | Here is even more metadata, things I am
sending to anyone I send this file to,
| | 08:47 | when it was created, when it was
modified, where it exists on my personal
| | 08:51 | computer what the files name is, but
also what template I based it on my
| | 08:57 | computer, who owns it, how long it is
character count? Well, that's okay.
| | 09:03 | Who the authors are?
| | 09:04 | And there might be multiple authors in here.
| | 09:07 | There may be other things like a
company manager, all sorts of stuff maybe I
| | 09:12 | don't want people to see.
| | 09:13 | For the first time built into Windows,
you can remove this information easily,
| | 09:18 | with Remove Properties and Personal
Information and now you have two options.
| | 09:24 | You can create a copy with everything
removed that Windows can possibly strip
| | 09:28 | out, or you can choose to remove
some of the information by checkbox.
| | 09:35 | Now you can't get all of it out
necessarily, but you can get quite a bit out and
| | 09:39 | some of it may be things that you don't
want sent around, and the more advanced
| | 09:44 | features of Word you use, the
more of this information there is.
| | 09:48 | So I am just going to do create a copy,
hit OK, hit OK, and here is the copy.
| | 09:56 | It's right above the
original file in the same folder.
| | 09:59 | Just to show you that it varies from
document to document right-click on
| | 10:02 | Properties>Details and here's the
kind of metadata that comes with a PDF
| | 10:09 | file, not nearly as much, but there's
still stuff that could be stripped out,
| | 10:12 | just cancel out of that. So there you go.
| | 10:15 | The basic things that you would
want to know about Windows Explorer and
| | 10:18 | probably a whole lot more.
| | 10:20 | While we are on the subject of
Explorer, we'll go to the next chapter,
| | 10:23 | Internet Explorer.
| | Collapse this transcript |
|
|
5. Internet Explorer 7 and Windows MailThe IE 7 tour| 00:00 | Browsing the web has become as
central to computer use as typing.
| | 00:06 | It's just something you constantly do.
| | 00:08 | I sat in my office and had a book
behind me with something I could look up in
| | 00:12 | and it's easier to just Google.
| | 00:13 | So, we've got a chapter on Internet
Explorer, and of course some of the other
| | 00:19 | Internet programs that come with Windows Vista.
| | 00:21 | But let's start with IE, Internet Explorer.
| | 00:23 | To launch Internet Explorer,
| | 00:25 | you can click many different places.
| | 00:29 | The little icon on the Quick Launch
menu, your Start menu, by default the
| | 00:34 | Internet Option is Internet Explorer,
or you could in the Start menu, start
| | 00:39 | typing Internet Explorer.
| | 00:43 | Now, the reason I did it this way
was just to show you two options here.
| | 00:47 | There is Internet Explorer and you
might see Internet Explorer (No Add-ons).
| | 00:51 | I'll explain that when we
get into, well, customizing IE.
| | 00:55 | It's sort of a Safe mode Internet Explorer.
| | 00:56 | The other thing is if you have 64-bit
Vista, you may see an Internet
| | 01:01 | Explorer 64-bit version.
| | 01:03 | There is not a great
advantage to that right now.
| | 01:06 | But there might be in the future and
it runs natively on your 64-bit system.
| | 01:10 | Internet Explorer itself
though, we'll just click that.
| | 01:13 | That's the good old-fashioned 32-bit
version, oh, we know IE so well, right? Ah!
| | 01:17 | What's this?
| | 01:19 | Welcome to the new Internet Explorer.
| | 01:21 | Some of you may have seen
this already on Windows XP.
| | 01:25 | It comes by default in Windows Vista.
| | 01:27 | Let's just start at the
top and work our way across.
| | 01:30 | It's actually not as different as it seems.
| | 01:32 | Here we have the Address Bar for
Internet Explorer, just click in there once and
| | 01:36 | you'll select the text.
| | 01:38 | If there is text up there, that's
because you have a homepage and it is the
| | 01:42 | address of the homepage.
| | 01:44 | Click once to select the
text and then just start typing.
| | 01:47 | You'll type right over it, we'll go
to one of our favorites, www.lynda.com.
| | 01:51 | I am not going to finish typing because,
Internet Explorer remembers pages I've
| | 01:57 | been to recently and it offers them.
| | 02:00 | All I need to do now is use my Down
Arrow key and I can select www.lynda.com and
| | 02:07 | you can see the address already changed.
| | 02:08 | If there were more options, if I
had been to lots of other places that
| | 02:12 | started the www.l, they would be in a
long list right here, and I could go
| | 02:17 | directly to any one of them by
selecting down with my arrow keys and then
| | 02:21 | hitting Enter or Return.
| | 02:23 | A quick keyboard shortcut, if I ever
want to go back up to that Address Bar,
| | 02:26 | it's just Alt+D. So, if I have my hands
down on my keyboard and I want to type
| | 02:31 | something new Alt+D, and boom,
I am right back up there.
| | 02:35 | I could type a different website like
www.google.com, and go straight to Google.
| | 02:43 | But that's okay because IE 7, which
is what you are working on right now
| | 02:47 | actually has a built-in search
function and you are allowed to use Google as
| | 02:52 | your built-in search provider.
| | 02:54 | If I want to go over to that Search Bar,
I can come over and click, or I can do
| | 03:01 | Ctrl+E on my keyboard.
| | 03:04 | This is going to search Google.
| | 03:06 | Let's do a search for Windows Vista.
| | 03:09 | And you could see just like the Address
Bar, if I search for something recently,
| | 03:13 | the search terms come up as a
possibility, I can just use my Arrow key or I can
| | 03:18 | reach with my mouse and click,
hit Search. And there we go.
| | 03:24 | I've got links on Windows Vista.
| | 03:27 | And if I want to check one of them out,
click on it, and here's the Microsoft
| | 03:31 | Windows Vista homepage.
| | 03:33 | However, Google isn't the only search
that I can do using this Search Bar.
| | 03:37 | I can search all sorts of places.
| | 03:39 | If you click on the little triangle
all the way to the right, you'll see all
| | 03:44 | the different search options that we have for
this page, and if I want to add some to this.
| | 03:50 | Well, I can go ahead and add some.
| | 03:52 | Here is Find More Providers.
| | 03:57 | And what you see is a
whole bunch of search outlets.
| | 04:02 | Here is Google, Lycos, Windows Live.
| | 04:05 | Google and Windows Live come with it.
| | 04:06 | And then there are some very specific
ones like I added Expedia or I might
| | 04:11 | add SuperPages, right?
| | 04:14 | ESPN, if I want to search about sports,
or I can create my own, as long as I
| | 04:19 | know the URL, the web address of the
search site that I want to use, it might be
| | 04:24 | something specific to my business or my company.
| | 04:29 | If it has an internal search
page, whatever that happens to be.
| | 04:32 | Here is weather.com, I can
go ahead and add weather.com.
| | 04:35 | All I need to do is click on that link,
Add Provider, and now in the list, here
| | 04:41 | is the Weather Channel.
| | 04:42 | How would you use something like this?
| | 04:44 | Well, let's suppose, I wanted to do an
Expedia search, I want to go from, you
| | 04:49 | can say, I tried some out here.
| | 04:50 | Let's say, I am going to go to jfk
instead, I am going to go to ord, which is
| | 04:54 | Chicago, and I want to go, 6/1 through 6/10.
| | 05:01 | But I want this search to be an Expedia search.
| | 05:05 | So, I'll pull-down on the little
triangle with Expedia search and now you can
| | 05:10 | see Expedia has gone straight to
selecting for my travel dates, jfk to ord, and
| | 05:17 | it's going to come up with the answer.
| | 05:20 | I was waiting for one of these.
| | 05:23 | This is something else that's going to
come up in Internet Explorer and it has
| | 05:30 | greater security than we
have really dealt with before.
| | 05:34 | But this is something I came up, so
we'll take a look at it right now.
| | 05:38 | The pop-ups, there is a built-in pop-up blocker.
| | 05:41 | And if I don't want pop-up
seen, I don't have to see them.
| | 05:46 | By the way it's showing me here, did you
notice this Information Bar, this gives
| | 05:49 | you all sorts of information, pop-ups,
ActiveX control needed, phishing sites,
| | 05:54 | all sorts of things come up here.
| | 05:55 | We are going to check Don't show this
message again and just watch for the bar
| | 05:59 | to come up, if there is an issue.
| | 06:01 | Now, if I want to see what the bar is
about, I click on it and I can Always
| | 06:05 | Allow Pop-ups from Expedia, Temporarily
Allow Pop-ups, as long as I am on this
| | 06:09 | site, and I have Settings for my
Pop-up Blocker, which we'll discuss.
| | 06:13 | I am just temporally going to allow
and now here we are and you can see,
| | 06:17 | 6/1-6/10, JFK to ORD and
there are some prices as well.
| | 06:23 | So, I was able to have that kind of built
-in search and if I can do searches for
| | 06:26 | weather, searches for everything.
| | 06:28 | It's built right in to IE.
| | 06:30 | Now, let's go back a little bit.
| | 06:32 | By the way, if you want to go backwards
and forwards, you can use, here are the
| | 06:35 | backwards and forwards keys,
so there is Back, Back, Forward.
| | 06:39 | I can also use my keyboard with Alt+
Left Arrow and Alt+Right Arrow to go
| | 06:47 | backwards and forwards, kind of makes sense.
| | 06:50 | So, what's the deal with this next line?
| | 06:52 | There is this new thing here and it
says New Tab, we'll talk about the little
| | 06:57 | stars, these are Favorites,
they are in the next movie.
| | 06:59 | So, I am going to skip over them for a moment.
| | 07:01 | New Tab, what's that? You click on it.
| | 07:03 | It shows you you've opened a tab.
| | 07:05 | Tells you what it is.
| | 07:07 | Tabbed browsing, if you've never done it
before, it's a really wonderful addition.
| | 07:11 | It allows you to have several webpages
opened in one of Web Browser. Why is this handy?
| | 07:16 | Well, a lot of times you want to be
able to navigate between a couple of
| | 07:20 | different webpages, particularly when
you are doing a search and I'll show
| | 07:24 | you how this happens.
| | 07:26 | But here essentially I've got two
webpages and I can click between them by
| | 07:30 | clicking on the tabs, but they are all
on one tile on my Taskbar, so I don't
| | 07:35 | have 18 different Internet
Explorers open down here.
| | 07:38 | So, it's a nice way of containing things.
| | 07:40 | So, let me close out this tab, and show
you how this might be used in practice.
| | 07:44 | I am going to go back to my Search
Provider, I clicked the Internet, I could
| | 07:48 | have done Ctrl+E and let's do
a search for online learning.
| | 07:56 | And it's still searching
Expedia, I really don't want that.
| | 07:59 | Let's search Google for online learning.
| | 08:02 | So there are all sorts of online
learning and I want to check out some of these.
| | 08:07 | But I don't want to keep going, every
time you click on one of these links
| | 08:11 | it's going to open up the link in the same
page and I have kind of lost my search page.
| | 08:16 | So, let me go back.
| | 08:19 | Instead, I am going to hold down my Ctrl
key when I click it and what does it do?
| | 08:25 | It opened up that link in a new tab.
| | 08:28 | So, I can pursue the webpage, I can
check it out, I could close it right here.
| | 08:34 | But I still have my Google search intact,
and a lot of times I'll hold down my
| | 08:38 | Ctrl key and I'll just hold down Ctrl,
Ctrl, I want to check out all of these, I
| | 08:43 | want to check out that and you can
see these various pages are opening up.
| | 08:47 | You can see that right now it's running
in what's called a Protected mode and if
| | 08:51 | we run into trouble on a website,
something it was trying to install, something
| | 08:55 | on our computer, Protected mode
would have helped us out there as well.
| | 08:58 | But nonetheless, it makes
sense to do some wise clicking.
| | 09:01 | Nonetheless, that's what
Tabbed browsing is all about.
| | 09:04 | It allows you to open up
several windows all at once.
| | 09:08 | You can move through them by clicking
on them as I showed, or you could do
| | 09:12 | it with the keyboard.
| | 09:13 | It's Ctrl+Tab, and that
will let you cycle through.
| | 09:17 | By the way, if you want to go backwards,
it's Ctrl+Shift+Tab, and you can cycle
| | 09:21 | in the other direction.
| | 09:22 | If you want to see all of the tabs at
once really quickly, you can do this Quick
| | 09:28 | Tabs or Ctrl+Q, and now you are
getting a quick look at any of the windows.
| | 09:32 | You can go directly to one of them
and find what you are looking for.
| | 09:36 | Two more cool things on tabs, if you
think about them as being numbered from the
| | 09:41 | left you can jump to any tab with Ctrl
and a number key, like Ctrl+2, jump to
| | 09:46 | the second tab, Ctrl+1, jump to the
first tab, which is kind of slick.
| | 09:50 | Now by the way, if we want to go back,
I want to go back to lynda.com, there is
| | 09:53 | just a little triangle here and here we
have all the pages that I was at, going
| | 09:59 | all the way back and I could even view
my history, all the pages that I have
| | 10:03 | viewed, as long as, IE has been keeping track.
| | 10:07 | This is actually in Movie 2, so we
won't go there just yet, but I will go back
| | 10:10 | to learning at your own pace.
| | 10:12 | Now, let's suppose instead, I
am going to close out these tabs.
| | 10:17 | Let's suppose I wanted to do a search
for other online learning on Google, but
| | 10:23 | I didn't want to lose this first tab,
I could open up a new tab and then do a
| | 10:28 | search, but I could also, when I go
do the search, instead of hitting Enter
| | 10:33 | here, I'm going to hit Alt+Enter and what
that did was it opened my search in a new tab.
| | 10:40 | You can see that lynda.com is still
here in this first tab and now I've
| | 10:45 | got these other ones.
| | 10:46 | So, kind of cool stuff going on right there.
| | 10:49 | If I close IE, and now I am going to
go ahead and close it out, I am going to
| | 10:56 | get this message and you might get the
message when it first shows up like this,
| | 11:02 | with the Show options closed.
| | 11:04 | Do I want to close all the tabs? because
maybe I just want to close this one tab
| | 11:08 | and I accidentally forgot
| | 11:09 | I was in Tab browsing and I don't
want to close up all the windows.
| | 11:13 | If I did, that's fine, close tabs.
| | 11:16 | It'll all close out.
| | 11:19 | Now there are some options there, one,
do not show this dialog to me again.
| | 11:23 | Frankly, I have made that mistake
of needing to just close a tab and
| | 11:28 | accidentally, old habits die hard,
tried closing the whole window.
| | 11:32 | I kind of like being warned about it.
| | 11:33 | But there is also this cool checkbox,
which is Open these the next time I
| | 11:38 | use Internet Explorer.
| | 11:39 | I am just going to check that
for this time in closed tabs.
| | 11:42 | So, now it closed out IE, but
watch when I launch it again.
| | 11:48 | Right back to where I was before,
plus this page, what that's all about?
| | 11:53 | Well, that is my homepage and that's
always going to open when I first start
| | 11:59 | up Internet Explorer.
| | 12:00 | So, moving right along on tabs, we have
these buttons across the top here, some
| | 12:06 | of which we'll talk about
later, but the first is home.
| | 12:08 | Here is my homepage.
| | 12:10 | You can set this homepage for anything you want.
| | 12:12 | Right now I have some Microsoft Corporation.
| | 12:14 | If I add or change homepage, we will
do that in customizing IE, Movie 5.
| | 12:21 | We also have feeds, RSS feeds, that has
its own movie, Movie 4, so we won't go there.
| | 12:27 | Print is right over here, and Ctrl+P.
You are probably used to that to print
| | 12:33 | the document, Print Preview and Page Setup,
all available from little triangle pull-down.
| | 12:39 | Page. If you want to send this page by email
as a common thing to be able to do or
| | 12:45 | you could edit it in Office Word or
there are a lot better HTML Editors out
| | 12:49 | there than Office Word.
| | 12:50 | And then tools, a lot of these we are
going to talk about other movies, such as
| | 12:54 | security of the Pop-up Blocker in
the Phishing Filter, being able to Work
| | 12:59 | Offline and Online, the various
toolbars, we are going to talk about another
| | 13:04 | places and Internet Options.
| | 13:06 | The one I will show you right here is Full
Screen, which is also F11. I click that.
| | 13:11 | I can take up everything. Taskbar goes away.
| | 13:14 | Other programs go away.
| | 13:16 | I've got the whole page for browsing.
| | 13:18 | It's still a Web Browser, I can still click
anything I want to and get to where I want.
| | 13:25 | But it's taking up the whole screen.
| | 13:27 | If I want to get out of
Full Screen view, F11 and boom!
| | 13:31 | I'm right back out of Full Screen view.
| | 13:33 | F11, I can go back into it.
| | 13:36 | If I bring my mouse up to
the top, do Ctrl+Tab rather.
| | 13:45 | I can still get through all of my tabs.
| | 13:46 | If I want to see everything again,
F11 and I have everything back.
| | 13:52 | So, a cool little bit
about Full Screen browsing.
| | 13:55 | Last but not the least on the tour, a
couple of other quick and handy keyboard items.
| | 14:01 | I am going to go to a new tab, which is
also Ctrl+T, and go to a site that has
| | 14:12 | some information I want to sign-up
for a service here, and I am going to
| | 14:17 | register this little flying
service, lots of cool information.
| | 14:20 | I am going to create a new account, and
I have been clicking, and now I have a
| | 14:25 | form and then just pick this because
it's a really simple form that I want to
| | 14:28 | fill out and I can sit here and click
the checkboxes and click to fill in my
| | 14:32 | name, click fill in my name, click my
email address, password, do I want to
| | 14:36 | receive more information?
| | 14:37 | But you can also do this stuff off the keyboard.
| | 14:40 | Tab, Tab, Tab, Tab...
| | 14:43 | Couple of quick tabs.
| | 14:48 | There it was or I could do the first one
with just a click, to uncheck this box,
| | 14:54 | but you see how there is a
little kind of outline around it.
| | 15:00 | Watch that as I tab.
| | 15:02 | If I hit Enter now, that's the same as
clicking on View Sample, then a tab again.
| | 15:08 | I have a checkbox selected, how do I
check it and uncheck it with a keyboard?
| | 15:11 | I'll use the Spacebar and it unchecks it.
| | 15:15 | And now here is the name and I'll sign-up with
| | 15:17 | Jeff West, let me call it Jeff@ifrmag.com.
| | 15:28 | Password, I might put in a password and
then I might want to uncheck this box.
| | 15:32 | It's a lot faster by when you are
filling out a form, to sit there and tab
| | 15:37 | through these fields, and use the
Spacebar to check and uncheck boxes.
| | 15:41 | You can even tab to that button.
It says Submit
| | 15:43 | I hit Enter, and I get signed up.
| | 15:46 | Actually it would ask me for a
password, but you get the idea.
| | 15:48 | So that's a quick tour of IE 7.
| | 15:50 | That's enough to get you up and running.
| | 15:53 | Let's take a look at Favorites,
History and Multiple Homepages.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Favorites and History| 00:00 | Let's talk a little bit about Favorites.
| | 00:03 | Favorites are places you've been on the
web that you want to go back to sometime.
| | 00:09 | They sort of collect like
junk in the attic, eventually.
| | 00:11 | You have so many of the favorites you
can't even find the place you're trying to
| | 00:14 | find that you saved, because you wanted
to back there, because there are so many
| | 00:16 | other places that you saved
that you wanted to go back there.
| | 00:19 | So one of the tricks to
Favorites is about organization.
| | 00:22 | So let's look about saving Favorites and
organizing them and some of the related features.
| | 00:26 | Here I found a website I want to go back to.
| | 00:28 | So I'm going to add this to my Favorites.
| | 00:30 | There are couple ways to do it.
| | 00:32 | This little button up over here would
allow me to add to the Favorites, by
| | 00:35 | clicking on it and choosing Add to Favorites.
| | 00:37 | You can see also that Ctrl+D
will bring me to the same place.
| | 00:41 | It says Add a Favorite.
| | 00:45 | Now the name of the favorite, a lot of
people don't realize, comes right off the
| | 00:49 | title of the website.
| | 00:51 | That might be just way longer than I
really want to have or want to remember it.
| | 00:56 | I just want to remember this as AVweb,
which is the name of the website.
| | 01:01 | This will have no effect on
the address of the website.
| | 01:05 | This name is just for me.
| | 01:07 | Now I can just hit Add, like so, and
it will just become one of my favorites.
| | 01:12 | If I ever want to go back there, I can
click my Favorites Center and there it
| | 01:16 | is, right at the bottom, AVweb,
and it takes me right to it.
| | 01:19 | Now just about everybody knows,
but let's take it a step further.
| | 01:25 | Let's suppose I got another cool
aviation website I want to go to, like
| | 01:29 | www.diamondaircraft.com. These are some cool new
airplanes, fancy fiberglass planes.
| | 01:40 | I want to add this to my favorite.
| | 01:42 | Here we're getting into this flying thing.
| | 01:43 | So I'm starting to add a whole bunch
of things to my favorites, I want to
| | 01:47 | organize them into all my aviation related ones.
| | 01:51 | I'm going to click this Add to
Favorites button again and I'll do Add to
| | 01:55 | Favorites, but this time, where it says
Create In, I'm going to go ahead and pull down.
| | 02:03 | You can see I have a number of
folders to organize things, but I don't see
| | 02:06 | one called Aviation.
| | 02:08 | So I'm going to make a new folder in
Favorites called Aviation and automatically
| | 02:17 | it's going to ask me if I
want to save in there, I'll Add.
| | 02:23 | Now, if I go to my Favorites Center,
here's Aviation, and inside of it, Diamond
| | 02:29 | Aircraft, and that will
take me to Diamond's website.
| | 02:31 | Then I can cruise around and
find out about all sorts of things.
| | 02:36 | Now, what if want to take AVweb
and I want to put it in Aviation?
| | 02:41 | Well, there are couple ways, the
easiest one is while I'm here looking at
| | 02:44 | Favorites, I just take it,
drag it, drop it into Aviation.
| | 02:48 | Now in Aviation I have AVweb and I have
Diamond Air, two different things, both
| | 02:54 | Aviation put right into my Favorites.
| | 02:58 | There is also a tool right
over here on the little plus star,
| | 03:04 | Organize Favorites. What does give me?
| | 03:06 | That gives me all of the folders, and I
can click any one and see what's inside.
| | 03:13 | Now I can drag, drop, rename folders if
I want to, delete whole folders, delete
| | 03:20 | sections, pretty straightforward, and
organize my Favorites however I like,
| | 03:24 | which is pretty slick and hit Close.
| | 03:27 | Now about this point you're
saying, yeah, but where is that menu?
| | 03:30 | I used to be able to just click on
Favorites and go down and get what I wanted
| | 03:34 | and it was really fast. It's there.
| | 03:37 | It's just hiding like a bunch of the menus are.
| | 03:40 | You can hit Alt and that will give
you the menu bar that you had before.
| | 03:45 | Here is Favorites and you remember there
is Aviation, there is Diamond Aircraft,
| | 03:50 | AVweb or whatever other place I want to go.
| | 03:53 | So the menus are still there,
if you want to have them.
| | 03:58 | As soon as you choose one, the menu goes away.
| | 04:01 | Now if you want that menu to persist,
by the way, all you need to do is come
| | 04:05 | over to Tools>Menu bar, check
menu bar and now it's back for you.
| | 04:10 | This is something that I know a lot of
people really liked to be able to just go
| | 04:14 | directly to any of the subfolders.
| | 04:17 | By the way, when you organize this, you
can have folders inside folders inside
| | 04:21 | folders however you want, so that you have
your Favorites just the way you like them.
| | 04:27 | Now let's look as well at browsing history,
which is sort of similar to Favorites.
| | 04:32 | I'm going to go ahead and open that
Favorites Center again and you'll see that
| | 04:36 | there's a button that says History.
| | 04:38 | I'll click on History and these are
all the places I've been today, and there
| | 04:44 | are quite a few of them, and
they are organized by website.
| | 04:47 | So I could go look at Expedia and here
are all the searches I did on Expedia.
| | 04:51 | Here is Diamond Aircraft and here is
the page I looked at, at Diamond Aircraft.
| | 04:55 | I was over on Apple
earlier today and here's Apple.
| | 04:58 | I was over on Amnesty's website, here's
where I got that cool Amnesty Generator from.
| | 05:02 | Places I've been today, places this
computer visited on Monday, and then it
| | 05:08 | hasn't been used for a while, here
sometime ago when probably the computer
| | 05:11 | first came here to lynda.com, and there was
a little bit of stuff that was run back then.
| | 05:16 | I have Favorites, places I want to save,
but then every place that I've been is
| | 05:20 | also saved as part of my history.
| | 05:24 | By the way, if you're wondering what
this little bar is here, take a look.
| | 05:27 | You can see the website is kind of
extending underneath the Favorites
| | 05:31 | Center, pops up over it.
| | 05:33 | If I want the old behavior of it
being in a band on the side, that's what
| | 05:38 | that little bar is.
| | 05:39 | Close the Favorites Center.
| | 05:40 | That goes away, and the next time
I click it's back to this kind of
| | 05:44 | floating window again.
| | 05:46 | So a kind of cool stuff there.
| | 05:48 | Now, we also have in this window Feeds, we're
going to talk about Feeds in the next movie.
| | 05:53 | Let me go back to a homepage here
for a moment and here's the homepage.
| | 06:00 | Let's suppose, instead of just one
homepage, I want several homepages.
| | 06:05 | I want Microsoft, and on a new tab,
I want one of my Favorites to be the
| | 06:09 | homepage, I want AVweb to
be part of the homepage too.
| | 06:14 | So I want both of these
to open up automatically.
| | 06:17 | Microsoft, AVweb, so they're both there for me.
| | 06:20 | What I can do is go to the webpage that
I want to add, go to my homepages, click
| | 06:28 | on this menu, and see here is
this Add or Change Home Page.
| | 06:33 | I get an option, I can use this as my
only homepage and now if I choose this
| | 06:38 | option, when I hit Home,
I'll come right to AVweb.
| | 06:42 | I can add this page, just AVweb, to
all of my homepage tabs which means
| | 06:49 | currently I had Microsoft, so I'll get
Microsoft and AVweb, or I can use the
| | 06:54 | current tab set Microsoft, AVweb and
nothing else as my homepages, even though
| | 07:00 | it says page it's pages,
because I have more than one tab open.
| | 07:04 | If I only had one tab open,
it would just be one page.
| | 07:06 | Let me just add this to my homepages
and I'm going to go ahead and quit IE and
| | 07:12 | I'm going to close all the tabs.
| | 07:16 | We'll launch it again, and as you might imagine,
it now opens with two tabs, my two homepages.
| | 07:24 | How cool is that?
| | 07:26 | So I can go on, first thing in the
morning, check the various pages that I want
| | 07:30 | to, right away, close them out when
I'm done and get on with my workday.
| | 07:35 | If you want to manage those pages,
you can do it directly from this Add or
| | 07:40 | Change Home Page or I can just remove
the various homepages that I want, when I
| | 07:45 | don't want them anymore.
| | 07:47 | Add or Change Home Page will
give you certain limited control.
| | 07:51 | If you really want to see what's
going on in there, you would go to
| | 07:54 | Tools>Internet Options and one of
the very first options is right here.
| | 08:00 | These are all of my homepage tabs.
| | 08:04 | So if I wanted to add even more items,
I could just add them right in here,
| | 08:08 | http://www.lynda.com.
| | 08:15 | OK, click Home and look at that.
| | 08:22 | I have now three tabs.
| | 08:25 | There is lynda.com as my
third tab for a homepage.
| | 08:29 | So cool stuff, lots and lots of cool
options for how you want your IE set up in
| | 08:36 | terms of Favorites, multiple
homepages, and of course the handy, History.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| RSS| 00:00 | RSS or Really Simple Syndication or
people have come up with other things that I
| | 00:05 | might need these days.
| | 00:06 | It doesn't really matter, what it is,
is a way for a website to communicate
| | 00:13 | these short bursts of information, just
a little update, a snippet of the news
| | 00:19 | or whatever it happens to be.
| | 00:21 | For you to subscribe to that feed of
information, and every time there's
| | 00:25 | something new that comes out, you get
alerted to it, or at the very least you
| | 00:30 | can go back and see a list of all the
things that have happened since you were
| | 00:32 | last there or at least the
latest things that have happened.
| | 00:35 | Internet Explorer 7 has Really Simple
Syndication or RSS built into it, so that
| | 00:41 | you can use IE to subscribe to the
feeds you like, and that's convenient,
| | 00:46 | because you often find
these feeds via a website.
| | 00:49 | Let me give you an example.
| | 00:51 | We'll go to NPR's website, www.npr.org.
| | 01:00 | Now, when we went to that website, let
me do a little back and forward here,
| | 01:04 | back on the Microsoft website, this icon,
no feeds detected on this page, watch
| | 01:09 | when I go forward to NPR,
feeds detected on this page.
| | 01:15 | I'll pull down on the little triangle
and what I'm seeing are all the feeds
| | 01:20 | that are detected on this page, so I
could now subscribe to any one of these
| | 01:24 | feeds by clicking on them.
| | 01:26 | Here we are, NPR Topics in the News.
| | 01:30 | There's a link for subscribe to the feed.
| | 01:32 | It's built right into Internet Explorer.
| | 01:33 | I'll click Subscribe and
I'm subscribed to the feed.
| | 01:39 | What the heck does that mean?
| | 01:40 | Well, what it means is over here, if I
click the little star from my Favorites
| | 01:45 | Center, I can see a list of all the
feeds on my computer and some of them are
| | 01:48 | already being organized.
| | 01:49 | If you remember earlier from the
Gadgets movie, there was that Newsreader and I
| | 01:55 | had Microsoft at Work at Home MSNBC
News as options, for things I could read.
| | 02:01 | Now I also have NPR.
| | 02:03 | What happens if I click on this?
| | 02:05 | It brings me to the page of all the
current feeds and here they are, just a bit
| | 02:10 | on President Bush, things happening in
Turkey, and I can scroll down, FDA and
| | 02:16 | lots of the lovely, lovely news.
| | 02:20 | Well, there are lots of other feeds
other than news, since that's all droll,
| | 02:23 | let's go back to NPR's main page and
subscribe to a different feed, how about Wait Wait...
| | 02:31 | Don't Tell Me! Ah!
| | 02:33 | That sounds like fun.
| | 02:34 | We'll subscribe to this feed too.
| | 02:36 | It's a fun show on the radio.
| | 02:39 | Now I can listen to Wait Wait...Don't
Tell Me or find out when the latest Wait
| | 02:44 | Wait...Don't Tell Me episodes were up.
| | 02:45 | I can do it through Internet
Explorer, but it's actually better to work
| | 02:49 | through a feed browser.
| | 02:50 | I'm going to use the
gadget on the side over here.
| | 02:52 | We had it set for MSNBC.
| | 02:55 | Now if I click the feed options, in the
displayable feeds are the ones that I subscribed to.
| | 03:02 | So here is Wait Wait...
Don't Tell Me. I'll hit OK.
| | 03:04 | It's going to load and look here
are the feeds, Who's Carl This Time?
| | 03:10 | Excerpts from three presidential
letters, letters to Richard Nixon, Ronald
| | 03:12 | Reagan, and Franklin Delano Roosevelt.
| | 03:15 | If I want to find out more about this,
I could double-click on it, here we go.
| | 03:26 | Here's the information, I can click
for the podcast, listen to the story.
| | 03:31 | So cool, I can get to any
of these feeds right online.
| | 03:35 | Now just because the little icon didn't light
up doesn't mean there aren't feeds on the page.
| | 03:41 | Let me go to
www.thefinerpoints.net. There it is.
| | 03:48 | Now, this is a little aviation page,
somewhat I know it does, the feed light, no
| | 03:53 | feeds detected on this page.
| | 03:55 | It's not lit, but if you look down the page,
you can subscribe to the podcast via RSS.
| | 04:03 | Click on the link.
| | 04:03 | Internet Explorer now is looking at
the RSS Feed page and I could listen to
| | 04:10 | anything I wanted to right here
and decide before I subscribe to this
| | 04:14 | particular feed, now this is
something I really want to listen to, or I can
| | 04:17 | just go ahead and subscribe.
| | 04:18 | It's going to add it to my feeds.
| | 04:22 | I want to take a look and see if
it's there, there is The Finer Points.
| | 04:26 | In my Reader, if I wanted to, I
could listen to or see The Finer Points.
| | 04:36 | Now one of the limitations of this
Reader right here is that it can show you
| | 04:42 | all the possible feeds mixed together
and it just does it by what's the most
| | 04:46 | current, but it's not all that useful in being
able to quickly discern one feed from another.
| | 04:51 | I haven't seen a really good feed
reader for the Vista sidebar, but I'm sure
| | 04:56 | one's going to come along soon.
| | 04:57 | It would be sort of organized by
maybe the same folders that my feeds were
| | 05:02 | organized over here in Internet Explorer.
| | 05:05 | Then I could actually set up nice
folders for maybe my aviation feeds, my news
| | 05:09 | feeds, my geek feeds, whatever
they are, and I can listen to them.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| IE security| 00:00 | Let's talk a little bit about
security in Internet Explorer.
| | 00:04 | One of the things we discovered a while
back is that websites, trying to get our
| | 00:09 | attention, would fire up these extra
windows, and they were called pop-ups.
| | 00:15 | A pop-up window, they got really
annoying, people advertising things, trying to
| | 00:18 | get you to click here.
| | 00:19 | You try and close the website, pop-
ups would keep sprouting up all over the
| | 00:23 | place like dandelions in
the spring. Drives you nuts.
| | 00:26 | So people came up with
something called a pop-up blocker.
| | 00:29 | The pop-up blocker stops
the pop-ups from happening.
| | 00:33 | You can see here in Internet
Explorer a pop-up has been blocked.
| | 00:37 | I heard a little bloop a moment before.
| | 00:39 | I was working in some other program, bloop.
| | 00:41 | What was that all about?
| | 00:42 | I went back and looked at IE, I went to
Bank of America, and a pop-up was blocked.
| | 00:47 | Well, gosh, what does that pop-up say?
| | 00:50 | I don't know, and unfortunately,
Internet Explorer doesn't really show you until
| | 00:57 | something like this happens.
| | 01:01 | That's what the pop-up was.
| | 01:02 | The pop-up was that the bank was
trying to tell me that after a timeout I
| | 01:09 | would be disconnected.
| | 01:10 | That's really the Bank of America website
there, and so it's going to kick me back out.
| | 01:14 | Oh, nuts.
| | 01:16 | I wanted to be able to work there.
| | 01:18 | So how do I handle this?
| | 01:21 | How do I get going on Bank of America?
| | 01:24 | How do I make it so that
I can see what's going on?
| | 01:26 | Well, here's what you have got to do. Okay.
| | 01:29 | So here we are back.
| | 01:30 | The pop-up has come back.
| | 01:31 | I am going to click here, and it
shows Temporarily Allow Pop-ups.
| | 01:36 | So I am going to allow pop-ups from this site.
| | 01:38 | So it says pop-ups are
temporarily allowed from this site.
| | 01:41 | That would allow me to see
the pop-up as it happens.
| | 01:45 | Now, maybe I always want to
allow pop-ups from this site.
| | 01:48 | I mean, this is a
legitimate Bank of America site.
| | 01:50 | It's where I am doing my banking.
| | 01:52 | So if I want to I can Always
Allow Pop-ups from This Site.
| | 01:57 | Would you always like to allow pop-
ups from onlineeast1.bankofamerica.com?
| | 02:01 | Yeah, I would, and so now
that's completely gone away.
| | 02:05 | Now, I can click somewhere on this page.
| | 02:07 | I know that that pop-up was actually
telling me that I needed to do something soon.
| | 02:14 | Otherwise, it was going to
log me out from the site.
| | 02:17 | So I am just going to click somewhere,
so now I have done something on the site.
| | 02:20 | Then I go off and do some other things
for a little while and we will see what
| | 02:23 | happens when the pop-up comes back.
| | 02:26 | By the way, if you want to manage all of
those pop-ups and be able to see what's
| | 02:30 | going on, you can go to Tools>Pop-
up Blocker>Pop-up Blocker Settings.
| | 02:36 | It's going to show you where all the
sites where you have said allow pop-ups
| | 02:42 | from these sites, and now added to the
list is onlineeast1.bankofamerica.com.
| | 02:47 | I will tell you right now that
there is a bit of an issue sometimes.
| | 02:50 | For example, I happen to know
with my banking that there are three
| | 02:55 | different websites:
| | 02:56 | onlineeast1, onlineeast2 and
onlineeast3 of bankofamerica.com, and you could
| | 03:00 | randomly end up in any one of them.
| | 03:02 | And you run into the situation where
the pop-up comes up and you allow it,
| | 03:08 | and then another time the Pop-up Blocker
pops-up because you are on the other server.
| | 03:13 | So sometimes you may need
to add a site several times.
| | 03:16 | In theory, I should be able to
take this and edit it or just add
| | 03:21 | bankofamerica.com and it
would allow every version of it:
| | 03:25 | onlineeast1, onlineeast2, and
onlineeast3, but that doesn't really work.
| | 03:28 | So you are just going to
have to do it for every site.
| | 03:30 | I will close this out.
| | 03:31 | Now, of course you can, if you want,
remove a site, if you want to remove its
| | 03:36 | permissions for pop-ups.
| | 03:37 | There is also I should say a filtering
level, whether it's going to block All
| | 03:42 | pop-ups, Most pop-ups, or it's going
to actually allow pop-ups from any site
| | 03:47 | that it seems is secure https.
| | 03:51 | Medium is just fine.
| | 03:52 | If you are really running into a
problem, you can do this, but there are
| | 03:55 | nefarious sites out there that set up
secure connection, so there's no guarantee
| | 03:59 | just because things are secure that that's okay.
| | 04:02 | A sort of more modern way of dealing
with pop-ups or even getting to information
| | 04:08 | that's yours that shouldn't be
gotten to is something called phishing.
| | 04:12 | So let's take a look at what
happens in IE along with phishing.
| | 04:17 | I went to try and get a website that
was actually a phishing website, but I was
| | 04:21 | having a little bit of trouble.
| | 04:22 | But to just give you an idea.
| | 04:23 | It looked something sort of like this.
| | 04:25 | Here is an e-mail I have got.
| | 04:26 | And ooh, this is coming from Bank of America.
| | 04:28 | Hey, I bank at Bank of America.
| | 04:30 | Gosh, this must be for me, right?
| | 04:33 | Something has gone on, a new multilevel system
for security in my accounts. That sounds good.
| | 04:38 | Well, this is not from Bank of America,
and it's pretty obvious it's not from
| | 04:42 | Bank of America actually for a couple reasons.
| | 04:44 | One, they never call me, Hello,
dear Bank of America client!
| | 04:49 | That's not particularly likely.
| | 04:50 | Two, if you watch my cursor moving around,
this is not text, this is one giant image.
| | 04:59 | In fact, this link, bankofamerica.com/
account/personal/activation and some little code.
| | 05:07 | That's not where I am going.
| | 05:08 | If I click on this site, if you look
down in the lower right of the screen, you
| | 05:13 | can see what link this is.
| | 05:15 | It's actually https. See.
| | 05:17 | It's secure. Oh wait.
| | 05:20 | It's not.
| | 05:20 | It's http://https.www.
bankofamerica.com.account.type.activation.
| | 05:30 | Wait a second, this is not
the website that I think it is.
| | 05:36 | This is something called phishing.
| | 05:37 | If I click on this link, it's going to
bring me to a page that is going to ask
| | 05:42 | me for a lot of personal information,
and then it's going to take that
| | 05:45 | information and use it to try and get
into my bank accounts or get into my
| | 05:49 | credit cards or whatever it is.
| | 05:50 | Now unfortunately, I tried to go
and get that phishing filter for you,
| | 05:55 | because there's a built-in filter in IE,
unfortunately, it seemed every piece
| | 06:00 | of spam, nasty website that I had, had
already been shutdown, I just can't find a good one.
| | 06:05 | What am I going to do?
| | 06:06 | I am going to show you some of the
other sites that are out there and show you
| | 06:10 | how the phishing filter could be used on those.
| | 06:12 | That one was pretty obvious. What about this?
| | 06:15 | $500.00 Worth of Air miles. Ooh.
| | 06:20 | That sounds exciting.
| | 06:21 | I am not getting the images.
| | 06:23 | If you can't read the e-mail, Click Here.
| | 06:24 | Okay, I am going to click here. Ooh.
| | 06:26 | It opened a web page for me.
| | 06:28 | This looks pretty legit, right?
| | 06:29 | The USA Survey Group, something
about Southwest Airlines, looks like a
| | 06:34 | nice place to go, right?
| | 06:36 | All I have to do is enter my e-mail to continue.
| | 06:39 | I am going to give them a bogus e-mail.
| | 06:40 | You can see I do this all
the time, jeff@jeff.com.
| | 06:44 | It's not a real e-mail.
| | 06:45 | I just want to see what's in there.
| | 06:47 | Click Continue, and now check this out.
| | 06:50 | I have a form to fill out here.
| | 06:52 | I am giving some pretty personal information.
| | 06:57 | It's not asking for like credit card
stuff or anything, but who knows where
| | 07:00 | it will go after this. Is this legit?
| | 07:04 | If this website, usasurveygroup.com
had been reported as a phishing website,
| | 07:11 | somebody who is looking for my
information and weren't who they said they were,
| | 07:16 | right now I would get a warning that
would pop-up in front of me, would say,
| | 07:19 | this looks like a phishing website,
are you sure you want to continue?
| | 07:23 | If you ever get that warning, you can stop.
| | 07:26 | If you are not sure, you can check.
| | 07:29 | Under tools there's Phishing
Filter, Check This Website.
| | 07:34 | It's saying right now, this is
not a reported phishing website.
| | 07:41 | So this one hasn't been set.
| | 07:44 | Nobody has reported it and
said, "Hey, this is phishing."
| | 07:48 | I should explain too, in case you
haven't heard the term before, phishing, with
| | 07:51 | a ph is pretending to be one person,
pretending to be one website, and actually
| | 07:57 | being something else,
trying to grab information.
| | 07:59 | So I could theoretically go for it.
| | 08:01 | If I really thought this was a
phishing website, I could on the, Phishing
| | 08:05 | Filter, Report This Website. Here we go.
| | 08:11 | I will take a little pause here by the way.
| | 08:14 | This is the pop-up before that kept
getting blocked, and you can see this is a
| | 08:19 | pop-up I really want.
| | 08:20 | This is the one that says, are you
sure you want to keep banking at Bank of
| | 08:23 | America, because I still had
my Bank of America website open.
| | 08:27 | So if I hit OK, close this out, my Bank
of America website stays open and running.
| | 08:34 | So there is an example of where the pop-ups
are something you actually do want to save.
| | 08:40 | Okay. We will go back, Feedback.
| | 08:43 | I think this is a phishing website.
| | 08:45 | All you have to do is check, and
somebody's going to check this out, and
| | 08:48 | they can keep going.
| | 08:49 | I will Submit it right ahead.
| | 08:51 | I want to make sure this is a real
person, so I can enter the code here that I
| | 08:57 | see, and I can Continue.
| | 09:06 | So somebody is going to go check
that out and see whether in fact it was
| | 09:08 | a phishing website.
| | 09:09 | So you can kind of do your part there.
| | 09:11 | I will show you one other thing, kind of
while we are at it here. Go back to this.
| | 09:14 | It's just e-mail.
| | 09:15 | It's the Gmail account.
| | 09:16 | Let me go back to this one.
| | 09:18 | This looks interesting,
making money Google today.
| | 09:23 | Let's check it out.
| | 09:27 | So all sorts of stuff.
| | 09:28 | There was something blocked and it
says here, making money in Google.
| | 09:34 | Hmm, something makes me think
this isn't what I think it is.
| | 09:40 | I am going to try and
close this out I think, right?
| | 09:44 | As soon as I did that, what happened?
| | 09:50 | Whoa, wait a minute.
| | 09:52 | This looks like a
legitimate message from Windows.
| | 09:55 | That's a pop-up, right? No.
| | 09:57 | It's not, and that's why it
wasn't blocked by the Pop-up Blocker.
| | 10:00 | Now watch closely here.
| | 10:02 | This is a little bit about security
and how you are part of the system.
| | 10:06 | There would never be a warning message
in Windows, Wait, A live agent would like
| | 10:11 | to talk to you about last-minute savings.
| | 10:13 | Hit Cancel on the next window
to remain on the page. Okay.
| | 10:17 | Watch this.
| | 10:18 | That OK is not glowing.
| | 10:21 | Remember, when we talked a
little earlier, you go over a button.
| | 10:25 | It's supposed to glow like that.
| | 10:27 | This is a legitimate
Windows button. This is not.
| | 10:31 | So I am going to close that.
| | 10:33 | As soon as I closed it, I got a warning,
Is this coming from Windows, right here?
| | 10:40 | Well, the OK and Cancel are legitimate
buttons, but this text doesn't make a lot
| | 10:44 | of sense and there's no guarantee
that when I am clicking OK or Cancel I am
| | 10:49 | really okaying or canceling.
| | 10:51 | I am going to close that out.
| | 10:53 | Wait, isn't this a pop-up?
| | 10:54 | It looks like a pop-up, but hey, here we
are in Vista and this looks like Windows XP.
| | 11:01 | This is not a pop-up.
| | 11:03 | You can also tell, because look at my cursor.
| | 11:06 | It's a little hand. This is a link.
| | 11:08 | It would be an arrow if I could
really close this out. Don't click here.
| | 11:14 | This is not a real window.
| | 11:16 | It's not what you think it is.
| | 11:18 | Just close out the whole website.
| | 11:21 | So a little bit more just kind of while
we are here about IE and what's happening.
| | 11:26 | You will notice down here
there's a Protected mode On.
| | 11:30 | This is not something you
are going to want to change.
| | 11:31 | I will double-click it, just
so you can see what's going on.
| | 11:35 | Enable Protected mode or Disable Protected mode.
| | 11:39 | What that does if protected mode is
enabled, it keeps IE, Internet Explorer,
| | 11:44 | basically in a box, and anything that's
running inside Internet Explorer can't
| | 11:49 | get out to the rest of the
operating system, at least in theory.
| | 11:53 | Never trust anything completely
when there are millions of people out
| | 11:56 | there trying to break it.
| | 11:57 | But nonetheless, that is the idea.
| | 11:59 | This is also where you are setting the
level of security for Internet Explorer.
| | 12:05 | Medium-high, these are the default settings.
| | 12:07 | There is really no
problem with keeping them there.
| | 12:10 | If you are really worried, you can
crank things up, but for the time being this
| | 12:13 | works pretty well as long as you have
some anti-spyware and some antivirus
| | 12:18 | programs running, which we will talk
about in the whole chapters on security,
| | 12:21 | but this is just about Internet Explorer.
| | 12:22 | I want to show you what's here, and for the
most part you really don't have to worry about it.
| | 12:27 | There is a list of what they call trusted sites.
| | 12:32 | You can see on a trusted site,
Protected mode is Disabled.
| | 12:36 | Again, I am not going to go into a
great amount of detail here, but you do have
| | 12:41 | the ability to add certain websites
to your computer in a list of sites.
| | 12:47 | All you have to do is
click right here to add them.
| | 12:50 | Right now it's offering mail.google.com,
because I am happy to be on that page.
| | 12:56 | If you are having trouble with a
particular website and you know it's legit, you
| | 13:01 | can go to that website and then click
Add, and it will change the security
| | 13:05 | setting for just that site.
| | 13:07 | You will see that by default
it's only going to allow https:.
| | 13:11 | Truly secure sites to do this.
| | 13:14 | If you uncheck this setting, you will be
able to set this for any site you want.
| | 13:18 | Just be careful, because a trusted site
operates outside of Protected mode and
| | 13:23 | if something on that site is going to
try and attack your computer, it has a lot
| | 13:28 | more ability to do it than it normally would.
| | 13:31 | Last but not least, since we are here.
| | 13:34 | It's not so much a security issue
of things attacking your computer.
| | 13:38 | It's just about your own history.
| | 13:42 | You do have under tools this
option for Delete Browsing History.
| | 13:48 | Here are all of the things that your
computer tracks as you cruise along.
| | 13:54 | Temporary Files, because what happens is
when you go to a website, copies of all
| | 13:59 | those images and items on the website
get put in a temporary folder, so if you
| | 14:03 | go back to that website, it will load faster.
| | 14:07 | If those images haven't changed, it takes
them off the hard drive rather than over the web.
| | 14:11 | Cookies, all of the automatic
logins and things that you might have.
| | 14:16 | Your Browsing History, which we already
talked about over in this pane on the upper left.
| | 14:22 | Everyplace you have been on the computer.
| | 14:24 | If you want to take all of those out,
you can delete the whole history.
| | 14:27 | You can also delete individual sites
by just going to the History, selecting
| | 14:31 | them, and hitting Delete.
| | 14:33 | So if there's like one or two places
you don't want anyone to know that you
| | 14:35 | went, that's how to do it. Form Data.
| | 14:38 | Remember that Internet Explorer, when
you fill out forms, it will offer whether
| | 14:43 | you want to have that data saved.
| | 14:46 | If you want you can delete all
of that data as well. Passwords.
| | 14:50 | It offers to save passwords,
and a lot of people keep that.
| | 14:52 | You can delete all the passwords that
you have entered into IE as well, or you
| | 14:56 | can just delete everything,
and go right back to basics.
| | 14:58 | It's totally up to you.
| | 14:59 | So I just put that in there as a way
to say for yourself, hey, here's some
| | 15:04 | things that I want to keep private,
security between me and other people, who
| | 15:08 | might be on the computer.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Customizing IE 7| 00:00 |
We've talked a little bit about
customizing Internet Explorer and there are two
| | 00:05 |
areas that I want to touch on and
make sure we don't miss anything.
| | 00:08 |
One, just has to do with Internet
Explorer's own options, sometimes I'll get
| | 00:12 |
questions about this and for the most
part, most users never have to mess with
| | 00:17 |
this, but if you want to know what's
in there, I'm going to go through it
| | 00:21 |
quickly for you, so you can see.
| | 00:22 |
Some of these things we covered
already such as your homepage, and you can
| | 00:27 |
have a list, if there's more than one item
here, you're going to open up on multiple pages.
| | 00:32 |
We already talked about your browsing
history and deleting some of those files.
| | 00:36 |
This will open that same box that we
saw before, the same window with the
| | 00:41 |
various things that we
could remove from our history.
| | 00:44 |
We can also change as a setting what
Internet Explorer is trying to remember, as
| | 00:51 |
I cruise around the web.
| | 00:53 |
Again, for most users, it's not
something that you really need to mess with.
| | 00:57 |
We talked about the search area, up at
the top, over here in the upper right, I
| | 01:03 |
can change and remove search providers
here, although it's more powerful if I do
| | 01:07 |
it through the main interface up in the corner.
| | 01:10 |
We can change how webpages are
displayed in tabs and so forth.
| | 01:14 |
We talked already about Security and this zone.
| | 01:17 |
Privacy is a similar thing, and here's
where our pop-up blocker is, by the way.
| | 01:21 |
It's really just keeping an eye on how much
information is being sent back to websites.
| | 01:27 |
And you'll get warnings about it.
| | 01:29 |
Content, in terms of Parental
Controls that's down in Security.
| | 01:33 |
We can also look at the certificates
that have been exchanged on the computer,
| | 01:40 |
so forth and so on, I wouldn't get too
worried about any of these, just because,
| | 01:45 |
for the most part if you are the kind
of person who knows what these are and
| | 01:49 |
where you want to go get them.
| | 01:50 |
Well, you know how to find them.
| | 01:52 |
And if not, you really
don't have to mess with it.
| | 01:54 |
Connections, we rarely mess with anymore,
since almost all of us are on broadband.
| | 01:59 |
Programs, occasionally this comes up
if you are say a Firefox user and every
| | 02:05 |
time you want to launch something in
Internet Explorer, you launch it and it
| | 02:09 |
says Internet Explorer, hey!
| | 02:11 |
I'm not the default browser.
| | 02:12 |
Do you want me to be the default browser?
| | 02:13 |
No, I just wanted to use IE for this one thing.
| | 02:16 |
Well, here's the checkbox, just in
case you were wondering what you can
| | 02:19 |
turn that off with. Manage add-ons.
| | 02:22 |
This is what I want to spend the
rest of the movie on for the most part.
| | 02:26 |
But since there is one more Tab up
here, let me come right back to it.
| | 02:30 |
This is on the Advanced tab, all sorts
of geeky stuff that for the most part you
| | 02:35 |
probably don't want to mess with.
| | 02:36 |
There are a lot of settings in here
that if you start checking boxes, you will
| | 02:42 |
reduce the security of Internet
Explorer, so be very careful about that.
| | 02:47 |
If you are wondering though about
things such as -- here are all the security
| | 02:52 |
options including the Phishing Filter.
| | 02:55 |
If you're wondering, where the
phishing filter controls were? Well, gosh!
| | 02:59 |
There they are.
| | 02:59 |
Let's go back to Programs here.
| | 03:02 |
Look at this add-ons, Manage add-ons.
| | 03:05 |
As a matter of fact, Manage add-ons,
I'm going to cancel out of that, is also
| | 03:09 |
available over from tools, Manage add-ons,
Enable or Disable, Find More.
| | 03:15 |
Let's look at Enable and Disable. Wow!
| | 03:18 |
This is what you would see if you had
barely used Internet Explorer at all,
| | 03:21 |
which it has been on this computer.
| | 03:23 |
These are all add-ons on the computer
and these are the ones that are currently
| | 03:29 |
running, I just started Internet
Explorer and I've already got a PDF Reader
| | 03:32 |
add-on, a whole bunch of Java, Sun
Microsystems, your Shockwave, so I can view
| | 03:40 |
Shockwave files and Flash animation basically.
| | 03:47 |
Here are all of the add-ons that
have been used by Internet Explorer.
| | 03:54 |
Then there's even a longer list,
add-ons I can run 77 of them.
| | 03:59 |
That can run without permission.
| | 04:01 |
So, they'll just run and then enrich
in your Internet Explorer experience.
| | 04:05 |
What are these all about?
| | 04:07 |
Basically, Internet Explorer is a
fairly stripped-down program at its core.
| | 04:13 |
Then it gets extended with things that
can make it more exciting, more fun and do
| | 04:18 |
more interesting things.
| | 04:19 |
Those are the add-ons.
| | 04:21 |
Just to give you an idea of what's
out there, I'm going to go click on the
| | 04:24 |
tools, Manage add-ons, Find More add-ons.
| | 04:28 |
It's going to take me to a
website on Windows Marketplace.
| | 04:33 |
Here are all sorts of things I can add
Internet Explorer to make it more fun,
| | 04:40 |
more interesting, more
productive, whatever it happens to be.
| | 04:43 |
There are a ton of them. Oh my gosh!
| | 04:46 |
Where do I start?
| | 04:47 |
Well, let me just pick one for
you, so that makes it really easy.
| | 04:50 |
Now we'll do a search, Windows Marketplace,
and let's look up feeds plus. There we go.
| | 05:03 |
Feeds Plus is a way of managing your feeds.
| | 05:07 |
Your RSS feeds a little bit
better in Internet Explorer.
| | 05:10 |
Let's go ahead and download it.
| | 05:14 |
Here's Feeds Plus, I'll run that file.
| | 05:18 |
I'd want to run the
software, Next, I Agree, Next.
| | 05:26 |
One of the things that's
a very simple little tool.
| | 05:29 |
It's going to allow me to display
multiple feeds in a single feed and it will
| | 05:34 |
also notify me when I have new content.
| | 05:37 |
So if something is in a particular
feed, I want to know when there is a new
| | 05:40 |
message, Feeds Plus will let me do it.
| | 05:43 |
Start Feeds Plus every time I start
Windows, yeah that sounds good, and as with
| | 05:48 |
any installer, I have the option,
sometimes the installers let you, sometimes
| | 05:52 |
they just assume, but every installer
must choose whether this is going to be
| | 05:56 |
available just to my user account or to
every user account on the computer. Oh!
| | 06:01 |
I'll let everyone have it, right?
| | 06:03 |
Nope, sometimes just not an option.
| | 06:05 |
I guess I only have the ability
to install it for me. There we go.
| | 06:14 |
I'm going to need some
permission and we'll close.
| | 06:20 |
Now, we have something called Feeds Plus.
| | 06:22 |
I'm going to close Internet Explorer
just to make sure everything can reload
| | 06:27 |
when the Internet Explorer opens up.
| | 06:28 |
You can see there is a new icon down
here in the lower-right called Feeds Plus.
| | 06:33 |
You can right-click on it, take a look at
the Settings, there aren't many settings.
| | 06:37 |
The only things I might want to change is
how often it's going to check for updates.
| | 06:43 |
If I want to know within 15 minutes of
a new feed coming out, I can check every
| | 06:47 |
15 minutes, every hour, every 4
hours or maybe just once a day.
| | 06:50 |
I'm going to check every 4 hours.
| | 06:53 |
Aggregation, what's happening here is
normally I can only see one feed at a
| | 06:58 |
time, in Internet Explorer, but by
organizing them into folders, I can now see
| | 07:03 |
all of them or all of a particular kind of feed.
| | 07:07 |
So, we'll check that out.
| | 07:10 |
The other thing is about Notification.
| | 07:11 |
Here are all of my feeds, maybe it's
right on setting, Notify me if any feed is
| | 07:16 |
updated, maybe I really only want to
know if there's a new episode of Wait,
| | 07:21 |
Wait...Don't Tell Me!
| | 07:22 |
So whenever that comes out it's going to
tell me right away, for rest of them, I
| | 07:25 |
don't want to check them. There is OK.
| | 07:29 |
I'm going to go up to Feeds, and if
you look, here's this all items, which
| | 07:33 |
is really all feeds.
| | 07:34 |
I will click on that and here is NPR,
NPR, NPR, lot of NPR ones, but I keep
| | 07:41 |
scrolling and pretty soon MSNBC, MSNBC,
so it's putting them altogether for me,
| | 07:51 |
all the new feeds, there is NPR Wait,
Wait...Don't Tell Me! all on one page.
| | 07:57 |
If I want to go back and do a little
organization, I can do a right-click in
| | 08:02 |
here, Create New Folder, there is a
new folder, put it under Microsoft Feeds.
| | 08:08 |
But let's make this one, Fun,
so here are my Fun Feeds.
| | 08:12 |
I'm going to drag that
folder now out to the main level.
| | 08:19 |
What I really want is the finer points.
| | 08:21 |
That's for fun, and Wait, Wait...
Don't Tell Me! That's for Fun.
| | 08:28 |
Then here, I'm going to rename, we'll
call this News, and maybe I'll do yet
| | 08:37 |
another -- you just saw another
function, which was open in tabs.
| | 08:41 |
I'll do a right-click, Create New
Folder, there we go, and maybe there's one,
| | 08:57 |
News, Fun and Geek, I'll
move Geek out here, there we go.
| | 09:07 |
So, Microsoft at Home.
| | 09:08 |
That's a geek, Microsoft
at Work. That's a geek.
| | 09:15 |
NPR.
| | 09:16 |
That's news, and there's all items.
| | 09:20 |
Now, let me go back down
to Feeds Plus here, do a
| | 09:23 |
right-click, Settings>Aggregate.
| | 09:26 |
I'm going to just
rebuild my aggregate feeds, OK.
| | 09:33 |
Now, I should be able to do for any
one of these, like all my geek items, and
| | 09:40 |
here is Microsoft at Home, Microsoft at
Home, Microsoft at Home, and then if I
| | 09:44 |
scroll down, here's the Microsoft at Work one,
all put together for me by my own organization.
| | 09:50 |
That is what an IE add-on could do.
| | 09:54 |
They can get a lot more powerful and
just for fun, I'll show you where one is.
| | 10:00 |
That is worth playing with.
IE7Pro. We'll hunt around for it here.
| | 10:08 |
That's what it is, ie7pro.com, good to remember.
| | 10:11 |
IE7Pro is a huge, huge, and I'll just
run it, add-in for Internet Explorer.
| | 10:26 |
English, I will zip through the installer.
| | 10:29 |
You can see that was done in real-
time there, these are very, very fast.
| | 10:37 |
So, we'll quit Internet Explorer.
| | 10:40 |
The add-ons are pretty small.
| | 10:43 |
Now the only difference on Internet
Explorer, it looks exactly the same, there
| | 10:46 |
was nothing down here,
there is this new little e.
| | 10:48 |
We'll right-click on it and here are a whole
bunch of extra items for Internet Explorer.
| | 10:58 |
Automatically resizing the window, I can
set the current tab, to automatically
| | 11:04 |
refresh, maybe if there is content that
changes, but it's not going on its own.
| | 11:10 |
I can block Flash, because sometimes
it's really annoying, Flash on a website.
| | 11:15 |
There's an extra Ad Filter, Tab
History, so even if I closed a tab, like I
| | 11:22 |
closed it accidentally, there's now a
command to reopen the last closed tab. Oops!
| | 11:27 |
I wanted to do it and we did it. I can, even.
| | 11:31 |
I'm going to go down to Preferences down here.
| | 11:34 |
There are a huge number of preferences as well.
| | 11:38 |
I can have Mouse Gestures which allow
me to just drag my mouse left and right,
| | 11:42 |
maybe go backwards and forwards or
maybe make a little T symbol to open a new
| | 11:47 |
tab, I mean, just tons and
tons of stuff that it can do.
| | 11:53 |
So, it just gives you an idea of
what's available for add-ins as well.
| | 11:58 |
There's even in IEPro, I didn't mention
it before but I should, in Preferences,
| | 12:02 |
this can be really handy.
| | 12:04 |
See this thing that says, User-Agent?
| | 12:07 |
What that is, is it's what version of
Internet Explorer is saying that it is.
| | 12:13 |
Sometimes you'll go to a website.
| | 12:15 |
You'll have IE7 and the website will
say this website requires IE6 or better,
| | 12:20 |
please upgrade to the latest version
of Internet Explorer. Latest version?
| | 12:23 |
I'm running Vista here, I've got the latest
version possible, what are you talking about?
| | 12:28 |
Well, you can, with IEPro as an add-
on, tell Internet Explorer to tell
| | 12:36 |
everybody else, just say I'm in
Internet Explorer 6, and probably everything
| | 12:40 |
will work from there.
| | 12:41 |
Note the little Asterisk.
| | 12:43 |
This will require IE to restart
before you can get it to work.
| | 12:47 |
I'm just going to hit Cancel to go out of that.
| | 12:50 |
Just remember when you're messing
around with Internet Explorer add-ons, they
| | 12:53 |
are probably the number one cause for crashes.
| | 12:56 |
So, if you're running into problems
with IE, that is probably your best bet, is
| | 13:02 |
that it's an add-on, if you
start messing around with an add-on.
| | 13:05 |
You can always test that by going to the
Start menu, typing Internet and get far
| | 13:12 |
enough to Internet Explorer.
| | 13:13 |
We have mentioned this earlier,
but now it makes a lot more sense.
| | 13:17 |
There is a version of the Internet
Explorer that will run with no add-ons.
| | 13:22 |
If that works, then the
problem is probably the add-ons.
| | 13:26 |
So just know that that's out there.
| | 13:30 |
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Windows Mail| 00:00 | Windows Mail sounds like a brand new
email program shipping with Vista. Oh!
| | 00:06 | This is so great. Let's launch it.
| | 00:09 | We will go to the Start menu.
| | 00:11 | I could start typing Windows if I want,
but there are so many things called
| | 00:15 | Windows, but that's not such
a hot idea. I will type Mail.
| | 00:18 | Now look, right at the top
of the list, Windows Mail.
| | 00:22 | It's also available if you click on the
Start menu, All Programs, because it's
| | 00:27 | one of the Windows programs.
| | 00:28 | It's in this long list that they put at
that top-level because they always want
| | 00:32 | you to see their own programs.
| | 00:33 | So here is Windows Mail.
| | 00:36 | Windows Mail sounds totally new.
| | 00:38 | It's really Outlook Express kind of
dressed up and updated for the Vista age.
| | 00:43 | As a matter of fact, if you had
Outlook Express on your computer and you
| | 00:46 | upgrade, Windows Mail should pick
up your Outlook Express settings.
| | 00:51 | If you do a Files and Settings
transfer, Windows Mail should take your old
| | 00:56 | Outlook Express data, and
put it into Windows Mail.
| | 01:00 | So you should be able to pick up right
where you left off, and the interface
| | 01:03 | really isn't all that different.
| | 01:05 | If you're not moving an old account to
Windows Mail though, you are going to
| | 01:08 | have to set up a new account.
| | 01:09 | It will probably prompt you right away.
| | 01:12 | I've of course on this computer
run this once or twice already.
| | 01:15 | But when you get the prompt, set up a
new account, you'll get the same thing
| | 01:19 | that you would get from tools,
Accounts, Add, email account, Next.
| | 01:27 | This is where it's going to start.
| | 01:28 | It's going to ask you to
set up your email account.
| | 01:30 | And I will go ahead and just set one
up here, so you can see how it works.
| | 01:34 | Jeff Van West, and write email address.
| | 01:37 | We had one set up for this.
| | 01:38 | It's vistatrainingjeff@gmail.com, and
the incoming mail server is pop.gmail.com,
| | 01:52 | outgoing email server is smtp.gmail.com,
and yes it requires authentication.
| | 02:03 | Where do I find all this information,
how do I know it's going to be different
| | 02:07 | for every kind of email account?
| | 02:08 | So you will need to set up the email
account the way your email provider has it.
| | 02:14 | If you have Gmail, well Gmail shows you, Google
shows you how to do it, right on their website.
| | 02:20 | So my email user name, if I actually want to login.
| | 02:23 | It's actually at gmail.com,
and then I put in a password.
| | 02:32 | And do I want to download my
mail at this time? Sure, I do.
| | 02:35 | We are going to connect, and it's going to fail.
| | 02:37 | It gave me an error here.
| | 02:40 | This is something that can
happen quite a bit actually.
| | 02:43 | So I am going to go ahead and close this window.
| | 02:46 | The account is actually good.
| | 02:48 | It's just that there are some advanced settings.
| | 02:51 | One of the problems that you might run
into with Windows Mail is that, they kind
| | 02:55 | of hide a few settings on you.
| | 02:57 | If you wanted to change this account,
you've actually got to go to the account
| | 03:01 | and click on Properties of the account.
| | 03:05 | Here are my servers, and these are all good.
| | 03:08 | My outgoing server requires authentication.
| | 03:11 | That means it's going to
need my name and my password.
| | 03:13 | If I click Settings, basically it's
using the same one as incoming, which is
| | 03:17 | correct if I got the password correct.
| | 03:18 | But way over on advanced, there are some
other things that are needed, these are
| | 03:22 | secure connections that Gmail requires.
| | 03:27 | How would I know something like this again?
| | 03:29 | This is the kind of thing when you
set up your email whoever your email
| | 03:32 | service provider is.
| | 03:34 | You are going to need to get
all this information from them.
| | 03:36 | I hope there are a lot of people over this
from, trying to get their accounts to work.
| | 03:40 | We will close, and let's do a
send and receive. That looks good.
| | 03:46 | Now interesting.
| | 03:49 | Here we have Windows has downloaded
a message that appears to be junk.
| | 03:53 | This is the kind of message you will
get pretty quickly if you are out there
| | 03:56 | using Windows Mail, and you can see,
it's put some messages in my Inbox and in
| | 04:00 | my Junk email folder.
| | 04:02 | It gives me a chance right
now to check my Junk folder.
| | 04:06 | Set my Junk E-mail options.
| | 04:08 | We will do that in a moment.
| | 04:09 | It also says, do you want to see this message?
| | 04:11 | If you don't check this box, every time you
get junk mail you are going to get this message.
| | 04:16 | And these days, well that means you
are going to get the message pretty much
| | 04:19 | every time you check your mail.
| | 04:20 | So we will close that
window out. So here we go.
| | 04:23 | Here is a message and I have got some
from this guy named Jeff, interesting
| | 04:27 | fellow, and here is some
other stuff that came up.
| | 04:30 | Here's one of those ones if you
remember from the earlier movie.
| | 04:33 | That was in fact sort of dangerous junk mail.
| | 04:36 | You can see that if I linger
on a message, it goes to read.
| | 04:42 | But I can click to a message, look quickly,
and click on and it doesn't go to read.
| | 04:47 | I also have a preview of the message right here.
| | 04:51 | If I want, I can change short of the
way messages are being shown with View,
| | 04:58 | Layout, and here is my Preview pane.
| | 05:04 | I can change whether I
want to show the pane or not.
| | 05:08 | I can decide whether I want it
below the message or beside the message.
| | 05:12 | And there I have it off to one side,
which is nice if I have a nice, wide
| | 05:15 | monitor and so forth.
| | 05:17 | So I have a lot that I could control.
| | 05:19 | You can also change what you are seeing
on the various menu Bars all sorts of
| | 05:24 | cool stuff, feel free to
play around with it as you wish.
| | 05:28 | Another cool feature that Windows Mail has
is which messages it's going to show you.
| | 05:33 | For example, it could hide all
the messages that have been read.
| | 05:37 | So maybe you just want to see
the unread messages in your Inbox.
| | 05:40 | That's actually a really handy tool to make
a whole bunch of messages go away real quick.
| | 05:47 | Then you can go back, Show all the messages.
| | 05:49 | If you ever want to switch something
back to unread, you can right-click on it,
| | 05:55 | mark it as unread, and then it will stay that way.
| | 05:58 | As you click away, click back on, and
linger there for a while, and then it
| | 06:03 | should go back to a read
message. There it goes.
| | 06:06 | Let's go and check out that Junk Mail.
| | 06:08 | I am going to go over to
the Junk Mail for a moment.
| | 06:11 | Here in fact, I had some messages
that came from this Jeff guy and they do
| | 06:16 | look like junk mail.
| | 06:17 | If I want to delete a message,
I can click to just Delete.
| | 06:21 | If this was a legitimate message, I
could mark it as Not Junk, and it would be
| | 06:28 | taken out of my Junk Mail
folder. How about that?
| | 06:32 | Pretty cool, which means it's going to
go back into my regular email folder.
| | 06:36 | Now, there are a whole bunch of
settings about Junk Mail that you could do,
| | 06:40 | and change if you want.
| | 06:41 | But I am not going to get into most of those.
| | 06:43 | If you want to really check out a lot
more about email and junk mail, back to
| | 06:48 | the using your email, I highly
recommend you check out this title by this crazy
| | 06:54 | Jeff guy, called Effective E-mail from
lynda.com where it goes into vast detail
| | 06:59 | about everything you ever
want to know about email.
| | 07:01 | This one uses Outlook Express in there
along with a couple of other, Microsoft
| | 07:06 | Outlook, Apple Mail, Entourage things like that.
| | 07:10 | But just about everything
that's in there would apply.
| | 07:13 | Go ahead and close that back out.
| | 07:15 | Before we leave email, which wouldn't
be fair if I didn't take a look at just
| | 07:20 | creating a mail message, real
quick just so you can see what's there.
| | 07:24 | Everything is pretty
standard and it's pretty basic.
| | 07:26 | If you want to attach a file to a message,
here is a little paper clip for attaching.
| | 07:31 | Maybe I want to send this
cool camping picture, right?
| | 07:35 | If there is an attachment I want to
make sure I had the right attachment.
| | 07:38 | I can always double-click it, and it
will open up in Photo Gallery or Word or
| | 07:42 | whatever it happens to be.
| | 07:43 | So I can make sure I
really did attach the right one.
| | 07:47 | Click anywhere in the body of the
message, type my message, click To, and I
| | 08:03 | could just type in who it's going to go to.
| | 08:07 | Let's send it to jeff@lynda.com.
| | 08:13 | This is also a button, the To.
| | 08:16 | And what it is looking at is it's looking
at all of my contacts that I have saved.
| | 08:22 | And right now, well I only have
Jeff Van West saved, which is me.
| | 08:26 | I don't even have an email set up for Jeff.
| | 08:32 | So that message probably won't go through.
| | 08:34 | We will take a look at Contacts in the
next movie, and then when I want to send
| | 08:40 | the message off, click on Send.
| | 08:43 | That gives you a quick overview of
what's in the mail part of Windows Mail.
| | 08:48 | Before we leave we do have to mention the other
part of Windows Mail, which is the Newsreader.
| | 08:53 | No matter what this Microsoft Community says.
| | 08:55 | Now, I will say that newsreaders are sort
of a technological backwater if you will.
| | 09:01 | They aren't used nearly as much as they
used to be, because of two reasons, one,
| | 09:06 | most newsgroups have a great web
interface that's a little easier to use, you
| | 09:10 | can get to it from
anywhere, you don't have to do it from your email.
| | 09:13 | Two, there are a lot of newsgroups
out there where you don't want your real
| | 09:17 | email being published in the newsgroup.
| | 09:20 | Not because you don't want your name
associated with things, but the spambots
| | 09:25 | that are out there looking for email
addresses, in order to send junk mail,
| | 09:31 | learned a long ago that they can peruse
the newsgroups and harvest a whole bunch
| | 09:35 | of real email addresses.
| | 09:37 | So some people will set up Outlook
for their mail and Windows mail or
| | 09:41 | Outlook Express just to read
newsgroups, and they will have a bogus email
| | 09:45 | address in there as well.
| | 09:46 | So just something I will put out there.
| | 09:48 | If you do want to subscribe to
newsgroups, they are sort of built-in.
| | 09:52 | Go ahead and click.
| | 09:53 | It's going to download a whole
bunch of groups. What are these?
| | 09:57 | These are Microsoft public
groups from all around the world.
| | 10:04 | Like JP there is Japan, NL is Netherlands.
| | 10:08 | If you want to find out all sorts of
information, ask questions about Microsoft
| | 10:12 | publisher, you could subscribe to that group.
| | 10:15 | And we can cruise down, here's Media
Center and you can see that there are
| | 10:22 | Windows Media, a ton of
different things about media.
| | 10:25 | There are even ones about Windows ME
for people that are still out there,
| | 10:28 | Windows CE and here we go,
here is Windows Vista.
| | 10:32 | So let's do that one, Windows Vista, General.
| | 10:36 | We will subscribe to
that group. We will say OK.
| | 10:43 | Now over on the left over here,
I have this Public News group.
| | 10:48 | As soon as I click on it, these are
all questions about Windows Vista.
| | 10:56 | You can see these are mostly coming
from people who are having problems like,
| | 11:00 | how do I downgrade from Vista to XP?
| | 11:04 | System administrator, policies
preventing installation, shadow copies,
| | 11:08 | absolutely refusing to work.
| | 11:10 | So I will click on that one.
| | 11:11 | You can see the little Torrent Icon
becomes whole, and it's somebody with
| | 11:15 | a question about shadow copies, here is
somebody with a question about the Taskbar.
| | 11:21 | How do I put a notebook into the Taskbar?
| | 11:23 | And somebody answered that, well I will
expand the thread and here, how do I put a notepad?
| | 11:29 | Well, somebody was doing that.
| | 11:31 | How do you add a quick launch area?
| | 11:34 | And somebody came up with an answer.
| | 11:36 | So here is a way for you to post messages,
get answers so forth and so on about a group.
| | 11:45 | And the Microsoft communities
are a really safe place to do this.
| | 11:48 | Again, there are tons of news feeds out
there, but a lot of them like I said are
| | 11:53 | perused by the spambot.
| | 11:54 | So it can be a little bit of an issue,
if you want to use your real email
| | 11:58 | address out there, kind of got to be careful.
| | 12:00 | Anyway, that's how
newsreaders work just as a quick level.
| | 12:03 | Again, if you want more information on
email, check out the Effective E-mail title.
| | 12:06 | If you want more information about how
those Contacts and Windows Calendar work
| | 12:13 | that are somewhat integrated into Windows Mail.
| | 12:15 | Well, for that, check out the next movie.
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Windows Contacts| 00:00 |
Here we are back in Windows Mail and it's
the best place to look at Windows Contacts.
| | 00:05 |
Like we said before, Windows Mail
is really Outlook Express revisited.
| | 00:09 |
The old Outlook Express had a
built-in kind of contacts manager.
| | 00:13 |
Windows Vista separates this out to
what seems like a separate program.
| | 00:18 |
I'm going to go ahead and hit the Start
menu here with a WinKey on the keyboard,
| | 00:22 |
and I type contacts and
there's Windows contacts.
| | 00:26 |
Hey, this looks like a program and when
I hit Enter, I get something that looks
| | 00:32 |
like Windows Explorer.
| | 00:35 |
What's going on here?
| | 00:36 |
Windows contacts is sort
of like a pseudo-program.
| | 00:38 |
What it is, is it's a special folder
and if you look in my User directory of
| | 00:43 |
Jeff Van West, there is a folder called
Contacts and that opens the same thing.
| | 00:49 |
If I don't get to it
that way just so you can see it.
| | 00:52 |
Windows menu/Jeff Van West/Contacts and
suddenly we're looking at the same thing.
| | 00:59 |
What this special folder is, is it
holds these .contact files and if you don't
| | 01:04 |
have extensions turned on, you'll
just see Jeff Van West and no.contact.
| | 01:08 |
These are new files to Windows and
what they hold is contact information.
| | 01:13 |
There is always one for your User account,
but it may not have much information in it.
| | 01:18 |
I double-click to open and here you can
see it's actually got my name a little
| | 01:22 |
bit off, and I can just correct it.
| | 01:24 |
My first name isn't Jeff Van, my first
name is Jeff, click down on Last name,
| | 01:29 |
Van West and the name is still correct
and the e-mail that I've been using for
| | 01:35 |
this training, I've entered an e-mail,
I'm going to hit Add and you will see it
| | 01:45 |
will get bold, preferred e-mail.
| | 01:47 |
You can actually have as many e-mails as
you want for a particular person and we
| | 01:52 |
all know that sometimes
people have multiple e-mails.
| | 01:55 |
You can also have a Home address, a
work address, family information, who their
| | 02:01 |
spouse or partner is, kids birthday,
anniversary, notes about them, anything
| | 02:07 |
like that and in this case, Digital Ids,
again it's sort of beyond our scope
| | 02:13 |
today, but you can check out the
effective e-mails title on lynda.com and you
| | 02:17 |
will find out a little bit
about digital IDs as well.
| | 02:20 |
It's just a way of saying this did in
fact come from particular person, the
| | 02:24 |
e-mail and all the information once we
typed in would be summarized right here.
| | 02:29 |
I'll hit OK and now you can see that
the contact information has the e-mail
| | 02:34 |
address associated with it.
| | 02:36 |
The whole point of contacts is that
they are linked back into Windows Mail.
| | 02:41 |
So, let's go back to Windows Mail
and take a look at how this might work.
| | 02:44 |
Here are two other people who have send me
some e-mails and I want to add them to my contacts.
| | 02:49 |
Now, just to save your embarrassment
that comes this way, normally you can send
| | 02:55 |
someone your contact
information as an attachment.
| | 02:58 |
People do it from Outlook all the time
and here Danielle, she has done that.
| | 03:02 |
Here is my contact info,
except there is not attachment.
| | 03:05 |
There will be a little paper clip
right here and it's not there, so now I'm
| | 03:10 |
going to write back to Danielle and
say Danielle you forgot to attach it.
| | 03:14 |
So, she will write back and she will
say yeah, I attached it, here as again and
| | 03:16 |
I won't to see it and she will say that
again and then finally she will say, oh!
| | 03:20 |
Okay and she will retype all of
her contact information to me.
| | 03:23 |
As it turns out in Windows Mail, if
there is a business card associated with
| | 03:29 |
something and there are a number of
formats for that, Windows Mail is going to
| | 03:34 |
use a different icon, but if you click
on it, in this case it was a vCard file
| | 03:40 |
and open here is in Windows Contacts
looks like all of Danielle's information.
| | 03:46 |
She gave me her work address, I got a
e-mail, all sorts of summary, all that cool
| | 03:52 |
stuff but nothing happens
until you say add to my contacts.
| | 03:58 |
Click Add to my contacts, okay and now
I'll go back to Contacts and there's Danielle.
| | 04:05 |
She's in there as a new contact.
| | 04:08 |
Go back to Windows Mail.
| | 04:12 |
By the way I want to mention here in
Windows Mail since it came up with the
| | 04:16 |
previous movie, right now
we have Hide Read Messages.
| | 04:19 |
That's why we can't see any of the
other messages which is a nice way to, you
| | 04:23 |
got a lots of stuff stored in your
Inbox but you don't have to look at the ones
| | 04:25 |
you've already read.
| | 04:26 |
So here is one from Bob and there is
Danielle again and by the way she didn't
| | 04:32 |
turned to read and there she goes, she
turns to read, if you ever want to switch
| | 04:36 |
people from read to not read you can
right-click mark as read, mark as unread.
| | 04:41 |
All right, back to Contacts.
| | 04:43 |
Here is Bob and he just
sent me all his information.
| | 04:46 |
Now, I could copy this out and I can
create a new contact for Bob and paste
| | 04:50 |
everything together, but there is a faster way.
| | 04:53 |
I'm going to right-click on
Bob, Add Sender to Contacts.
| | 04:58 |
This is going to open a new contact,
which will be here in my Contact folder.
| | 05:04 |
Now, if I want to edit that, I'll
double-click it because Bob sent me more
| | 05:12 |
than just his e-mail.
| | 05:13 |
All I have got his name and his e-mail right now.
| | 05:16 |
I don't have say his work
address or his Home address.
| | 05:18 |
I'll go back to Windows Mail and I'm
just going to select by dragging with my
| | 05:26 |
mouse over that whole section of his
e-mail, and his address and phone number.
| | 05:32 |
Right-click, Copy, we could also have used
Edit>Copy, we will go back to Bobs address.
| | 05:40 |
Let's say this was home address.
| | 05:42 |
I do a right-click in the street area and
paste and now what happened, I'm using my up arrow.
| | 05:48 |
You can see all the information is in there.
| | 05:50 |
Why did I put it all in street?
| | 05:52 |
Because street allows for multiple lines.
| | 05:54 |
I'm going to use my arrow and Delete
key to get out the extra spaces in there
| | 05:59 |
and now, I could just take all the
information, so that's phone number,
| | 06:04 |
right-click, Cut, go over
to Phone, right-click Paste.
| | 06:10 |
Town, if I double-click it
will select the whole town.
| | 06:13 |
Right-click, Cut, to City right-click
Paste, Backspace, Backspace to get rid of
| | 06:20 |
that information, Cut the zip code, right
-click Paste the zip code and sometimes
| | 06:29 |
it's faster to type too, ME for Maine,
we'll select that Maine, hit backspace a
| | 06:35 |
couple of times and we have added
his home address. I'll click OK.
| | 06:38 |
Here is Bob Philpot again in Contacts
and I'll go to Summary, looks like we have
| | 06:47 |
here is his home Phone number and
right there is his home address.
| | 06:53 |
So we have added Bob now to our
contacts and the cool thing is if we ever want
| | 06:58 |
to e-mails folks again, when we
Create Mail, if I click To, here are all the
| | 07:06 |
contacts that I have created
and this can be a very long list.
| | 07:10 |
Now, if you are upgrading from
Outlook or Outlook Express or even an e-mail
| | 07:16 |
program that allows you to export
contacts in the standard format, a lot of
| | 07:21 |
e-mail programs and it's usually
under the File menu in Programs,
| | 07:26 |
will allow you to Export and see
here you can Export Windows Contact.
| | 07:31 |
Once you Export and they are exported as
a file and then you'll come over to the
| | 07:35 |
File menu in Windows Mail> Import>
Windows Contacts or switching back over to our
| | 07:43 |
Contacts folder, one of the
special items across the top is Import.
| | 07:49 |
And these are all the supported files
and you can see one of them is Address
| | 07:53 |
Book File, which was Outlook Express.
| | 07:55 |
VCF file which is a very common format.
| | 07:58 |
You can save contacts out of Outlook
and of Apple Mail and all sorts of things.
| | 08:03 |
LDIF file, this comes from a contact
server, which if you don't know what that
| | 08:09 |
is you probably not to worry about it,
but if you work on a large corporation of
| | 08:12 |
something that has a contact information,
people in the corporation it may come
| | 08:16 |
that way or if need be just comma
separated text and you might have to clean
| | 08:21 |
those up, but you can't get other
contact information into Windows Mail.
| | 08:25 |
Before we leave, let's just at Groups
because I get this question sometimes too.
| | 08:29 |
A group is a group of contacts.
| | 08:33 |
So, I'm going to create a new
contact group and the whole point is let's
| | 08:37 |
suppose I have a group of people who I send
out e-mails to regularly, Sunday Knitting Circle.
| | 08:49 |
Now, I have two ways that I
can put people in this group.
| | 08:52 |
I'm going to hit OK.
| | 08:56 |
If Danielle and Bob are on the Sunday
Knitting Circle all I have to do is take
| | 09:00 |
Danielle's contact and drag it into
Sunday Knitting Circle and drag Bob's into
| | 09:03 |
Sunday Knitting Circle, I'll double-
click so you can see it and you can see that
| | 09:08 |
in the group are Bob and Danielle
because Sunday Knitting Circle exists.
| | 09:13 |
I am now in Windows Mail>Create Mail>To,
I can type it in here and you can see
| | 09:26 |
when I hit the Tab key or the Return
key after typing Sunday Knitting Circle it
| | 09:30 |
underlines and got a little semi-colon after it.
| | 09:32 |
That means that Windows Mail
understands what I wrote there.
| | 09:36 |
It knows extremeness as an e-mail
address and what will it do, whatever this
| | 09:40 |
message is, it will send it out to Bob.
| | 09:42 |
It will send it out to Danielle.
| | 09:43 |
We will go back to Contacts for a second,
double-click Sunday Knitting Circle.
| | 09:48 |
If I want to add people to my Group,
but I don't want to add them to my
| | 09:54 |
Contacts, my Windows Contacts, I can
just type a name in here I want to, so
| | 09:59 |
maybe I want Garrick in there, an
Instructor Extraordinare at lynda.com and
| | 10:07 |
we'll call it Gerrick.
| | 10:09 |
Suppose it's garrick@garrick.
com, create for group only.
| | 10:16 |
That added Garrick to the group and he
will get these e-mails, but he is not part
| | 10:21 |
of my contact information.
| | 10:23 |
So you have the option either way
when you're dealing with Contacts.
| | 10:27 |
One more thing before we
go, just because it's fun.
| | 10:30 |
If you don't want this little blank
faced picture, you actually want a picture
| | 10:34 |
of the person or just something that
reminds you of them, open up the Contact
| | 10:38 |
and there is the picture.
| | 10:39 |
You see it says Click to select a picture.
| | 10:42 |
I can click, change picture and it goes
to my Pictures folder normally and take
| | 10:49 |
whatever picture you want of the person.
| | 10:51 |
Here is a nice one.
| | 10:55 |
Now, whenever I think about Bob I
can see this picture in his contact as
| | 10:59 |
well just by hitting OK.
| | 11:00 |
Oh Bob, he is such a great guy.
| | 11:04 |
So there you have it, Windows Contacts.
| | 11:08 |
| | Collapse this transcript |
| Windows Calendar| 00:00 |
Until Windows Vista, Windows didn't come
with a great built-in calendar and task
| | 00:05 |
manager, but now it does.
| | 00:06 |
It's called Windows Calendar, and it's
sort of a stripped-down version of what
| | 00:11 |
you might find in Outlook.
| | 00:13 |
The nice thing about Windows Calendar
is it's basically what you need in a
| | 00:16 |
calendar, and nothing more.
| | 00:17 |
I'll just type 'calendar', and
all I have to get is four letters.
| | 00:23 |
I have got Windows Calendar.
| | 00:24 |
It's also available from all programs, and
then Windows Calendar would be in the list.
| | 00:28 |
Here it is and let's maximize Windows Calendar.
| | 00:30 |
It takes up the whole screen.
| | 00:32 |
The calendar itself sits in the center,
and you have several views on the tool bar.
| | 00:36 |
There's a little triangle.
| | 00:38 |
You can pull down, and you can see you
can have the day, workweek, week, month,
| | 00:43 |
and then you can check on and off the
navigation pane, which is over here in the
| | 00:46 |
left, and the details pane,
over here on the right.
| | 00:49 |
I would recommend you keep both of those open.
| | 00:51 |
You will see why as we go.
| | 00:52 |
If you want to cycle through the
Views quickly, you can just press the View
| | 00:56 |
button, and cycle through, or you
can select the View in one of the list.
| | 01:00 |
Here is the day View, and in the day
View, we have details of times as well
| | 01:05 |
as kind of an easy to see difference in
color between our non-workday and our workday.
| | 01:12 |
The workweek, five days, Monday through
Friday, but you could change that if you
| | 01:16 |
want if you work a different schedule.
| | 01:18 |
Here's the full week, Sunday through
Saturday, and then back to the month View.
| | 01:22 |
So how do you use Windows Calendar?
| | 01:24 |
Well, let's go to the Day View, and we
want to make an appointment 10 to 11:30.
| | 01:29 |
So all I need to do is drag from
10 am to 11:30, and let's say it's a
| | 01:36 |
dentist appointment.
| | 01:37 |
I'll just start typing 'dentist', long
appointment, I have a lot of things to do.
| | 01:41 |
Naw, I don't want a dentist appointment.
| | 01:43 |
Let's make it a meeting.
| | 01:45 |
Meeting with Garrick.
| | 01:52 |
So you can see all I need to do is
select an area of time, start typing, I can
| | 01:57 |
make changes, do whatever I want, if
that's all I need, just to block off that
| | 02:01 |
part of my calendar, I can hit
Return, and I am done. How about that?
| | 02:05 |
What could be easier, right?
| | 02:06 |
You can see on the Details pane over
on the right, meeting with Garrick, and
| | 02:10 |
then a lot more
information I could add if I want to.
| | 02:13 |
So I could add a location,
a web address if needed.
| | 02:17 |
Here's the start and end times.
| | 02:19 |
I can change those over here, if need be.
| | 02:21 |
Maybe we were going to start at 9 am,
and you can see how my meeting has moved.
| | 02:25 |
We will do recurrences and reminders in
just a minute, but let's go back just to
| | 02:29 |
making meetings for a moment.
| | 02:30 |
I can also, if I want to, just
move the meeting around on the day.
| | 02:34 |
Garrick needed to reschedule to one,
and just drag it down to one o'clock.
| | 02:38 |
You can see over on the left in Navigation,
this day, the 2nd, has a Bold on it right now.
| | 02:46 |
So that means there must be
something happening that day.
| | 02:49 |
If I want to go back to my workweek
View, and I can see it, my whole week.
| | 02:56 |
Here is the entire week, and
here's the month with a meeting.
| | 02:59 |
If I need to move this meeting to
another day, I can just take the meeting
| | 03:03 |
in month View up, we are going to meet on
the 10th instead, and drag it to the 10th.
| | 03:06 |
Now you can see how 10 is kind of Bold.
| | 03:10 |
That can be helpful when I am in say, my
workweek View, and I want to see when I
| | 03:15 |
have things going on in the following week.
| | 03:16 |
But if I am in the workweek View, and I
want to make an event, can I just drag
| | 03:20 |
across the section of the day? Well, no.
| | 03:24 |
I can however, right-click on a
particular day, and I'll get something that just
| | 03:29 |
says Appointment by default.
| | 03:31 |
What it shows me though, is a one-
hour appointment at approximately where I
| | 03:36 |
clicked, and let's make this one dentist.
| | 03:39 |
You can't avoid them.
| | 03:41 |
You got to go there some time.
| | 03:43 |
Once the appointment is made, now, I
can if I want to, drag to make it longer
| | 03:50 |
or shorter, I can move it around in the
day, or I can edit the information over
| | 03:55 |
on the Details pane.
| | 03:56 |
So I always have that option.
| | 03:57 |
While we are looking at the Details pane,
let's look at some of the things that are there.
| | 04:01 |
For one, let's jump right down to Reminder.
| | 04:04 |
This is a dentist appointment, and I
want something to pop up and tell me about
| | 04:10 |
an hour before the appointment,
that I have to go to the dentist.
| | 04:14 |
And because it was put on the 5/1/
2007, the reminder came up right now.
| | 04:22 |
Because 5/1/2007 as it turns out as
when I am recording this, was yesterday.
| | 04:26 |
So it says, Dentist
Appointment, 21 hours overdue.
| | 04:29 |
Oops, I didn't really want that.
| | 04:32 |
Tell you what, we'll dismiss off,
and let's move the dentist appointment.
| | 04:38 |
We'll move it right over here to say 8 am. On.
| | 04:45 |
There we go. 5/2/2007,
| | 04:48 |
and this is where
I really want to see come up.
| | 04:50 |
Dentist appointment, due in 25 minutes.
| | 04:52 |
So it's giving me a warning, and it's
giving me the warning, I said I wanted a
| | 04:58 |
reminder an hour before, and when I'm
recording this actually, because I am an
| | 05:02 |
early bird, right now it is 7:35, and
this appointment is due at 8 and oop.
| | 05:08 |
It pops up here, and if I wanted to, I
could sit and snooze that, five minutes
| | 05:12 |
later I would get the warning again.
| | 05:14 |
I kept snoozing it, or I could set a snooze
interval, right here, off of this Reminder.
| | 05:19 |
The reminder can pop up with a sound,
can pop up with a pop-up window, and I
| | 05:24 |
could set that at My
Preferences, which will show here.
| | 05:26 |
I'm just going to go ahead and dismiss
that, and now it will come up for me again.
| | 05:29 |
Let's go back to the month View for a moment.
| | 05:31 |
Now, let's suppose I have got a trip
planned, and I'm going on vacation from
| | 05:37 |
the 14th to the 18th.
| | 05:39 |
How am I going to do that?
| | 05:41 |
I can't select across all those days,
so let me go on the 14th, and I will just
| | 05:45 |
right-click for a new appointment.
| | 05:47 |
Now they are a couple of
things that can happen here.
| | 05:50 |
I have when I right-clicked.
| | 05:52 |
It made a new appointment.
| | 05:53 |
It said it was an all-day appointment.
| | 05:55 |
What does that mean?
| | 05:56 |
Let me go to the Day View, so I can show you.
| | 06:00 |
See how this says New
Appointment and it's up above the time.
| | 06:04 |
It's just something
that's happening on this day.
| | 06:07 |
That's different than taking up the entire day.
| | 06:11 |
It's sort of an event at the top,
and I can have lots of these.
| | 06:14 |
These all day appointments are great, not
because there's something happening all day.
| | 06:18 |
They're just a sort of marker on your
calendar for that day, somebody's birthday maybe.
| | 06:23 |
That's a great thing for an all-day appointment.
| | 06:26 |
An event that you are not sure
whether it's going to happen yet.
| | 06:30 |
Let say, let's double-click this like, I'm
not sure if I am going to go on vacation.
| | 06:35 |
Is this the time we are going
to go on vacation this week?
| | 06:37 |
I'll put it as vacation, question mark. Like that.
| | 06:41 |
Vacation, and we will go back to
the Month View, for a moment here.
| | 06:46 |
So it just shows up on
the day as a sort of marker.
| | 06:51 |
Now, I said I wanted to have
this vacation all of this week.
| | 06:55 |
There are couple of ways I can do that.
| | 06:57 |
I could hold down my Ctrl key, which
you remember, usually copies things,
| | 07:04 |
but that's not working.
| | 07:06 |
Unfortunately, Windows Calendar, they
decided to break with tradition, and not
| | 07:10 |
let you copy and paste
things by the simple Control+drag.
| | 07:14 |
But that's all right, because there is
something built-in called Recurrence, and
| | 07:18 |
you also have an option of having
things end on a different than they start.
| | 07:22 |
So let's take a look at these.
| | 07:23 |
What if I have it end on the 18th?
| | 07:27 |
Now, what I get on my calendar is
a banner going all the way across.
| | 07:32 |
But it didn't go all the way to the 18th, why?
| | 07:35 |
Because the all-day appointment by
default ends at 12 am, the beginning of the day.
| | 07:40 |
So if I want that to extend on the Friday,
it's got to go to the 19th, and now I
| | 07:44 |
have a banner across my schedule for a
vacation, and if I go to any one of those
| | 07:50 |
in the Day View, I'll see vacation.
| | 07:52 |
You can see it's kind of open ended.
| | 07:54 |
So that actually works pretty well.
| | 07:55 |
Let's go back to the Month View.
| | 07:58 |
Another option, instead of
having it extend over all the days.
| | 08:02 |
I'll have it start and end on the
same day, but I'll have it recur, I will
| | 08:06 |
have it recur every day.
| | 08:08 |
Whoops, now it's going everyday forever.
| | 08:11 |
Well, that would be lovely, but
until I win the lottery I can't do that.
| | 08:14 |
So let's switch to Advanced of the
Recurrence, and I have a couple of things.
| | 08:19 |
I can say, recur five times.
| | 08:21 |
Recur until a specific date.
| | 08:24 |
All of those will work.
| | 08:25 |
You also see that I have the option
of recurring every one Week, every one
| | 08:31 |
Month, every one Year.
| | 08:33 |
So if you wanted to do say a monthly
night out with the guys, whatever it is,
| | 08:39 |
it's going to repeat every
one month forever, right?
| | 08:44 |
Notice as soon as I did that, I have
options though, because this is the first
| | 08:49 |
day, the 14th day of the month, or
maybe it's I go out with the guys on the
| | 08:54 |
second Monday of the month, right?
| | 08:57 |
In which case I would get - let me and hit OK
| | 08:59 |
so you can see this.
| | 09:00 |
There is vacation on the second
Monday of this month. There you go.
| | 09:07 |
There is vacation on the second Monday of June.
| | 09:10 |
Let's scroll forward, there's
vacation on the second Monday of July.
| | 09:16 |
So it's just there always on my calendar.
| | 09:19 |
I go back to May, because really this
was going to be Vacation. Recur, Advanced.
| | 09:28 |
I wanted it though Every day, for five days.
| | 09:32 |
That's all I am going to go away, and
now instead of a banner, I have this
| | 09:38 |
repeat on my calendar.
| | 09:39 |
So you get your choice of what you want.
| | 09:42 |
But one thing you probably don't want
is to have a multi-day appointment that's
| | 09:48 |
not an all-day appointment,
because you end up with this.
| | 09:51 |
This is something I recommend you get away from.
| | 09:54 |
By the way, whenever you change
something on a recurring event it's always going
| | 10:00 |
to ask you whether you want to
change the entire series or not.
| | 10:05 |
Because you can't in this program, just
change one of the events, which is sort
| | 10:09 |
of unfortunate, but
sometimes people end up with this.
| | 10:12 |
I am going to be on vacation or let's
do, not going to be vacation that week,
| | 10:19 |
turns out I'm going to be working in LA, and
I may be working everyday from 8 am to 5 pm.
| | 10:33 |
And in the Advanced, we won't do,
we will do none for Recurrence.
| | 10:42 |
There we go, 8 am to 5 pm, but
it's going to end on Friday.
| | 10:49 |
What I wanted was 8 am to 5 pm every
day, and what I got was 8 am, and it
| | 10:55 |
rolled through to 5 pm.
| | 10:57 |
on the last day, and that's
really not what I had in mind.
| | 11:02 |
So there it is without a Recurrence.
| | 11:07 |
Let's switch this back to start and end
on the same day, and then everyday, and
| | 11:19 |
in the Advanced, it will
Everyday forever. Five days.
| | 11:25 |
Go back to my Month View, and now you could
see, I've got a repeating event every day.
| | 11:33 |
So there are lots of sort of
permutations in there, and might not be the best
| | 11:36 |
explanation in the world, but you get
the idea that you have to look at what you
| | 11:40 |
want to do, whether you want something
to block up a whole day, whether you want
| | 11:44 |
it to be a specific part of the day on
a Recurrence, whether you want a banner
| | 11:47 |
across days, all of those things work.
| | 11:50 |
Let's look at Tasks for a moment.
| | 11:51 |
Maybe I need a reminder about something,
but I don't want an actual event on my
| | 11:56 |
calendar, I just want the pop-up.
| | 11:58 |
That's a good thing for a task.
| | 12:00 |
Creating task by clicking the New Task
button, and maybe every Friday I have
| | 12:04 |
to take out the trash.
| | 12:06 |
So let's do Take Out Trash, and when is it due?
| | 12:12 |
It's going to be due this Friday, all
right, and that's all there is to it, and
| | 12:16 |
on Friday, Take Out The Trash will
appear for me over here, and if I don't take
| | 12:22 |
out the trash, on Saturday will turn
red, because it will become overdue, but just
| | 12:28 |
having it appear on my
Calendar is not all that helpful.
| | 12:30 |
I want it to remind me, so now I can set a
reminder to take out the trash. It says, On Date.
| | 12:37 |
The Trash truck.
| | 12:38 |
It comes at like seven o'clock in
morning, and maybe I haven't got in the
| | 12:42 |
trash out early enough, what I really want is
-- I want to get my reminder on the day before.
| | 12:49 |
Here we go.
| | 12:51 |
So on the 3rd, I will get a
reminder for take out the trash.
| | 12:55 |
And one of the things about Windows
Calendar that I wish it could do is have
| | 13:01 |
what they call recurring reminders,
but at the very least, once take out the
| | 13:05 |
trash is done, I could change the Date
of take out the trash to the next Friday,
| | 13:12 |
and the next Friday, and the next
Friday, and it can go on and on and on, and
| | 13:16 |
I'll get reminders that will pop up just
like the Appointment Pop-up you saw, to
| | 13:20 |
remind me to do something.
| | 13:21 |
When I am done with it, I can
check it off, and it's done.
| | 13:25 |
You'll notice that these
events are all color-coded too.
| | 13:28 |
They are color-coded green, because
they're part of Jeff Van West's calendar.
| | 13:34 |
The idea here is that I could have
several calendars on this one physical calendar.
| | 13:41 |
Well, that was kind of
confusing the way they worded it.
| | 13:44 |
You can think about it as, I can
have several categories on my calendar.
| | 13:50 |
So on this one calendar, I can have
several different categories of events.
| | 13:54 |
So maybe this is my calendar, and if I right
-click in calendars, I can do New Calendar.
| | 13:59 |
If I am sharing the computer with
somebody, this could be my wife's calendar,
| | 14:09 |
and we'll change her color, purple.
| | 14:15 |
So if I have her calendar selected, and
I right-click for a New Appointment, you
| | 14:20 |
can see her appointments will be in
purple, and maybe I'll have another new
| | 14:24 |
calendar here, and I will call it Kids Events.
| | 14:31 |
And that one is in pink.
| | 14:33 |
So I'll right click for a New
Appointment, here's something in Pink.
| | 14:39 |
So if this was a soccer game, there's a
soccer game in pink on my calendar, and
| | 14:48 |
I can see at a glance, this isn't one
of my events, this is a kid's event.
| | 14:51 |
The other thing that I can do, once I
have multiple calendars, is I can group
| | 14:56 |
them for a little organization.
| | 14:57 |
Well, why would I do that? Check this out.
| | 15:00 |
Let's suppose, I wanted to only
see certain calendars at a time.
| | 15:04 |
If I want to just see mine, I have to
sit here and turn off Jenny's, kids, and
| | 15:07 |
who knows I might have several others
in there, and they will disappear from my
| | 15:11 |
calendar to kind of remove the clutter.
| | 15:13 |
I can create a new group by right-
clicking, we'll call it Family, and then I
| | 15:21 |
could take Kids Events, Jenny's Calendar,
put it in to Family, and at one check,
| | 15:29 |
I can turn on and off all
of these other calendars.
| | 15:32 |
So that's pretty slick.
| | 15:33 |
The other thing you can do, along these
lines, once you have got these multiple
| | 15:36 |
calendar's idea, which again, think
about as categories on your calendar.
| | 15:40 |
You can subscribe to other calendars,
and this is becoming really popular,
| | 15:45 |
calendars out there on the web.
| | 15:46 |
If you know where the calendar is
located, all you need to do is type in the
| | 15:51 |
URL, so maybe your kid's soccer team
is publishing a calendar on the web now.
| | 15:55 |
You can subscribe to it, and issue
about subscribe is you can either download
| | 16:00 |
all the events at once, or you could
have Windows Calendar check regularly
| | 16:04 |
for updates, which is a wonderful thing,
because you will see the updates on your own calendar.
| | 16:08 |
Just to give you an idea, here are some of
the calendars that are out there in the world.
| | 16:11 |
We'll click on the link to go
to Windows Calendar website.
| | 16:17 |
Lots of Internet calendars,
there are some on Microsoft.
| | 16:20 |
There are third parties that put out calendars.
| | 16:23 |
Let's go to iCalShare, just for fun of it.
| | 16:26 |
Share your calendars, and this is sort
of a generic format lots of people use.
| | 16:29 |
Maybe I want history events on my
calendar, because you know I am very academic.
| | 16:33 |
I like history, and what kind of
history do I want on My Calendar?
| | 16:36 |
Oh, Lord of the Rings.
| | 16:39 |
Yeah, that's a good one.
| | 16:40 |
I want Lord of the Rings dates on My Calendar.
| | 16:42 |
Subscribe, Allow, and we'll go Next,
what do I want to call this? Lord of the Rings.
| | 16:56 |
Here's where you would set
the update, maybe every week.
| | 16:59 |
It's going to check and see
if any of these have changed.
| | 17:02 |
If there are Reminders or Tasks on
the calendar, then I can choose To
| | 17:05 |
Include them or not, Finish, minimize
for a moment and here is the Lord of
| | 17:12 |
the Rings calendar.
| | 17:13 |
I'm going to put it in the Family,
maybe I want to select it and give it a
| | 17:16 |
different color, so I can more easily see
the Lord of the Rings events, and here you go.
| | 17:23 |
If you're the Lord of the Rings fan,
you know exactly what that's about, and if
| | 17:26 |
not, don't worry about it.
| | 17:27 |
So there is a way that you can put web
calendar, shared calendars on your own
| | 17:32 |
calendar and have them
checked out automatically.
| | 17:34 |
You can if you want also
send one of your calendars.
| | 17:38 |
Let's say here's Jeff Van West calendar,
I can put that up on the web, if I want
| | 17:43 |
to through something called Publish.
| | 17:45 |
I am not going to go in to the details
of it, here's the Click here to publish,
| | 17:49 |
because it's not nearly as
simple as you might think.
| | 17:52 |
You actually have to have a specific
kind of server in order to publish it,
| | 17:56 |
etcetera, etcetera, yada, yada, yada!
| | 17:58 |
This calendar that was put on the web
was really just an .ics file, and if you
| | 18:06 |
wanted to send someone your calendar,
that's actually a little bit easier.
| | 18:09 |
All you need to do is select the
calendar you want to send, and go to File>
| | 18:15 |
Export and here's Jeff Van West calendar.ics.
| | 18:20 |
That will send all of the events on my calendar.
| | 18:23 |
It creates a file, and I
can send that off to somebody.
| | 18:26 |
Somebody can send me a calendar
directly that way, and I can use the Reverse
| | 18:30 |
Command for your File > Import, to bring
in their calendar onto mine, and put it
| | 18:37 |
in whatever category I want.
| | 18:38 |
So pretty slick, and pretty simple
actually, when you get used to using it.
| | 18:43 |
If you don't have another calendar
program, I highly recommend to check
| | 18:46 |
out Windows Calendar.
| | 18:49 |
| | Collapse this transcript |
|
|
6. Music, Photos, and VideoWindows Media Player 11| 00:00 | There are so many ways to play audio
and video on your computer, we couldn't
| | 00:05 | possibly cover them all.
| | 00:06 | But we'll look at the one that's built
into Windows Vista, and it's been with
| | 00:10 | Windows for a long time, just been
revised over the years, and there is a new
| | 00:13 | version for Vista, Windows Media Player.
| | 00:16 | You can get there several ways.
| | 00:18 | You could go to the Quick Launch menu.
| | 00:20 | You'll find Windows Media Player.
| | 00:22 | Your Start menu>All
Programs>Windows Media Player.
| | 00:28 | You can type media or windows media
and you'd get the opportunity to launch
| | 00:32 | Windows Media Player, or
you can just pop in a CD.
| | 00:39 | (Music playing)
| | 00:43 | We had Auto Play set for -- if a CD
goes in, play it in Windows Media Player and
| | 00:48 | here it's happening.
| | 00:54 | Now all I am doing is playing a song,
there aren't that many controls that I
| | 00:59 | need to worry about. One is Pause.
| | 01:01 | That's useful, another is Mute, there you go,
or adjust the Volume. Now I can stop it.
| | 01:13 | I could also seek, this means I can go
exactly to any part of the song I want, a
| | 01:18 | little bit of volume here, here we go.
| | 01:23 | So I am a minute 30 into the song
right here and it's out of if I click 4:40,
| | 01:28 | or I can see the time remaining with another
click, and then we'd back to the time that I have.
| | 01:35 | If I want to go to another song, I could
just skip ahead to next or I could come
| | 01:41 | up to the list of songs, double
-click I am on the next song.
| | 01:47 | But I really can go to any song I want
to, just by directly double-clicking on
| | 01:51 | it, pretty straightforward.
| | 01:57 | Now maybe I don't want Windows
Media Player in this whole window here.
| | 02:00 | Well I can reduce its size just like
anything else, but that just gives me a
| | 02:09 | sort of semi smaller version of it.
| | 02:11 | If you look down here, I can minimize
it to just a little player, and now I can
| | 02:20 | just have it hang it on my desktop,
have all the controls that I need, see what
| | 02:24 | I am playing, no big deal.
| | 02:26 | I can bring it back up, full screen, if
I really want to just sit back and enjoy
| | 02:32 | my music, or if I want, I can go back
to the regular Windows Media Player.
| | 02:39 | Now I also showed you in toolbars,
Windows Media Player if I minimize and I have
| | 02:44 | the toolbar for Windows Media Player
set, right-click toolbars>Windows Media
| | 02:49 | Player, I'll actually get a Windows
Media Player on my toolbar which is a great
| | 02:54 | way to be able to control it, go to
different parts of the song, play, stop,
| | 02:59 | play, mute and so forth.
| | 03:03 | Let's maximize it again, and take a
look at some of the other things that
| | 03:07 | Windows Media Player can do.
| | 03:08 | I'll stop that playing and unmute for
the time being, because just playing
| | 03:12 | something, well, that's not all that helpful.
| | 03:15 | What I want is I want to be able to
control my music from my computer, and for
| | 03:21 | that I need the Library.
| | 03:23 | We'll go over to Library here and this is
all the music on my computer, right now.
| | 03:28 | And I can organize it anyway I want, I
can look at it anyway I want, I could
| | 03:33 | see by Artists, alphabetically
sorted, by the Albums that I have on the
| | 03:39 | computer, by Songs, Genre here is Spoken,
here is Cajun, Classical, Folk music
| | 03:49 | just goes on and on.
| | 03:51 | Year, I can assign ratings to it, lots
and lots of different options for how you
| | 03:56 | want to look at your music.
| | 03:57 | Now that's pretty cool.
| | 03:58 | So if I want to go listen to Firesign
Theater I can find them, double-click,
| | 04:02 | right and start playing, and so forth.
| | 04:12 | It's very funny, if you never heard it goes
on but I won't take you there right now.
| | 04:17 | But that, in and of itself, is still limited.
| | 04:20 | I mean it's like putting
in a CD into my Home Player.
| | 04:24 | I am still using this as just a CD player,
even though they are coming from my computer.
| | 04:31 | One of the cool things that you can do
with Windows Media Player is this concept
| | 04:34 | of a Playlist, and you can see I've made
some playlists here and you can certainly
| | 04:39 | have some fun when you put them together.
| | 04:41 | A playlist is a list of
songs that come from my Library.
| | 04:48 | So I've gone and selected songs from
my Library, I've decided what order they
| | 04:52 | should be in and if I want to play them
I can just double-click on the Playlist.
| | 04:55 | (Music Playing)
| | 05:00 | Ah, there you go, right?
| | 05:01 | Okay, that's enough for that.
| | 05:05 | There are some smaller people in
my house who really like this music.
| | 05:08 | The idea though of a playlist is that it
should be really easy to do, and it is.
| | 05:12 | You can go to Create Playlist and
click on Create Playlist, I want to do
| | 05:17 | some Rockin Fiddle.
| | 05:24 | Now, this is sort of interesting what
happens you see, I said I want to create a
| | 05:28 | playlist, I hit Rockin Fiddle,
Rockin Fiddle is not selected.
| | 05:32 | I still see all of its
Traditional Children's Songs from Hell.
| | 05:35 | But over here on the right, this is
where playlists get edited and the reason
| | 05:41 | is that you want the central window to be
able to select the songs that go on the playlist.
| | 05:46 | So let's scroll down here, here we go. So Far.
| | 05:51 | That's a great album Eileen Ivers.
| | 05:53 | We can definitely do some real
rocking, here's On Horseback that's a nice
| | 05:57 | rocking tune and maybe we're going
to take The Kerryman's Daughter too.
| | 06:01 | That's also a rocking tune.
| | 06:03 | And if I want, you see I can
navigate just the way I have in other
| | 06:08 | Windows applications.
| | 06:10 | I can go back, I can go forward.
| | 06:13 | I could choose via Album just by name.
| | 06:17 | Here is another great
group, Tom Connor's Hornpipe.
| | 06:20 | We'll take that one and
this right here. Here we go.
| | 06:25 | We've got a couple songs on our
playlist called Rockin Fiddle.
| | 06:28 | If I want to see the list, I click
over here but whoa, there is nothing here.
| | 06:33 | I am editing it in the Task Pane.
| | 06:35 | I need to save that
playlist so that it's ready to go.
| | 06:40 | And then if I want to play it, I can
double-click, here is Eileen, oop, go to
| | 06:45 | the next one, and seem to jump over it,
and it's Kerryman's Daughter and T?ada.
| | 07:02 | I thought that was a different song,
maybe I want to take that out of my playlist.
| | 07:06 | I'll right-click on it, Remove
from List, there we go, and it's gone.
| | 07:12 | It's out of the list.
| | 07:13 | I can order things in the playlist
however I want to order them, like so.
| | 07:20 | And then they'll play them in the order
that I want, as long as I save when I am done.
| | 07:28 | This one starts off slow
and it gets going much faster.
| | 07:32 | So there you go, I am going to stop here.
| | 07:36 | Once I have that playlist then
anytime I want to, I want some Rockin Fiddle
| | 07:40 | music I can have some Rockin Fiddle music.
| | 07:42 | I want some slow fiddle music.
| | 07:43 | I can have some slow fiddle
music, so on and so forth.
| | 07:47 | I can also if I want to take a long
playlist, this is more kids music for the
| | 07:52 | most part here, and I could take a
playlist and turn it into a CD if I wanted
| | 07:59 | to, because Windows Media Player has the
option of taking a music, taking it off
| | 08:04 | of CD, putting it back onto CD, or
if I wanted to, I could synchronize my
| | 08:09 | playlist, and this is what a lot of
people do with a particular device, my phone
| | 08:15 | even my iPod, whatever it is.
| | 08:17 | Some iPod you probably want to use
iTunes, but little Zoon Player whatever it
| | 08:21 | happens to be you can use Windows Media
Player if there is a connection between the two.
| | 08:26 | I want to show you Burn, but first, let
me show you Rip, and the reason I want
| | 08:31 | to show you Rip first it's going to
make it a little bit more sense in terms
| | 08:35 | of how this all works.
| | 08:36 | By the way you've probably noticed
that there are some little triangles below
| | 08:41 | each one of these options.
| | 08:42 | Before we leave library, I am going to
pull-down just so you could see, these
| | 08:46 | are basically the menu options for the
Library and it's beyond the scope of one
| | 08:52 | video to go into all the details,
but it's pretty straightforward.
| | 08:56 | I did want to point out that we think
about Windows Media Player used to be
| | 08:59 | Windows Music Player I think or audio player.
| | 09:02 | But it can do pictures. It can do video.
| | 09:05 | It can do TV.
| | 09:06 | It can even do other kinds of media
that you might have for your computer like
| | 09:10 | Internet radio and that sort
of thing, all possibilities.
| | 09:15 | So let's go over to Rip for a second.
| | 09:17 | I am going to click Rip, here is, I own
this CD, I legitimately bought it so I
| | 09:21 | can digitize it and have it on my computer.
| | 09:24 | If I just click Start Rip, it will
start happening, but I am going to go to
| | 09:27 | Rip's pull-down menu just to
show you what my options are.
| | 09:32 | This is the format.
| | 09:33 | Windows Media Audio or WMA files
are the default for Windows Media.
| | 09:41 | MP3 is a broader default that
you might have heard of before.
| | 09:46 | MP3 sometimes is required if yo |
|
|
